Samyutta-Nikaya of the Sutta-Pitaka,
Part 1. Sagatha-Vagga.
Based on the edition by L. Feer, London : Pali Text Society 1884
(PTS Text Series, 93).


Input by the Dhammakaya Foundation, Thailand, 1989-1996




NOTICE
This file is (C) Copyright the Pali Text Society and the Dhammakaya Foundation, 2015.
This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International License.

These files are provided by courtesy of the Pali Text Society for
scholarly purposes only.
In principle they represent a digital edition (without revision or
correction) of the printed editions of the complete set of Pali
canonical texts published by the PTS. While they have been subject to a
process of checking, it should not be assumed that there is no
divergence from the printed editions and it is strongly recommended that
they are checked against the printed editions before quoting.





ANNOTATED VERSION



STRUCTURE OF REFERENCES (added):
SN_n.n,n.n = Saüyutta-Nikāya_division.book,chapter.section


#<...># = BOLD
%<...>% = ITALICS
*<...>* = SUPERSCRIPT
\<...>\ = REDLINE



___________________________________________________________________

THIS TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!   
COPYRIGHT AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE. 
                                       
Text converted to Classical Sanskrit Extended (CSX) encoding:
                                       
description             character  =ASCII   
                                       
long a                  ā             224   
long A                  â             226   
long i                  ã             227   
long I                  ä             228   
long u                  å             229   
long U                  æ             230   
vocalic r               į             231   
vocalic R               č             232   
long vocalic r          é             233   
vocalic l               ë             235   
long vocalic l          í             237   
velar n                 ī             239   
velar N                 đ             240   
palatal n               ¤             164   
palatal N               Ĩ             165   
retroflex t             ņ             241   
retroflex T             ō             242   
retroflex d             ķ             243   
retroflex D             ô             244   
retroflex n             õ             245   
retroflex N             ö             246   
palatal s               ÷             247   
palatal S               ø             248   
retroflex s             ų             249   
retroflex S             ú             250   
anusvara                ü             252   
capital anusvara        ũ             253   
visarga                 ū             254   

long e                  š             185   
long o                  ē             186   
l underbar              ×             215   
r underbar              Ÿ             159   
n underbar              ­             173   
k underbar              É             201   
t underbar              Â             194   
                                       
Other characters of the CSX encoding table are not included.
Unless indicated otherwise, accents have been dropped in order 
to facilitate word search.             

For a comprehensive list of CSX and other GRETIL encodings 
and formats see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil/gretdias.pdf

For further information see:
http://gretil.sub.uni-goettingen.de/gretil.htm

___________________________________________________________________






Saüyutta-Nikāya Vol. 1

#<[page 001]>#
1
SAũYUTTA-NIKâYA.
DIVISION I. -- SAGâTHA.


#<BOOK I. -- DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA.>#
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa ||
#<CHAPTER I. NAėAVAGGA.>#


#<SN_1.1,1.1. Oghaü.>#
Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
Atha kho a¤¤atarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkan-
tavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kathaü nu tvaü mārisa ogham atarã ti || ||
Appatiņņhaü khvāhaü {avuso} anāyåhaü ogham atarin ti || ||
Yathā kathaü pana tvaü mārisa appatiņņhaü anāyåhaü
ogham atarãti || ||
Yadā svāham āvuso santiņņhāmi tadāssu saüsãdāmi || yadā
svāham āvuso āyåhāmi\<*<1>*>/ tadāssu nibbuyhāmi\<*<2>*>/ || Evam
khvāham āvuso appatiņņhaü anāyåhaü ogham atarin ti || ||
Cirassaü vata passāmi || brāhmaõaü parinibbutaü ||
appatiņņhaü anāyåhaü || tiõõam loke visattikan ti || ||
Idam avoca sā devatā || samanu¤¤o satthā ahosi || ||
Atha kho sā devatā samanu¤¤o\<*<3>*>/ me satthāti Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Yadāham āyåhāmi.
     2 B. nivuyhāmi.
     3 SS. samanu¤¤āto.
>/
#<[page 002]>#
%<2                      DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.              [I. 1. 2.>%


#<SN_1.1,1.2. Nimokkho.>#
Sāvatthiyaü || ||
Atha kho a¤¤atarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkan-
tavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantam etad
avoca || ||
Jānāsi no tvaü mārisa sattānaü nimokkhaü pamokkhaü
vivekan ti || ||
Jānāmi\<*<1>*>/ khvāham\<*<2>*>/ āvuso sattānam nimokkham pamo-
kkhaü\<*<3>*>/ vivekan ti || ||
Yathā katham pana tvaü mārisa jānāsi sattānaü ni-
mokkhaü pamokkhaü vivekan ti || ||
Nandã-bhava-parikkhayā || sa¤¤ā-vi¤¤āõa-saīkhayā ||
vedanānaü nirodhā\<*<4>*>/ upasamā || evaü khvāham āvuso
jānāmi ||
sattānaü nimokkhaü\<*<5>*>/ || pamokkhaü vivekan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,1.3. Upaneyyam.>#
Evam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Upanãyati jãvitam appam āyu ||
jaråpanãtassa na santi tāõā ||
etaü bhayaü marane pekkhamāno ||
pu¤¤āni kayirātha sukhāvahānã ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Upanãyati jãvitam appam āyu ||
jaråpanãtassa na santi tāõā ||
etaü bhayaü maraõe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaü pajahe santipekkho ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. Jānāma.
     2 B. Kho-haü.
     3 SS. have pāmokkham here and further on.
     4 So SS. supported by C.; B. vedanānirodhā.
     5 SS. vimokkaü.
     6 SS. {sukhavahāni} here and in the next Suttā.
>/
#<[page 003]>#
%<I. 1. 6.]                    NAėA-VAGGA 1.               3>%

#<SN_1.1,1.4. Accenti.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Accenti\<*<1>*>/ kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguõā anupubbaü jahanti ||
etaü bhayaü {maraõe} pekkhamāno ||
pu¤¤āni kayirātha sukhāvahānãti || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguõā anupubbaü jahanti ||
etaü bhayaü maraõe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaü pajahe santipekkho ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,1.5. Kati chinde.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Kati chinde kati jahe || kati vuttari bhāvaye ||
katisaīgātigo bhikkhu || oghatiõõo ti viccatãti || ||
Pa¤ca chinde pa¤ca jahe || pa¤ca vuttari bhāvaye ||
pa¤casaīgātigo\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhu || oghatiõõo ti vuccatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,1.6. Jāgaram.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Kati jāgarataü suttā || kati suttesu jāgarā ||
katãhi rajaü ādeti || katãhi parisujjhatãti || ||
Pa¤ca jāgarataü suttā || pa¤ca-suttesu jāgarā ||
pa¤cahi rajam ādeti || pa¤cahi\<*<6>*>/ parisujjhatã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. Accanti and so on, but at the uddāna: accenti.
     2 See Devaputta-S. III. 7.
     3 SS. Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
     4 So B; SS. -saīgātiko; C. has sangātãto (which it explains
        saīge atãto atikkanto), but notices the reading sangātiko.
        See Dhammapada v. 370 and p. 66 and 421-3.
     5 SS. Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
     6 B. seems to have katibhi . . . pa¤cabhi . . .
>/
#<[page 004]>#
%<4                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 1. 7.>%


#<SN_1.1,1.7. Appaņividitā.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Yesaü dhammā appaņividitā || paravādesu nãyare ||
suttā te nappabujjhanti || kālo tesaü {pabujjhitun} ti || ||
Yesaü dhammā suppaņividitā\<*<1>*>/ || paravādesu na nãyare\<*<2>*>/ ||
{te sambuddhā} sammada¤¤ā\<*<3>*>/ || caranti visame saman ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,1.8. Susammuņņhā>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Yesaü dhammā susammuņņhā || paravādesu nãyare ||
suttā te nappabujjhanti || kālo tesaü pabujjhitun ti || ||
Yesaü dhammā asammuņņhā || paravādesu na nãyare ||
te sambuddhā sammada¤¤ā || caranti visame saman ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,1.9. Mānakāma.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Na mānakāmassa damo idh-atthi\<*<5>*>/ ||
na monam atthi asamāhitassa ||
eko ara¤¤e viharaü pamatto ||
na maccudheyyassa tareyya\<*<6>*>/ pāran ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Mānam pahāya susamāhitatto ||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto\<*<8>*>/ ||
eko ara¤¤e viharaü appamatto ||
sa maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S.2 -patividhitā here and above.
     2 So SS.; B. paravādesuniyyare.
     3 SS. Sambuddhā sammada¤¤aya which C. seems to approve by reading
        sammada¤¤āya.
     4 Same varieties of reading as above. Only S1 reads, in the second
        gathā, paravadesu nãyare without na, as B does.
    5 SS. Mānikāmassa . . . idatthi.
     6 S2 and S3 taranti.
     7 S2 pārenti; S1 paressanti, but ssa is doubtful.
     8 B. vippayutto.
     9 S1 has here pārenti. These gāthās will be found again, iv. 8.
>/
#<[page 005]>#
%<I. 2. 1.]                      NANDANA-VAGGA 2.          5>%


#<SN_1.1,1.10. Ara¤¤e.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ara¤¤e viharantānaü || santānaü brahmacārinaü ||
ekabhattaü bhu¤jamānānaü || kena vaõõo pasãdatãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Atãtaü nānusocanti || nappajappanti nāgataü\<*<2>*>/ ||
paccuppannena yāpenti || tena vaõõo pasãdati || ||
anāgatappajappāya || atãtassānusocanā ||
etena bālā sussanti || naëo va harito luto ti || ||
Naëavaggo pathamo ||
Tatr-uddānaü ||
Ogham Nimokkho Upaneyyaü || Accenti Katichindi ca ||
Jāgaram Appaņividitā || Susammutthā Māna-kāminā ||
Ara¤¤e dasamo vutto || vaggo tena pavuccati || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. NANDANA-VAGGA.>#


#<SN_1.1,2.1. Nandana.>#
Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante\<*<3>*>/ ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave a¤¤atarā Tāvatiüsa-kāyikā de-
vatā Nandanavane\<*<4>*>/ accharāsaīghaparivutā dibbehi pa¤ca-
kāmaguõehi samappitā samaīgibhåtā paricāriyamānā\<*<5>*>/ tāyaü
velāyam imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Na te sukhaü pajānanti || ye na passanti Nandanaü ||
āvāsaü naradevānaü || tidasānaü yasassinan ti || ||
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. pasãdati.
     2 SS. nappajappamanāgataü.
     3 B Bhaddante. 
     4 B. Nandanevane.
     5 S2-3 paricārayamānā.
>/
#<[page 006]>#
%<6                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 2. 2.>%
Evaü vutte bhikkhave a¤¤atarā devatā taü devataü
gāthāya paccabhāsi\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Na tvaü bāle pajānāsi\<*<2>*>/ || yathā arahataü vaco ||
aniccā sabba\<*<3>*>/ saīkhārā || uppādavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaü våpasamo sukho ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,2.2. Nandati.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Nandati puttehi puttimā || gomiko\<*<4>*>/ gohi tath-eva nandati ||
upadhãhi narassa nandanā || na hi so nandati yo nirupa-
dhãti || ||
Socati puttehi puttimā || gomiko gohi tath-eva socati ||
upadhãhi narassa socanā || na hi socati yo nirupadhãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,2.3. Natthi puttasamam.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi. || ||
Natthi puttasamaü pemaü || natthi gosamitam dhanaü ||
natthi suriyasamā ābhā. || samudda\<*<5>*>/ paramā sarāti || ||
Natthi attasamaü pemaü || natthi dha¤¤asamaü dhanaü ||
natthi pa¤¤āsamā ābhā || vuņņhi ve paramā sarā ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,2.4. Khattiyo.>#
Khattiyo dvipadaü\<*<6>*>/ seņņho || balivaddo\<*<7>*>/ catuppadaü ||
kumārã\<*<8>*>/ seņņhā bhariyānaü || yo ca puttānaü pubbajo-
ti || ||
Sambuddho dvipadaü seņņho || ājānãyo catuppadaü ||
sussåsā seņņhā bhariyānaü || yo ca puttānam assavo ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
     2 SS. vijānāsi.
     3 SS. sabbe; M.Pú. VI.16 and J. I. 393 vata.
     4 B. gopiko.
     5 So all the MSS.
     6 SS. dipadaü here and further on.
     7 B. balibaddho.
     8 SS. komārã.
>/
#<[page 007]>#
%<I. 2. 8.]                      NANDANA-VAGGA. 2.         7>%


#<SN_1.1,2.5. Sakamāno (or Santikāya).>#
ōhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu\<*<1>*>/ pakkhisu ||
saõate va\<*<2>*>/ mahāra¤¤aü\<*<3>*>/ || taü bhayaü paņibhāti man-
ti || ||
ōhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu\<*<4>*>/ pakkhisu ||
saõate va mahāra¤¤aü || sā ratã paņibhāti man ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||

#<SN_1.1,2.6. Niddā tandi.>#
Niddā tandã vijambhikā\<*<6>*>/ || aratã bhattasammado ||
etena nappakāsati || ariyamaggo idha pāõinan ti || ||
Niddaü tandiü vijambhikaü || aratiü\<*<7>*>/ bhattasammadaü ||
viriyena naü paõāmetvā || ariyamaggo visujjhatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,2.7. Dukkaraü (or Kummo).>#
Dukkaraü duttitikkha¤ca\<*<8>*>/ || avyattena\<*<9>*>/ ca sāma¤¤aü ||
bahå hi tattha sambādhā || yattha bālo visãdatãti || ||
Kati-haü careyya sāma¤¤aü || cittaü ce na nivāreyya\<*<10>*>/ ||
pade pade visãdeyya || saīkappānaü vasānugo\<*<11>*>/ || ||
Kummo va aīgāni\<*<12>*>/ sake kapāle ||
samodahaü bhikkhu mano-vitakke ||
anissito a¤¤am aheņhayāno\<*<13>*>/ ||
parinibbuto na upavadeyya ka¤cãti\<*<14>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,2.8. Hirã.>#
Hirãnisedho puriso || koci lokasmiü vijjati ||
yo nindam appabodhati || asso bhadro kasām ivā ti || ||
Hirãnisedhā tanuyā\<*<15>*>/ || ye caranti sadā satā ||
antaü dukkhassa pappuyya\<*<16>*>/ || caranti visame saman ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 Sannisivesu; B. sannisãvesu.
     2 C. palāteva here and further on.
     3 SS. brahāra¤¤aü here and further on.
     4 S2 Sannisinnãsu; B. as above.
     5 These gāthās will be found again, Vana-S. 12.
     6 B. vijambhitā; C. vijamhitā.
     7 SS. Niddātandãvijambhikāaratiü.
     8 B. Dutitikkha¤ca.
     9 B. abyattena hi.
    10 S1 nivāraye.
    11 B. vasānugoti.
    12 B. kummovamangāni.
    13 B. ahedhayāno; C. ahedhamāno.
    14 B. nupavadeyya ki¤citi; S2 seems to have: naü (or taü) upavadeyya.
    15 So B. and C.; SS. Hirãnisedho tanayā.
    16 B. appeyya; C. paccayā.
>/
#<[page 008]>#
%<8                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 2. 9.>%


#<SN_1.1,2.9. Kuņikā.>#
Kacci te kuņikā natthi || kacci natthi kulāvakā ||
kacci santānakā natthe || kacci mutto-si bandhanā ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Taggha me kuņikā natthi || taggha natthi kulāvakā ||
taggha santānakā natthi || taggha mutto-mhi bandhanā
ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Kintāhaü kuņikam bråmi || kinte bråmi kulāvakaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
kinte santānakaü\<*<4>*>/ bråmi || kintāhaü bråmi\<*<5>*>/ bandhanan-
ti ||
Mātaraü kuņikam bråsi || bhariyaü bråsi kulāvakaü ||
putte santānake bråsi || taõham\<*<6>*>/ me bråsi\<*<7>*>/ bandhanan ti || ||
sāhu te kuņikā natthi || sāhu natthi kulāvakā ||
sāhu santānakā natthi || sāhu mutto si bandhanā ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,2.10. Samiddhi.9>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Tapodārāme || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi rattiyā paccusa-samayaü
paccuņņhāya yena Tapodā ten-upasaīkami gattāni parisi¤ci-
tuü || Tapode gattāni parisi¤citvā paccuttaritvā ekacãvaro
aņņhāsi gattāni sukkhāpayamāno\<*<10>*>/ ||
3. Atha kho a¤¤atarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Tapodam obhāsetvā yen' āyasmā
Samiddhi ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā vehāsaü ņhitā\<*<11>*>/
āyasmantaü Samiddhiü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Abhutvā bhikkhasi bhikkhu || na hi bhutvāna bhikkhasi ||
bhutvāna bhikkhu bhikkhassu || mā taü kālo upacca-
gāti.\<*<12>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. mutto mārabandhanā; S1-3 omit ti.
     2 SS. mutto mārabandhanāti.
     3 S1-2 kulavakā.
     4 SS. santānake.
     5 Instead of bråmi, B. has bråsi.
     6 B. taõhā.
     7 Here B has always bråmi instead of bråsi.
     8 SS. have not ti.
     9 Cf. Samiddhi-jātaka, also entitled Kāla-jataka Duka-nipāta II. 7.
        Samiddhi will be spoken of again further on, Māra-S. III. 2.
    10 B. pubbāpayamāno.
    11 B. vehasi ņhatvā.
    12 C. upajjhagāti.
>/
#<[page 009]>#
%<I. 2. 10.]                     NANDANA-VAGGA 2.                9>%
Kālaü vo-haü na jānāmi || channo kālo na dissati ||
tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmi || mā maü kālo upaccagāti || ||
4. Atha kho sā devatā pathaviyam patiņņhahitvā āyasman-
tam Samiddhim etad avoca\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Daharo tvaü bhikkhu pabbajito susu kālakeso bhadrena\<*<2>*>/
yobbanena samannāgato pathamena vayasā anikiëitāvã\<*<3>*>/ kā-
mesu || Bhu¤ja bhikkhu mānusake kāme mā sandiņņhikaü
hitvā kālikam anudhāvã ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
5. Na khvāham āvuso sandiņņhikaü hitvā kālikam anudha-
vāmi || Kālika¤ca\<*<5>*>/ khvāham āvuso hitvā sandiņņhikam anu-
dhāvāmi || Kālikā hi āvuso kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahu-
dukkhā bahupāyasā ādãnavo ettha bhãyo || Sandiņņhiko
ayaü dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko\<*<6>*>/ paccattaü\<*<7>*>/
veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||
6. Katha¤ca bhikkhu kālikā\<*<8>*>/ kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā
bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādãnavo ettha bhãyo\<*<9>*>/ || Kathaü
sandiņņhiko ayaü dhammo akāliko\<*<10>*>/ ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||
7. Ahaü kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato ||
imaü dhammavinayaü na khvāhaü\<*<11>*>/ sakkomi vitthārena
ācikkhituü || Ayaü so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho
Rājagahe viharati Tapodārāme || Taü Bhagavantam upa-
saīkamitvā etam atthaü puccha\<*<12>*>/ || Yathā te Bhagavā vyā-
karoti tathā naü dhāreyyāsãti || ||
8. Na kho bhikkhu sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi upasaīka-
mitum a¤¤āhi mahesakkhahi\<*<13>*>/ devatāhi parivuto || Sa ce
kho tvaü bhikkhu taü\<*<14>*>/ Bhagavantam upasaīkamitvā etam
atthaü pucceyyāsi mayam pi āgaccheyyāma dhammasavanāyā
ti || ||
9. Evam āvuso ti kho āyasmā Samiddhi tassā devatāya
paņisutvā\<*<15>*>/ yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 patiņņhahitvā āyasmā etad avoca.
     2 S1-2 bhaddena.
     3 B. anikiëitāvi; S2 anikãlitāvi; S1-3 anikãëitāvi; C. anikkiëitāvi.
     4 B. anudhāvāti.
     5 SS. kālikāha¤ca.
     6 B. opaneyyiko; C. upaneyyiko.
     7 S2 pasattaü.
     8 S1-2 kālikālikā.
     9 S2-3 add ti.
    10 S2 akālikāliko.
    11 B. na tāham.
    12 SS. puccheyyāsi.
    13 This word is written twice in S1-2.
    14 SS. omit bhikkhu taü.
    15 SS. paņissutvā.
>/
#<[page 010]>#
%<10                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.                [I. 2. 10.>%
Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavantaü
etad avoca || ||
10. Idhāhaü bhante rattiyā paccusasamayaü paccuņņhāya
yena Tapodā ten-upasaīkamiü gattāni parisi¤cituü || Ta-
pode gattāni parisi¤citvā paccuttaritvā ekacãvaro aņņhāsiü
gattāni sukkhāpayamāno || Atha kho bhante a¤¤atarā
devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü
Tapodaü obhāsetvā yenāhaü ten-upasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā vehāsaü ņhitā\<*<1>*>/ imāya gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Abhutvā bhikkhasi bhikkhu || na hi bhutvāna bhikkhasi ||
bhutvāna bhikkhu bhikkhassu || mā taü kālo upaccagā
ti || ||
11. Evaü vutte aham\<*<2>*>/ bhante taü devataü gāthāya
paccabhāsiü\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Kālaü vo-haü na jānāmi || channo\<*<4>*>/ kālo na dissati ||
tasmā abhutvā bhikkhāmi || mā maü kālo upaccagā ti || ||
12. Atha kho bhante sā devatā pathaviyaü patiņņhahitvā
mam etad avoca || ||
Daharo tvam bhikkhu pabbajito susu\<*<5>*>/ kālakeso\<*<6>*>/ bhadrena
yobbanena samannāgato pathamena vayasā anikãëitāvã\<*<7>*>/ kā-
mesu || Bhu¤ja bhikkhu mānusake kāme mā sandiņņhikaü
hitvā kālikam anudhāvã ti || ||
13. Evaü vutte-haü\<*<8>*>/ bhante taü devatam etad avocaü || ||
Na khvāhaü\<*<9>*>/ āvuso sandiņņhikaü hitvā kālikaü anudhā-
vāmi || kālikaü ca khvāhaü āvuso hitvā sandiņņhikam
anudhāvāmi || Kālikā hi āvuso kāmā vuttā bahudukkhā
bahupāyāsā ādãnavo ettha bhãyo || Sandiņņhiko ayam
dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko paccattam veditabbo
vi¤¤åhãti || ||
14. Evaü vutte bhante sā devatā mam etad avoca ||
Kathaü ca bhikkhu kālikā kāmā vuttā Bhagavatā bahu-
dukkhā bahupāyāsā ādãnavo ettha bhãyo || Kathaü san-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So B.; SS. vehāsaõthitā.
     2 SS. vutteham.
     3 SS. ajjhabhāsiü.
     4 S1 chindo.
     5 S1 suså; S2 såså.
     6 S2-3 kāëakeso.
     7 So S3 only.
     8 B. vuttāhaü.
     9 S2 nakkhvācāhaü.
>/
#<[page 011]>#
%<I. 2. 10.]                      NANDANA-VAGGA 2.                        11>%
diņņhiko ayaü dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||
15. Evaü vutte-haü bhante\<*<1>*>/ taü devatam etad avocaü || ||
Aham kho āvuso navo acirapabbajito adhunāgato imaü
dhammavinayaü na khvāham\<*<2>*>/ sakkomi vitthārena ācikkhi-
tuü || ayaü so\<*<3>*>/ Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho Rājagahe
viharati Tapodārāme || taü Bhagavantam upasaīkamitvā
etam atthaü puccha\<*<4>*>/ || yathā te Bhagavā vyākaroti tathā
naü dhāreyyāsãti || ||
16. Evaü vutte bhante sā devatā maü etad avoca ||
Na kho bhikkhu sukaro so Bhagavā amhehi\<*<5>*>/ upasaīkami-
tum a¤¤āhi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi parivuto || Sace kho
tvaü bhikkhu taü\<*<6>*>/ Bhagavantam upasaīkamitvā etam
atthaü puccheyyāsi\<*<7>*>/ mayam pi āgaccheyyāma dhammasava-
nāyāti || Sace bhante tassā\<*<8>*>/ devatāya saccaü vacanaü
idheva sā devatā avidåre ti || ||
17. Evaü vutte sā devatā āyasmantaü Samiddhim etad
avoca || Puccha bhikkhu puccha bhikkhu yam\<*<9>*>/ aham
anuppattoti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
18. Atha kho Bhagavā taü\<*<11>*>/ devataü gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Akkheyyasa¤¤ino sattā || akkheyyasmiü patiņņhitā ||
akkheyyam apari¤¤āya || yogam āyanti maccuno || ||
akkheyya¤ ca pari¤¤āya\<*<12>*>/ || akkhātāraü\<*<13>*>/ na ma¤¤ati ||
taü hi tassa na hotãti || yena naü\<*<14>*>/ vajjā na tassa atthi\<*<15>*>/ || ||
Sace vijānāsi\<*<16>*>/ vadehi yakkhãti\<*<17>*>/ || ||
19. Na khvāham bhante imassa Bhagavatā saīkhittena
bhāsitāssa vitthārena attham ājānāmi\<*<18>*>/ || Sādhu me\<*<19>*>/ bhante
Bhagavā tathā\<*<20>*>/ bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavatā saī-
khittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaü jāneyyan ti\<*<21>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 As above.
     2 B. na tāham as above.
     3 SS. kho.
     4 So B and S3; S1 seems to have the same reading; S2 has pucchaü.
     5 S1-2 a¤¤ehi.
     6 SS. omit kho . . . taü; S2 tvaü also.
     7 S1 puccheyyā.
     8 S1-3 tassa.
     9 SS. ayam.
    10 B. anuppatātti; S1-2 anuppanno.
    11 Omitted by SS.
    12 S1-2 akkheyya ca pari¤¤ātāya.
    13 SS. add ca; C. akkhātānaü.
    14 S1 taü; S3 ta.
    15 SS. omit na tassa atthi.
    16 SS. pi jānāsi.
    17 S1-3 yakkhāti; S2 yakkhaü.
    18 SS. ajānāmi.
    19 Omitted by S1-2.
    20 Omitted by SS.
    21 SS. ajāneyyanti.
>/
#<[page 012]>#
%<12                   DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA  I.               [I. 2. 10.>%
20. Samo visesã athavā nihãno\<*<1>*>/ || yo ma¤¤ati so vivadetha
tena ||
tãsu vidhāsu avikampamāno || samo visesãti na\<*<2>*>/ tassa
hoti || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
21. Imassa pi khvāhaü bhante Bhagavatā saīkhittena
bhāsitassa na vitthārena attham ājānāmi\<*<4>*>/ || Sādhu me\<*<5>*>/
bhante Bhagavā tathā bhāsatu yathāham imassa Bhagavatā
saīkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaü jāneyyan ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
22. Pahāsi saīkhaü\<*<7>*>/ na vimānam ajjhagā\<*<8>*>/ ||
acchecchi\<*<9>*>/ taõham idha nāmaråpe ||
tam chinnagandham anighaü nirāsam\<*<10>*>/ ||
pariyesamānā nājjhāgamuü ||
devā manussā idha vā huraü vā ||
saggesu vā sabbanivesanesu\<*<11>*>/ || ||
Sace vijānāsi vadehi yakkhãti\<*<12>*>/ ||
23. Imassa khvāhaü bhante Bhagavatā saīkhittena bhā-
sitassa evaü\<*<13>*>/ vitthārena attham ājānāmi\<*<14>*>/ ||
Pāpaü na kayirā\<*<15>*>/ vacasā manasā ||
kāyena vā\<*<16>*>/ ki¤cana sabbaloke ||
kāme pahāya satimā sampajāno ||
dukkhaü na sevetha anatthasaühitan ti\<*<17>*>/ || ||
Nandana-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tatr-uddānam ||
Nandanā Nandati c-eva || Natthiputtasamena ca ||
Khattiyo Sakamāno ca\<*<18>*>/ || Niddātandi ca Dukkaraü\<*<19>*>/ ||
Hirã Kuņikā navamo || dasamo vutto Samiddhināti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 nihito; B. udāvānihinno.
     2 S2 omits na.
     3 SS.yakkhaü.
     4 SS. -bhāsitassa vitthārena attham na ajānāmi.
     5 S1-2 omit me.
     6 S1-2 ajāneyyanti; S3 ājāneyyanti.
     7 So B and C.; SS. kaīkhaü alias saīgam.
     8 SS. ājā.
     9 B. and S2 acchejji.
    10 S1-2 nisārāsaü.
    11 SS. omit saggesu vā; these verses will be found again further on,
        IV. 4.
    12 SS. yakkha.
    13 SS. omit evaü.
    14 S1 ajānāmi; S 2-3 jānāmi.
    15 SS. kayirātha.
    16 SS. kāyena vācā.
    17 S1-2 -sa¤¤āhitanti.
    18 SS1-3 santikāye.
    19 S-3 kummo.
>/
#<[page 013]>#
%<I. 3. 1.]                  SATTI-VAGGA 3.                13>%


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER III. SATTI-VAGGO.>#
Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gāthaü abhāsi\<*<1>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.1. Sattiyā.>#
Sattiyā viya omaņņho || ķayhamāne\<*<2>*>/ va matthake ||
kāmarāgappahānāya\<*<3>*>/ || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Sattiyā viya omaņņho || ķayhamāne va matthake ||
sakkāyadiņņhippahānāya\<*<5>*>/ || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||

#<SN_1.1,3.2. Phusati.>#
Nāphusantam phusati ca\<*<6>*>/ || phusantaü ca tato phuse ||
tasmā phusantam phusati || appaduņņhapadosinan ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Yo appaduņņhassa narassa dussati ||
suddhassa posassa anaīgaõassa\<*<8>*>/ ||
tam eva bālaü pacceti pāpaü ||
sukhumo rajo paņivātaü va khitto ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.3. Jaņā.>#
Antojaņā bahijaņā || jaņāya jaņitā pajā ||
taü taü Gotama pucchāmi || ko imaü vijaņaye jaņan ti || ||
Sãle patiņņhāya naro sapa¤¤o || cittaü pa¤¤a¤ca bhāvayaü ||
ātāpã nipako bhikkhu || so imaü vijaņaye jaņan ti || ||
yesaü rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khãõāsavā arahanto || tesaü vijaņitā jaņā || ||
yattha nāma¤ca råpa¤ca || asesam uparujjhati ||
paņighaü råpasa¤¤ā ca || ettha sā chijjate\<*<10>*>/ jaņāti\<*<11>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
     2 SS. ķayhamāno here and further on.
     3 SS. -pahānena.
     4 SS. omit ti.
     5 S2 -d ņņhimpahānena. These verses will be found again,
        Devaputta S. II. 6.
     6 SS. omit ca.
     7 SS. omit ti.
     8 S1 anāīganassa.
     9 This gātha will be found again, Brāhmaõa-S. I. 4.
    10 B. etthesā vijaņe.
    11 All these gāthās will be found again, Brāhmaõa-S. I. 6.
>/
#<[page 014]>#
%<14                    DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.               [I. 3. 4.>%


#<SN_1.1,3.4. Mano-nivāraõā.>#
Yato yato mano\<*<1>*>/ nivāraye || na dukkham eti naü tato
tato ||
sa sabbato mano nivāraye || sa sabbato dukkhā pamuc-
cati || ||
Na sabbato mano nivāraye || na\<*<2>*>/ mano sayatattam\<*<3>*>/ āga-
taü\<*<4>*>/ ||
yato yato ca\<*<5>*>/ pāpakaü || tato tato mano nivāraye ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.5. Arahaü.>#
Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaü katāvã ||
khãõāsavo\<*<6>*>/ antimadehadhārã ||
ahaü vadāmãti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaü vadantãti\<*<7>*>/ pi so\<*<8>*>/ vadeyya\<*<9>*>/ || ||
[Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaü katāvã ||
khãõāsavo antimadehadhārã ||
ahaü vadāmãti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaü vadantãti pi so vadeyya ||
loke sama¤¤aü kusalo viditvā ||
vohāramattena so vohareyyāti\<*<10>*>/] || ||
Yo hoti bhikkhu arahaü katāvã ||
khãõāsavo antimadehadhārã ||
mānaü nu kho so\<*<11>*>/ upāgamma bhikkhu ||
ahaü vadāmmãti pi so vadeyya ||
mamaü vadantãti pi so vadeyyāti || ||
Pahãnamānassa na santi ganthā\<*<12>*>/ ||
vidhåpitā mānaganthassa\<*<13>*>/ sabbe ||
Sa vãtivatto yamataü sumedho ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 omits mano in this first gāthā.
     2 SS. omit na.
     3 So B.; SS. and C. omit sa.
     4 S1-3 āgatā.
     5 SS. omit ca.
     6 SS. hantima- here and further on
     7 S2 vadentã.
     8 SS. yo here and above.
     9 B. vadeyyāti.
    10 This gāthā (or rather staza) is missing in B.; perhaps an
        interpolation in SS.
    11 S1-3 (perhaps S2) Mānaü dukho taü.
    12 B. gandhã
    13 B. and SS. -gandhassa.
>/
#<[page 015]>#
%<I. 3. 8.]              SATTI-VAGGA3                     15>%
ahaü vadāmãti pi so vadeyya ||
[mamaü vadantãti pi so vadeyya] \<*<1>*>/ ||
loke sama¤¤aü kusalo viditvā
vohāramattena so vohareyyāti || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.6. Pajjoto.>#
Kati lokasmiü pajjotā\<*<2>*>/ || yehi loko\<*<3>*>/ pakāsati. ||
bhavantaü\<*<4>*>/ puņņhum āgamma || kathaü jānemu taü ma-
yan ti || ||
Cattāro loke\<*<5>*>/ pajjotā || pa¤cam-etthana vijjati\<*<6>*>/ ||
divā tapati ādicco || rattim ābhāti candimā || ||
atha aggi divārattiü || tattha tattha pabhāsati\<*<7>*>/ ||
sambuddho tapataü seņņho || esā ābhā anuttarā ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.7. Sarā.>#
Kuto sarā nivattanti || kattha\<*<8>*>/ vaņņam na vaņņati\<*<9>*>/ ||
kattha nāma¤ca råpa¤ca || asesam uparujjhatãti || ||
Yattha āpo ca pathavã || tejo vāyo na gādhati ||
ato sarā nivattanti || ettha vaņņam na vaņņati ||
ettha nāma¤ca rupa¤ca || asesam uparujjhatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.8. Mahaddhana.>#
Mahaddhanā mahābhogā || raņņhavanto pi khattiyā ||
a¤¤ama¤¤ābhigijjhanti || kāmesu analaīkatā || ||
tesu ussukkajātesu || bhavasotānusārisu ||
gedhataüham\<*<10>*>/ pajahiüsu\<*<11>*>/ ||ke lokasmim anussukkāti || ||
Hitvā agāram pabbajitvā || hitvā puttaü pasuü piyaü\<*<12>*>/ ||
hitvā rāga¤ca dosa¤ca || avijja¤ca virājiya\<*<13>*>/ ||
khãõāsavā arahanto || te\<*<14>*>/ lokasmiü anussukā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 This pada is omitted by SS. but added by B.
     2 B. pajjoto.
     3 S1-3 loke; S2 lokehi; SS. pabhāsati.
     4 SS. Bhagavantam.
     5 S1-3 loka.
     6 S2 vijjanti.
     7 B. pakāsati.
     8 SS. kettha.
     9 S1-2 vaddham . . . vaddhati.
    10 SS. kodha taõham.
    11 B. pavahiüsu.
    12 B. puttaü samappiyaü.
    13 SS. virajjiya.
    14 S1 ke.
>/
#<[page 016]>#
%<16                     DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.              [I. 3. 9.>%


#<SN_1.1,3.9. Catucakka.>#
Catucakkam navadvāraü || puõõam lobhena\<*<1>*>/ saüyutaü ||
paīkajātaü mahāvãra || kathaü yātrā bhavissatãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Chetvā nandiü varatta¤ca\<*<3>*>/ || icchālobha¤ca pāpakaü ||
samålaü taõham abbuyha || evaü yātrā bhavissatãti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,3.10. Enijaīgha.>#
Enijaīghaü kisaü vãraü || appāhāram alolupaü ||
sãhaü v-ekacaraü nāgam ||kāmesu anapekkhinaü ||
upasaīkamma pucchāma\<*<5>*>/ || kathaü dukkhā pamucca-
tãti || ||
Pa¤cakāmaguõā loke || mano chaņņhā paveditā ||
ettha chandaü virājetvā || evaü dukkhā pamuccatãti || ||
Satti-vaggo tatiyo || ||
Tatr-uddānam ||
Sattiyā Phusati c-eva || Jaņā Manonivāraõā ||
Arahantena Pajjoto || Sarā Mahaddhanena ca ||
Catucakkena navamaü || Enijaīghena te dasāti || ||

___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER IV. SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA>#


#<SN_1.1,4.1. Sabbhi.>#
1. Evaü me sutaü Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakayikā\<*<6>*>/ devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhaüsu ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 SS.puõõalobena.
     2 S1-3 bhavissati; S2 bhavissanti.
     3 See Dhammapadam, V.398.
     4 These gāthās will be found again further on (Devaputta-S. III. 8).
     5 SS. pucchema.
     6 S1 satålapa-; S2 satulapa-; S3 satulapa- and satullapa-.
>/
#<[page 017]>#
%<I. 4. 1.]                 SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA 4.       17>%
3. Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü\<*<1>*>/ ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gātham
abhāsi. || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || pa¤¤ā labbhati\<*<2>*>/ nā¤¤ato ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gātham
abhāsi ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || soka-majjhe na socatãti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gātham
abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤aya || ¤āti-majjhe virocatãti ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || sattā gacchanti suggatin ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || sattā tiņņhanti sātatan ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavatam etad avoca || ||
Kassa nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaü vo subhāsitaü pariyāyena || api ca mamam pi\<*<4>*>/
suõātha || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. krubbetha sandhavaü here and further on.
     2 So SS. supported by C.; B. has pa¤¤am labhati.
     3 B. sugatiü; they omit the ti of the end in this and all the
        preceding gāthās.
     4 S1-2 mamāpi; S3 mamapi. C I
>/
#<[page 018]>#
%<18                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.            [I. 4. 1.>%
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya\<*<1>*>/ || sabbadukkhā pamucca-
tãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.2. Macchari.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhaüsu. ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Maccherā ca pamādā ca || evaü {dānaü} na dãyati ||
pu¤¤am ākaīkhamānena || deyyaü hoti vijānatā ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo\<*<3>*>/
abhāsi || ||
Yass-eva bhãto na dadāti maccharã ||
tad evādādato\<*<4>*>/ bhayaü ||
jighacchā ca pipāsā ca || yassa bhāyati maccharã ||
tam eva bālaü phusati || asmiü loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraü || dajjā dānaü malābhibhå ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gā-
tham abhāsi ||
Te matesu na mãyanti || panthānaü va sagāvajjaü\<*<5>*>/ ||
appasmiü ye pavecchanti || esa dhammo sanantano || ||
appasm-eke pavecchanti || bahun-eke\<*<6>*>/ na dicchare ||
appasmā dakkhiõā dinnā || sahassena samaü mitā ti || ||
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 has always -dhammaü ¤āya; S1 twice only.
     2 All these gāthās will be found again further on in Devaputta-S.
        III. 1.
     3 SS. imaü gātham
     4 B. tad eva adadato.
     5 B. (very uncertain) pathānaü sahavajam; SS. panthānaü va sabhāvajaü;
        C. addhānam va sahavajjaü.
     6 SS. Bahunā eke.
>/
#<[page 019]>#
%<I. 4. 2.]                  SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA 4.      19>%
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imā gā-
ņhāyo\<*<1>*>/ abhāsi ||
Duddadaü dadamānānaü || dukkaraü kamma kubbataü ||
asanto nānukubbanti || sataü dhammo durannayo\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Tasmā sata¤ca asata¤ca\<*<3>*>/ || nānā hoti ito gati ||
asanto nirayaü yanti || santo saggaparāyanā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantam\<*<5>*>/ etad avoca ||
Kassa nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaü vo subhāsitaü pariyāyena || api mamam pi\<*<6>*>/
suõātha || ||
Dhammaü care yo samucchakaü\<*<7>*>/ care ||
dāram ca posaü dadam appakasmiü ||
sataü sahassānaü sahassayāginaü ||
kalam pi\<*<8>*>/ nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantaü gāthaya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Ken-esaü\<*<9>*>/ ya¤¤o vipulo mahaggato ||
samena dinnassa na aggham eti ||
sataü\<*<10>*>/ sahassānaü sahassayāginaü ||
kalam pi nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavā taü {devataü,} gāthāya ajjhabhā-
si || ||
Dadanti eke\<*<11>*>/ visame\<*<12>*>/ niviņņhā ||
chetvā\<*<13>*>/ vadhitvā atha socayitvā ||
sā dakkhiõā assumukhā sadaõķā ||
samena dinnassa na aggham eti || ||
Evaü\<*<14>*>/ sahassānaü sahassayāginam ||
kalam pi\<*<15>*>/ nāgghanti tathāvidhassa te ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. imaü gāthaü.
     2 B. duranvayo.
     3 B. -asataü.
     4 SS. -parāyano-ti; ti is omitted at the end of the preceding
        addresses.
     5 B. Bhagavato santike.
     6 So B.; S1-2 mamāpi; S3 mamapi (as above).
     7 So SS.; B. and C. samu¤jakam.
     8 SS. omit pi.
     8 B. esa ya¤¤o.
    10 B. kathaü.
    11 B. heke; S3 ceke.
    12 B. visamena.
    13 C. ghatvā; SS. jhatvā.
    14 SS. evantaü.
    15 SS. omit pi.
>/
#<[page 020]>#
%<20                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.            [I. 4. 3.>%


#<SN_1.1,4.3. Sādhu.>#
1. Sāvatthi ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhaüsu || ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imam udānam udānesi || ||
Sādhu\<*<1>*>/ kho mārisa dānaü || ||
Maccherā ca pamādā ca || evaü dānaü na dãyati ||
pu¤¤am ākaīkhamānena || deyyaü hoti vijānatā ti || ||
4. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaü || api ca appasmim pi sādhu\<*<2>*>/
dānaü ||
Appasm-eke pavecchanti || bahun-eke\<*<3>*>/ na dicchare ||
appasmā dakkhiõā dinnā || sahassena samam mitā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udanesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaü ||
Appasmim pi sādhu dānam ||
Api ca saddhāya pi sādhu dānam ||
Dāna¤ca yuddha¤ca samānam āhu ||
Appāpi santā bahuke jinanti ||
Appam pi ce saddahāno dadāti ||
ten-eva so hoti sukhã paratthā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaü ||
appasmiü pi sādhu dānaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Sāhu.
     2 B. appakasmim pi sāhu here and further on.
     3 SS. bahunā eke.
     4 SS. samappitā; see the preceding number.
     5 SS. parattha, omitting ti here and in the preceding gāthā.
>/
#<[page 021]>#
%<I. 4. 3.]                  SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA 4.       21>%
saddhāya pi sādhu\<*<1>*>/ dānam ||
api ca dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānaü || ||
Yo dhammaladdhassa dadāti dānam ||
uņņhānaviriyādhigatassa jantu ||
atikkamma so vetaraõiü Yamassa ||
dibbāni ņhānāni upeti macco ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānaü ||
Appasmiü pi sādhu dānaü ||
Saddhāya pi sādhu dānaü ||
Dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānam ||
Api ca viceyyadānam pi sādhu\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Viceyyadānaü sugatappasatthaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
ye dakkhiõeyyā idha jãvaloke ||
etesu dinnāni mahapphallāni ||
bãjāni vuttāni\<*<4>*>/ yathā sukhette ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Sādhu kho mārisa dānam ||
Appasmim pi sādhu dānaü ||
Saddhāya pi sādhu dānaü ||
Dhammaladdhassa pi sādhu dānaü ||
Viceyyadānam pi sādhu\<*<5>*>/ ||
Api ca pāõesu ca\<*<6>*>/ sādhu saüyamo || ||
Yo pāõabhåtesu\<*<7>*>/ aheņhayaü\<*<8>*>/ caraü ||
paråpavādā na karoti pāpaü ||
bhãruü\<*<9>*>/ pasaüsanti na hi tattha såraü ||
bhayā hi santo na karonti pāpan ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. sāhu here and further on.
     2 B. adds dānaü.
     3 B. -ppasaņņham.
     4 S2 mahapphalā bãjā vuttāni.
     5 B. adds dānaü.
     6 Or va; B. pi.
     7 B. -bhåtāni.
     8 B. ahedhayaü.
     9 S1-3 bhãrå.
>/
#<[page 022]>#
%<22                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.            [I. 4. 3.>%
Kassā nu kho Bhagavā subhāsitan ti || ||
Sabbāsaü vo subhāsitaü pariyāyena || api mamam pi\<*<1>*>/ su-
õātha || ||
Saddhāhi\<*<2>*>/ dānam bahudhā\<*<3>*>/ pasatthaü ||
dānā ca\<*<4>*>/ kho dhammapadaü va\<*<5>*>/ seyyo || ||
pubbeva hi pubbatareva santo ||
nibbānam ev-ajjhagamuü sapa¤¤ā\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.4. Na santi.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhaüsu ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Na santi kāmā manujesu niccā ||
santãdha\<*<7>*>/ kamanãyāni yesu baddho\<*<8>*>/ ||
yesu pamatto\<*<9>*>/ apunāgamanaü ||
anāgantvā puriso\<*<10>*>/ maccudheyyā ti || ||
Chandajam aghaü || chandajaü dukkhaü ||
chandavinayā aghavinayo || aghavinayā dukkhavina-
yo ti || ||
Na te kāmā yāni citrāni\<*<11>*>/ loke ||
saīkapparāgo purisassa kāmo ||
tiņņhanti citrāni tath-eva loke ||
ath-ettha dhãrā vinayanti chandam || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 mamāpi; S3 mama pi.
     2 So S1 and B.; S2-3 Addhāhi.
     3 B. pasaņņhaü.
     4 So B. and C.; SS. dāna¤ca.
     5 B. ca.
     6 S2 pasa¤¤ā; B. sama¤¤ā.
     7 SS. Santãca.
     8 B. kāmesu bandho.
     9 SS. yesu ca baddho supamatto.
    10 So C.; SS. anāgantapuriso; B. anāgantā-.
    11 SS. -kāmānicitrāni.
>/
#<[page 023]>#
%<I. 4. 5.]                SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA 4.         23>%
Kodhaü jahe vippajaheyya mānaü ||
saüyojanaü sabbam atikkameyya ||
taü nāmaråpasmim asajjamānaü ||
aki¤canaü nānupatanti dukkhā\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Pahāsi saīkhaü\<*<2>*>/ na vimānam ajjhagā\<*<3>*>/ ||
acchecchi\<*<4>*>/ taõham idha nāmaråpe ||
taü\<*<5>*>/ chinnagantham\<*<6>*>/ anighaü nirāsaü ||
pariyesamānā na ca ajjhagamuü\<*<7>*>/ ||
devā manussā idha vā huraü vā ||
saggesu vā\<*<8>*>/ sabbanivesaneså ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Taü ce hi nāddakkhuü\<*<10>*>/ tathā vimuttaü ||
iccāyasmā Mogharājā ||
deva manussā idha vā huraü vā ||
naruttamaü atthacaraü narānaü ||
ye taü namassanti pasaüsiyā te ti || ||
Pasaüsiyā te pi bhavanti bhikkhu\<*<11>*>/ ||
Mogharājā ti Bhagavā ||
ye taü namassanti tathā vimuttam ||
a¤¤āya dhammaü vicikicchaü pahāya ||
saīgātigā\<*<12>*>/ te pi\<*<13>*>/ bhavanti bhikkhå ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.5. Ujjhānasa¤¤ino.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Ujjhānasa¤¤ikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu. || Upasaī-
kamitvā vekāsam aņņhaüsu ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 This gāthā is repeated with slight change (No.6). See Dhammapada,
        V.221.
    2 SS. Sangaü (alias kaīkhaü; see II. 10).
     3 SS. na (or ta) vināmamāgā.
     4 B. acchejji.
     5 S2-3 omit taü.
     6 B. -gandhaü.
     7 SS. nājjhagamuü. (See II. 10).
     8 SS. omit saggesu vā.
     9 Repetition of the last but one gāthā of II. 10. q v.
    10 B. tam ce nidukkhaü.
    11 S1 bhikkhå(?).
    12 C. seems to read saübhāgitā (or rather saīkhātigā).
    13 SS. -te hi pi.
>/
#<[page 024]>#
%<24                    DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.              [I. 4. 5>%
3. Vehāsaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
A¤¤athā santam attānam || a¤¤athā yo pavedaye\<*<1>*>/ ||
nikacca kitavass-eva || bhuttaü theyyena\<*<2>*>/ tassa taü || ||
yaü hi kayirā taü hi vade || yaü na kayirā na taü vade ||
akarontam bhāsamānānaü\<*<3>*>/ || parijānanti paõķitā ti || ||
Na yidam\<*<4>*>/ bhāsitamattena || ekantasavanena vā ||
anukkamituü ve\<*<5>*>/ sakkā || yāyaü paņipadā daëhā\<*<6>*>/ ||
yāya\<*<7>*>/ dhãrā pamuccanti || jhāyino mārabandhanā || ||
Na ve dhãrā pakubbanti || viditvā lokapariyāyaü ||
a¤¤āya nibbutā dhãrā || tiõõā loke visattikan-ti. || ||
4. Atha kho tā devatāyo pathaviyaü patiņņhahitvā Bhaga-
vato pādesu sirasā nipatitvā Bhagavantam etad avocuü || ||
Accayo\<*<8>*>/ no bhante accagamā || yathā bālā yatha måëhā
yathā akusalā yā mayaü Bhagavantaü asādetabbaü\<*<9>*>/ ama¤-
¤imhā || tāsaü no\<*<10>*>/ bhante Bhagavā accayam accayato
patigaõhātu āyatiü saüvarāyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā sitaü pātvākāsi || ||
6. Atha kho tā devatāyo bhiyyosomattāya ujjhāyantiyo
vehāsam abbhugga¤chuü\<*<11>*>/ || ||
7. Ekā devatā Bhagavato santike imam gātham avoca || ||
Accayaü desayantãnaü || yo ve\<*<12>*>/ na patigaõhati ||
kopantaro dosagaru || sa veraü paņimuccatãti || ||
Accayo ce na vijjetha\<*<13>*>/ || no cãdhāpagatam\<*<14>*>/ siyā ||
verāni na\<*<15>*>/ ca sammeyyuü || kenãdha\<*<16>*>/ kusalo siyāti || ||
Kass-accayā na vijjanti || kassa natthi apagataü\<*<17>*>/ ||
ko na sammoham āpādi || ko ca\<*<18>*>/ dhãro sadā sato ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. pavedayi.
     2 S1-2 theyya na.
     3 B. abhāsamānam.
     4 S3 na idaü.
     5 B. ye; SS. anukkamitave-.
    6 SS. paņipadaëhā.
     7 SS. yāyā.
     8 S1-2 accaye.
     9 SS. apasādetabbaü.
    10 SS. vo.
    11 B. abbhuggaccha; S3 seems to have -ga¤jum.
    12 B. ce.
    13 S2 vijjatha.
    14 SS. cãdha apagatam; C. cidha apahataü.
    15 SS. have not na.
    16 SS. konãdha.
    17 SS. apāhataü.
    18 SS. ko dha.
>/
#<[page 025]>#
%<I. 4. 6.]                  SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA 4.       25>%
Tathāgatassa buddhassa || sabbabhåtānukampino ||
tass\<*<1>*>/-accayā na vijjanti || tassa natthi apagataü\<*<2>*>/ ||
so na sammoham āpādi || so ca\<*<3>*>/ dhãro sadā sato ti || ||
Accayaü desayantãnaü || yo ce na patigaõhati ||
kopantaro dosagaru || yaü veraü\<*<4>*>/ paņimuccati ||
taü veraü nābhinandāmi || paņigaõhāmi vo-ccayan ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.6. Saddhā.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanaü
obhasetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhaüsu ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Saddhā dutiyā purisassa hoti ||
no ce assaddhiyam\<*<6>*>/ avatiņņhati\<*<7>*>/ ||
yaso ca kittã ca tatvassa hoti\<*<8>*>/ ||
saggaü ca so gacchati sarãram pahāyā ti || ||
Kodhaü jahe vippajaheyya mānaü ||
saüyojanaü sabbam atikkameyya ||
taü nāmaråpasmim asajjamānaü ||
aki¤canaü nānupatanti saīgā ti\<*<9>*>/ ||
Pamādam anuyu¤janti || bālā dummedhino janā ||
appamādaü ca medhāvã || dhanaü seņņham va rakkhati || ||
Mā pamādam\<*<10>*>/ anuyu¤jetha || mā kāmaratisanthavaü\<*<11>*>/ ||
appamatto hi jhāyanto\<*<12>*>/ || pappoti paramaü sukhan ti\<*<13>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 kassa.
     2 SS. apāgataü.
     3 SS. yo dha.
     4 B. sa veraü.
    5 SS. and C. vo accayan-ti.
     6 B. asaddhiyam.
     7 S2-3 otiņņhanti.
     8 So B. and C.; S1 yato sā ca kittã ca taü tassa hoti;
        S2-3 vatam tassa hoti.
     9 See above No. 4.
    10 B. Nappamādam.
    11 B. kāmaraütisandhavam.
    12 After -jjhāyanto, C. explains the word upanijjhāyati whose place
        in the text is not easy to discern.
    13 S2 appoti.
>/
#<[page 026]>#
%<26                      DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 4. 7.>%


#<SN_1.1,4.7. Samayo.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sakkesu vi-
harati Kapilavatthusmiü mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaīghe-
na saddhim pa¤camattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahan-
tehi || dasahi ca lokadhātåhi devatāyo\<*<1>*>/ yebhuyyena sanni-
patitā honti Bhagavantaü dassanāya bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || ||
2. Atha kho catunnaü Suddhāvāsakāyikānaü devatānam\<*<2>*>/
etad ahosi || Ayaü kho Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Kapila-
vatthusmiü mahāvane mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü
pa¤camattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || dasahi
ca lokadhātåhi devatāyo yebhuyyena sannipatitā honti Bha-
gavantaü dassanāya bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Yannåna mayaü
pi\<*<3>*>/ yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkameyyāma || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavato santike\<*<4>*>/ pacceka\<*<5>*>/ gāthaü bhāseyyāmāti || ||
3. Atha kho tā devatāyo seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso
sammi¤jitaü vā bāham pasāreyya || pasāritaü vā bāham
sammi¤jeyya\<*<6>*>/ || evam evaü Suddhāvāsesu devesu antarahitā
Bhagavato purato pātur ahesuü\<*<7>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho tā devatāyo Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aņņhaüsu || ||
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Mahāsamayo pavanasmiü || devakāyā samāgatā ||
āgatamha imaü dhammasamayaü ||
dakkhitāye aparājitasaīghan ti || ||
5. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imaü gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Tatra bhikkhavo samādahaüsu ||
cittam attano ujukam akaüsu ||
sārathã va nettāni gahetvā ||
indriyāni rakkhanti paõķitā ti. || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. devatā here and further on.
     2 S3 devānam.
    3 SS. omit pi.
     4 SS. ca pana instead of Bhagavato santike.
     5 B paccekaü-.
     6 In this very often repeated and well-known passage, B. has always
        sama¤chitaü . . . sama¤cheyya (which I think to be the true reading)
     7 SS. ahaüsu.
>/
#<[page 027]>#
%<I. 4. 8.]               SATULLAPAKâYIKA-VAGGA 4.         27>%
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike {imaü} gā-
tham abhāsi || ||
Chetvā\<*<1>*>/ khilam\<*<2>*>/ chetvā palighaü ||
indakhãlam ohacca\<*<3>*>/-m-anejā ||
te caranti suddhā vimalā ||
cakkhumatā\<*<4>*>/ sudantā susunāgā ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā || pa ||
Ye keci Buddhaü saraõaü gatāse ||
na te gamissanti apāyabhåmiü\<*<5>*>/ ||
pahāya mānusaü dehaü ||
devakāyaü paripuressantãti\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.8. Sakalikam.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Maddakucchismiü migadāye || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavato pādo\<*<7>*>/ sakalikāya\<*<8>*>/
khato hoti || Bhåsā sudaü Bhagavato vedanā\<*<9>*>/ vattanti sa-
rãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā amanāpā ||
Tā sudaü Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤a-
māno || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā catugguõam\<*<10>*>/ saīghāņiü pa¤¤ā-
petvā dakkhiõena passena sãhaseyyam kappesi\<*<11>*>/ pāde pādam
accādhāya sato sampajāno || ||
4. Atha kho sattasatā Satullapakāyikā devatāyo abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Madda-
kucchim obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam
aņņhaüsu || ||
5. Ekam antaü ņhitā kho ekā devatā Bhagavato santike
imam udānam udānesi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 jetvā.
     2 S2 khãlaü.
     3 C. and (I think) S2; B. uhacca; S1 åhacca; S6 åpacca.
     4 C. cakkhumattā (perhaps for cakkhumantā).
     5 SS. apāyaü (without bhumim).
     6 B. -purissantãti.
     7 SS. pāde.
     8 So S1 and C.; B. sakkhalikāya; S2-3 sakalikākhato.
     9 SS. omit vedanā, perhaps added by B.
   10 B. catuguõaü.
    11 B. kappeti.
>/
#<[page 028]>#
%<28                       DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.            [I. 4. 8.>%
Nāgo vata bho samaõo Gotamo || nāgavatā ca samuppannā\<*<1>*>/
sārãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno ti || ||
6. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam
udānesi || ||
Sãho vata bho samaõo Gotamo || sãhavatā ca samuppannā
sārãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno ti || ||
7. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udānam
udānesi || ||
âjānãyo vata bho samaõo Gotamo || ājānãyavatā ca sam-
uppannā sārãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā
amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno ti || ||
8. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Nisabho vata bho Samaõo Gotamo || nisabhavatā ca sam-
uppannā sārãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā
amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno ti || ||
9. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam udā-
nam udānesi || ||
Dhorayho vata bho samaõo Gotamo || dhorayhavatā ca sam-
uppannā sārãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asāta
amanāpā || sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno ti || ||
10. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam
udānam udānesi || ||
Danto vata bho samaõo Gotamo || dantavatā ca samuppannā
sārãrikā vedanā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā amanāpā ||
sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno ti || ||
11. Atha kho aparā devatā Bhagavato santike imam
udānam udānesi\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Passa samādhi-subhāvitaü\<*<3>*>/ cittaü ca vimuttaü || na cā-
bhinatam\<*<4>*>/ na cāpanatam\<*<5>*>/ na ca sasaīkhāraniggayha cārita-
vatam\<*<6>*>/ || Yo evaråpam purisanāgam purisasãhaü purisa-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. panuppannā here and further on.
     2 SS. imam gātham abhāsi.
     3 S2-3 omit samādhi; B. subhāvito; C. samādhiü . . . suvimuttiü.
     4 SS. navāpahiõatam; C. seems to read abhiõatam and atiõatam.
     5 SS and C. upaõatam.
     6 B. vāri (?) vāvataü; C. dhāritaü vataü and further on varitvā vattaü.
>/
#<[page 029]>#
%<I. 4. 9.]               SATULLAPAKâYIKâ-VAGGA 4.        29>%
ājānãyaü purisa-nisabhaü purisadhorayham purisadantam
atikkamitabbaü ma¤¤eyya kim a¤¤atra adassanā ti || ||
Pa¤cavedasataü\<*<1>*>/ samaü || tapassãbrāhmaõācaraü\<*<2>*>/ ||
cittaü ca nesaü na sammā vimuttaü ||
hãnattaråpā\<*<3>*>/ na pāraügamā te ||
Taõhādhipannā vata sãlabaddhā\<*<4>*>/ ||
låkhaü tapaü vassasataü carantā ||
Cittaü ca nesaü na sammā vimuttaü ||
hãnattaråpā na pāraügamā te\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Na mānakāmassa damo idh-atthi ||
na monam atthi asamāhitassa ||
eko ara¤¤e viharaü pamatto ||
na maccudheyyassa tareyya pāraü\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Mānam pahāya susamāhitatto ||
sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto ||
eko ara¤¤e viharaü appamatto ||
sa maccudheyyassa tareyya pāran ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.9. Pajjunna-dhãtā (1).>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekam samayaü Bhagavā Vesāliyaü
viharati mahāvane Kåņāgāra-sālāyaü || ||
2. Atha kho Kokanadā\<*<7>*>/ Pajjunnassa dhãtā abhikkantāya
rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü mahāvanam obhāsetvā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi\<*<8>*>/ ||
3. Ekam antam ņhitā kho sa devatā Kokanadā Pajjunnassa
dhãtā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vesāliyam vane viharantaü ||
aggaü sattassa sambuddhaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. -vedā-.
     2 S3 caraüti.
     3 C. hinatta, and notices the reading hinattha.
     4 B. sãlabandhā.
     5 SS. add ti.
     6 B. -pāranti. See I. 9.
     7 B. Kokanudā.
     8 This paragraph is missing in SS. They have only Atha kho Kokanadā
        Pajjunnassadhãtā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi. || ||
>/
#<[page 030]>#
%<30                        DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.           [I. 4. 10.>%
Kokanadā-h-asmiü abhivande ||
Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhãtā\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Sutam eva me pure\<*<2>*>/ āsi dhammo ||
cakkhumatānubuddho ||
sā-ham dāni\<*<3>*>/ sakkhi jānāmi ||
munino desayato Sugatassa ||
Ye hi keci ariyadhammaü\<*<4>*>/ ||
vigarahantā\<*<5>*>/ caranti dummedhā ||
upenti Roruvaü ghoraü ||
cirarattaü dukkham anubhavanti || ||
Ye ca kho ariyadhamme\<*<6>*>/ ||
khantiyā upasamena upetā ||
pahāya mānusaü dehaü ||
devakāyam paripuressantã ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,4.10. Pajjunna-dhitā (2).>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekam samayaü Bhagavā Vesāliyaü
viharati magāvane Kåņāgāra-sālāyaü || ||
2. Atha kho Cåëa-Kokanadā\<*<8>*>/ Pajjunnassa dhãtā abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõā kevalakappaü mahāvanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi ||
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Cåëa-Kokanadā Pajju-
nnassa dhãtā Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Idhāgamā\<*<9>*>/ vijjupabhāsavaõõā ||
Kokanadā Pajjunnassa dhãtā ||
buddhaü ca dhammaü ca namassamānā ||
gāthā c-imā atthavatã abhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 For the first three padas. SS. have Vesālivane viharagam
        (or viharaham; S1 viharantaü) sāraü (S1 aggasāraü) sambuddhaü
        Kokāhamasmiü (S1 -hamismiü; S2 hamisviü) abhivande.
     2 B. omits me; S2-3 sumavamepure-.
     3 SS. sādāni.
     4 B. ye keci ariyaü dhammaü.
     5 SS. viharantā.
     6 B. ariye dhamme.
     7 B -purissantãti. See above, No. 7, the two last padas.
     8 SS. Culla; B. Kokanudā.
     9 SS. Idha-.
>/
#<[page 031]>#
%<I. 5. 1.]                      âDITTA-VAGGA 5.           31>%
Bahunā pi kho taü\<*<1>*>/ vibhajeyyaü ||
pariyāyena tādiso dhammo ||
saīkhittam atthaü lapayissāmi ||
yāvatā me manasā pariyattaü || ||
Pāpaü na kayirā\<*<2>*>/ vacasā manasā\<*<3>*>/ ||
kāyena vā\<*<4>*>/ ki¤cana sabbaloke ||
kāme pahāya satimā sampaja¤o ||
dukkhaü na sevetha anatthasaühitan ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Satullapakāyika-vaggo catuttho || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sabbhi Maccharinā Sādhu || Na sant-Ujjhānasa¤¤ino ||
Saddhā Samayo Sakalikaü || ubho Pajjunna-dhãtaro ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER V. âDITTA-VAGGO.>#
Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārame || ||
Atha kho a¤¤atarā devatā abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aņņhāsi ||
Ekam antam ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavato santike imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.1. âdittam.>#
âdittasmim agārasmiü || yaü nãharati bhājanaü ||
taü tassa hoti atthāya || no ca yaü tattha ķayhatãti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Evam ādãpito\<*<7>*>/ loko || jarāya maraõena ca ||
nãhareth-eva dānena || dinnaü hoti sunãhataü\<*<8>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. naü.
     2 S2 kayirātha.
     3 S1-3 omit manasā.
     4 SS. kāyena vācā (or vāvā: perhaps vā mā)
     5 Repetition of the last gāthā of II. 10.
     6 SS. ķayhati.
     7 S3 ādipito; B. ādittako.
     8 So SS.; B. sunibbhataü; C. -nibhattam.
>/
#<[page 032]>#
%<32                      DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 5. 1.>%
dinnaü sukhaphalaü\<*<1>*>/ hoti || nādinnam hoti taü tathā ||
corā haranti rājāno || aggã\<*<2>*>/ ķayhati nassati || ||
Atha antena jahāti || sarãraü sapariggahaü ||
etad a¤¤āya medhāvi || bhu¤jetha ca\<*<3>*>/ dadetha ca ||
datvā\<*<4>*>/ bhutvā ca yathānubhāvaü ||
anindito saggam upeti ņhānan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.2. Kiüdada.>#
Kiüdado balado hoti || kiüdado hoti vaõõado ||
kiüdado sukhado hoti || kiüdado hoti cakkhudo ||
ko\<*<5>*>/ ca sabbadado hoti || taü me akkhāhi pucchito || ||
Annado balado hoti || vatthado hoti vaõõado ||
yānado sukhado hoti || dãpado hoti cakkhudo ||
so\<*<6>*>/ ca sabbadado hoti || yo dadāti upassayaü ||
amataü dado ca so hoti || yo dhammam anusāsatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.3. Annam.>#
Annam evābhinandanti || ubhayo\<*<7>*>/ devamānusā ||
atha ko\<*<8>*>/ nāma so yakkho || yam annaü nābhinanda-
tãti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Ye naü dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaü bhajati || asmiü loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraü || dajjā dānaü malābhibhå ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti\<*<10>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.4. Ekamåla.>#
Ekamålaü dvirāvaņņam\<*<11>*>/ || timalaü pa¤capattharaü ||
samuddaü dvādasāvaņņaü\<*<12>*>/ || pātālam atarã\<*<13>*>/ isãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 sukhaü phalaü; B. phalaü sukham.
     2 B. aggi.
     3 bhu¤jetheva.
     4 B. adds ca.
     5 SS. yo.
     6 SS. yo.
     7 B. ubhaye.
     8 SS. kho.
     8 S1-2 yam anu (aõu?) abhinandati; S3 yam annam abhinandati (see
        Devaputta-S. III.3).
    10 SS. omit ti; the first of these gāthās will be found again in
        Devaputta-S. III. 3.; the last has been seen already in this
        Saüyutta, IV. 2.
    11 S3 dvāvaņņam; S1-2 dvāvaddhaü.
    12 S1-2 samudadvādasāvaddhaü; S3 samudadvādasāvaņņam.
    13 S1-3 aratã.
>/
#<[page 033]>#
%<I. 5. 8.]                     âDITTA-VAGGA 5.            33>%


#<SN_1.1,5.5. Anomiya.>#
Anomanāmaü nipuõatthadassiü\<*<1>*>/ ||
pa¤¤ādadaü kāmalaye asattaü ||
taü passatha sabbaviduü sumedhaü ||
ariye pathe kamamānaü mahesin ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.6. Accharā.>#
Accharāgaõasaīghuņņhaü || pisācagaõasevitaü ||
vanan-tam mohanaü nāma || kathaü yātrā bhavissatãti || ||
Ujuko nāma so maggo || abhayā nāma sā disā ||
ratho akujano\<*<2>*>/ nāma || dhammacakkehi saüyuto\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Hirã tassa apālambo || saty-assa\<*<4>*>/ parivāraõam ||
dhammāhaü sārathiü\<*<5>*>/ bråmi || sammādiņņhipure javaü || ||
Yassa etādisaü\<*<6>*>/ yānaü || itthiyā purisassa vā ||
sa ve\<*<7>*>/ etena yānena || nibbānass-eva santike ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.7. Vanaropa (or Vacanam).>#
Kesaü divā ca ratto ca || sadā pu¤¤aü pavaķķhati ||
dhammaņņhā sãlasampannā || ke janā saggagāmino ti || ||
Arāmaropā vanaropā || ye janā setukārakā ||
papa¤ ca udapāna¤ ca ||ye dadanti upassayaü\<*<8>*>/ ||
tesaü divā ca ratto ca || sadā pu¤¤aü pavaķķhati ||
dhammaņņhā sãlasampannā || te janā saggagāmino ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.8. Jetavana.>#
Idaü hitaü Jetavanaü || isisaīghanisevitaü ||
āvutthaü\<*<9>*>/ dhammarājena || pãtisa¤jananam mama || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 nipunatha-.
    2 SS. a¤¤åjano, altered to aja¤ako or aja¤ano (S3).
     3 So B.; C. samyutto; SS. samyutaü.
     4 SS. satassa.
     5 SS. sārathã.
     6 S2-3 etādiso.
     7 SS. seem to have ce.
     8 C. notices the reading upāsayaü.
     9 S1-2 avuttha; S3 avuttam; B. āvuņņham. See Devaputa-S. I. 10
>/
#<[page 034]>#
%<34                    DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.               [I. 5. 8.>%
kammaü vijjā ca dhammo ca || sãlaü jãvitam uttamaü ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paõķito poso || sampassaü attham attano ||
yoniso vicine dhammaü || evaü tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va pa¤¤āya || sãlena upasamena ca ||
yo pi pāragato\<*<1>*>/ bhikkhu || etāva paramo siyāti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.9. Macchari.>#
Ye dha\<*<2>*>/ maccharino loke || kadariyā paribhāsakā ||
a¤¤esaü dadamānānaü || antarāyakarā narā || ||
kiüdiso\<*<3>*>/ tesaü vipāko || samparāyo ca kiüdiso ||
bhavantaü\<*<4>*>/ puņņhum āgamma || kathaü jānemu tam
mayan ti || ||
Ye dha maccharino loke || kadariyā paribhāsakā ||
a¤¤esaü dadamānānam || antarāyakarā narā || ||
nirayaü tiracchānayoniü || yamalokam uppajjare ||
sace enti manussattaü || dalidde jāyare kule || ||
coëaü piõķo ratã khiķķā || yattha kicchena\<*<5>*>/ labbhati ||
parato āsiüsare bālā || tam pi tesaü na labbhati ||
diņņhe dhamme sa vipāko || samparāye\<*<6>*>/ ca duggatãti || ||
Iti h-etam vijānāma || a¤¤aü pucchāma Gotama\<*<7>*>/ ||
ye dha\<*<8>*>/ laddhā manussattaü || vada¤¤å vãtamaccharā ||
buddhe pasannā dhamme ca || saīghe ca tibbagāravā || ||
kiüdiso\<*<9>*>/ tesaü vipāko || samparāyo ca kiüdiso ||
bhavantaü\<*<10>*>/ puņņhum āgamma || kathaü jānemu taü
mayan ti || ||
Ye dha laddhā manussattam || vada¤¤å vãtamaccharā ||
buddhe pasannā dhamme ca || saīghe tibbagāravā ||
ete sagge pakāsenti\<*<11>*>/ || yattha te upapajjare\<*<12>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. pāraü gato.
     2 B. Ye ca; SS. Ye dhammaccharino.
     3 SS. kãdiso.
     4 SS. Bhagavantam.
     5 B. yatthākiccena.
     6 S1-2 samparāyo.
     7 SS. Gotamaü.
     8 B. Ye ca here and further on.
    9 SS. kãdiso.
    10 SS. Bhagavantam.
    11 B. saggā pakāsanti.
    12 B. upapajjare; SS. uppajjare here and above.
>/
#<[page 035]>#
%<I. 5. 10.]                      âDITTA-VAGGA 5.          35>%
sace enti manussattaü || aķķhe ajāyare kule ||
coëaü piõķo ratã khiķķā || yatthākicchena\<*<1>*>/ labbhati || ||
parasambhatesu bhogesu || vasavattãva modare\<*<2>*>/ ||
diņņhe dhamme sa vipāko || samparāye\<*<3>*>/ ca suggatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,5.10. Ghaņãkaro.>#
Avihaü upapannāse || vimuttā satta bhikkhavo ||
rāgadosaparikkhãõā || tiõõā loke visattikan ti || ||
Ke ca te\<*<4>*>/ ataruü paīkaü\<*<5>*>/ || maccudheyyaü suduttaraü ||
te\<*<6>*>/ hitvā mānusaü dehaü || dibbayogam\<*<7>*>/ upaccagun ti || ||
Upako Phalagaõķo ca\<*<8>*>/ || Pukkusāti ca te tayo ||
Bhaddiyo Khaõķadevo ca\<*<9>*>/ || Bāhuraggi\<*<10>*>/ ca Piīgiyo\<*<11>*>/ ||
te hitvā mānusaü dehaü || dibbayogam upaccagun ti || ||
Kusalaü\<*<12>*>/ bhāsasi\<*<13>*>/ tesaü || mārapāsappahāyinaü ||
kassa te dhammam a¤¤āya || acchiduü\<*<14>*>/ bhavabhandha-
nan ti || ||
Na a¤¤atra Bhagavatā || na¤¤atra\<*<15>*>/ tava sāsanā ||
yassa te dhammam a¤¤āya || acchiduü bhavabandha-
naü || ||
yattha nāma¤ca rupa¤ca || asesam uparujjhati ||
taü te dhammam idha ¤āya || acchiduü bhavabandha-
nan ti || ||
Gambhãraü bhāsasi\<*<16>*>/ vācaü || dubbijānam sudubbudhaü ||
kassa tvaü dhammam a¤¤aya\<*<17>*>/ || vācam\<*<18>*>/ bhāsasi ãdisan-
ti || ||
Kumbhakāro pure āsiü || Vehaëiīge\<*<19>*>/ ghaņãkaro ||
mātāpettibharo āsiü || Kassapassa upāsako\<*<20>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S. 1-3 yattha kicchena; B. yatthākiccena (as above).
     2 S1 vasavattãva-; B. vasavatti pamodare.
     3 C. and S1-2 samparāyo.
     4 S1-3 Ko ca ko ca; S2 Ko ca ke.
     5 SS. saīgam.
     6 SS. ke.
     7 SS. dibbaü yogaü.
     8 B. Palagaõķo.
     9 SS. Bhaddiko Bhaddadevo ca.
    10 SS. Bahudantã.
    11 B. Siīgiyo
    12 SS kusalã.
    13 SS. bhāsasã.
    14 SS. acchidam here and further on; but in the Devaputta-S. acchiduü.
   15 SS. na a¤¤atra.
    16 SS. bhāsasã.
    17 S1-3 dhammam ¤āya.
    18 SS. vācā.
    19 Or Vebhalinge; B. Vekaëinge here and further on.
    20 SS.1-3 add ti.
>/
#<[page 036]>#
%<36                      DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 5. 10.>%
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārã nirāmiso ||
ahuvā te sagāmeyyo || ahuvā te pure sakhā ||
so-ham ete pajānāmi || vimutte\<*<1>*>/ satta bhikkhave\<*<2>*>/ ||
rāgadosaparikkhãõe || tiõõe\<*<3>*>/ loke visattikan ti || ||
Evam etaü tadā āsi || yathā bhāsasi Bhaggava ||
kumbhakāro pure āsi || Vehaëiīge ghaņikāro ||
mātāpettibharo āsi || Kassapassa upāsako ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārã nirāmiso ||
ahuvā me sagāmeyyo || ahuvā me pure sakhā ti || ||
evam etaü purāõānaü || sahāyānam ahu saīgamo ||
ubhinnaü bhāvitattānaü || sarãrantimadhārinan ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
âditta-vaggo pa¤camo || ||
Tass-uddānaü ||
âdittaü Kiüdadam Annaü ||
Ekamåla Anomiyaü ||
Accharā Vanaropetaü\<5>/ ||
Maccherena Ahaņãkaro ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER VI. JARâ-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.1,6.1. Jarā.>#
Kiüsu yāva jarā sādhu || kiüsu sādhu patiņņhitaü\<*<6>*>/ ||
kiüsu narānaü ratanaü || kiüsu corehi duharan ti || ||
Sãlaü yāva jarā sādhu || saddhā sādhu patiņņhitā\<*<7>*>/ ||
pa¤¤ā narānaü ratanaü || pu¤¤aü corehi duharan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.2. Ajarasā.>#
Kiüsu ajarasā sādhu || kiüsu sādhu adhiņņhitaü ||
kiüsu narānaü ratanaü || kiüsu corehi ahāriyan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 vimuttā; S2 vimutto.
     2 SS. bhikkhavo.
     3 S1 -khãõo tiõõo.
     4 All these gāthās will be found again in Devaputta-S. III. 4.
     5 S3 khãõā tiõõā; S1-2 vacanam jeto; S3 vatamaü jeto.
     6 B. patiņņhitā.
     7 SS. patiņņhitaü.
>/
#<[page 037]>#
%<I. 6. 6.]                   JARâ-VAGGA 6.                37>%
Sãlam ajarasā sādhu || saddhā sādhu adhiņņhitā\<*<1>*>/ ||
pa¤¤ā narānaü ratanaü || pu¤¤aü corehi hāriyan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.3. Mittam.>#
Kiüsu pathavato\<*<2>*>/ mittaü || kiüsu mittaü sake ghare ||
kiü mittaü\<*<3>*>/ atthajātassa || kiü mittam samparāyikan-
ti || ||
Sattho\<*<4>*>/ pathavato\<*<5>*>/ mittam || mātā mittaü sake ghare ||
sahāyo atthajātassa || hoti mittaü punappunaü ||
sayam katāni pu¤¤āni || taü mittaü samparāyikan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.4. Vatthu.>#
Kiüsu vatthu manussānaü || kiüsu-dha paramā sakhā ||
kiüsu bhåtā upajãvanti || ye pāõā pathaviü sitā ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Puttā vatthu\<*<7>*>/ manussānaü || bhariyā ca paramā sakhā ||
vuņņhibhåtā\<*<8>*>/ upajãvanti || ye pāõā pathaviü sitā ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.5. Janaü (1).>#
Kiüsu janeti purisaü || kiüsu\<*<9>*>/ tassa vidhāvati ||
kiüsu saüsāram āpādi\<*<10>*>/ || kiüsu tassa mahabbhayan ti || ||
Taõhā janeti purisaü || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saüsāram āpādi || dukkham assa mahabbhayan ti || ||

#<SN_1.1,6.6. Janaü (2).>#
Kiüsu janeti purisaü || kiüsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiüsu saüsāram āpādi || kismā\<*<11>*>/ na parimuccatãti || ||
Taõhā janeti purisaü || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saüsāram āpādi || dukkhā na parimuccatã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. adhiņņhitaü.
     2 SS. pavasato.
     3 SS. kiü nimittam.
     4 S3 satto
     5 SS. pa¤casato.
     6 B. pathavãsitātã.
     7 SS. vatthuü.
     8 SS. vutthiü bhåtā.
     9 SS. omit su.
    10 B. āpādã always.
    11 SS. kissā.
>/
#<[page 038]>#
%<38                      DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 6. 7.>%


#<SN_1.1,6.7. Janaü (3).>#
Kiüsu janeti purisaü || kiüsu tassa vidhāvati ||
kiüsu saüsāram āpādi || kiüsu tassa parāyanan ti || ||
Taõhā janeti purisaü || cittam assa vidhāvati ||
satto saüsāram āpādi || kammaü tassa parāyanan ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.8. Uppatho.2>#
Kiüsu uppatho akkhāti || kiüsu rattindivakkhayo ||
kiü malaü\<*<3>*>/ brahmacariyassa || kim sinānam anodakan-
ti || ||
Rāgo uppatho akkhāti\<*<4>*>/ || vayo rattindivakkhayo ||
itthi malaü brahmacariyassa || etthāyaü sajjate\<*<5>*>/ pajā ||
tapo brahmacariya¤ca || taü sinānam anodakan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.9. Dutiyo.>#
Kiüsu dutiyaü purisassa hoti || kiüsu c-enaü pasāsati ||
kissa cābhirato\<*<6>*>/ macco || sabbadukkhā pamuccatãti || ||
Saddhā dutiyā purisassa hoti || pa¤¤ā c-enaü pasāsati ||
nibbānābhirato macco || sabbadukkhā pamuccatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,6.10. Kavi.>#
Kiüsu nidānaü gāthānaü\<*<7>*>/ || kiüsu tāsaü viya¤janaü\<*<7>*>/ ||
kiüsu sannissitā gāthā || kiüsu gāthānam āsayo ti || ||
Chando nidānaü gāthānaü || akkharā tāsaü viya¤ja-
naü\<*<8>*>/ ||
nāmasannissitā\<*<9>*>/ gāthā || kavi\<*<10>*>/ gāthānam āsayo ti || ||
Jarā-vaggo chaņņho ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Jarā Ajarasā Mittaü || Vatthu tãõi Janāni ca ||
Uppatho ca Dutiyo ca || Kavinā purito vaggo ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 parāyaõaõ-ti.
     2 These verses recur below I. 8.6.
     3 SS. målaü.
     4 SS. akkhāto.
     5 SS. sajjato.
     6 SS. kissābhirato.
     7 B. kiüsu gāthānaü bya¤janaü.
     8 B. akkhārānaü viyā¤janaü.
     9 S2 nassitti (or nassinti) ssitā.
    10 S1-3 kavã.
>/
#<[page 039]>#
%<I. 7. 5.]                     ADDHA-VAGGA 7.             39>%


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER VII. ADDHA-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.1,7.1. NâMAM.>#
Kiüsu sabbaü addhabhavi\<*<1>*>/ || kismā\<*<2>*>/ bhãyo na vijjati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagå ti || ||
Nāmam sabbam addhabhavi || nāmā bhãyo na vijjati ||
nāmassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagå ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.2. Cittam.>#
Kenassu nãyati\<*<3>*>/ loko || kenassu parikissati\<*<4>*>/ ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagåti || ||
Cittena nãyati\<*<5>*>/ loko || cittena parikissati ||
cittassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagåti || ||

#<SN_1.1,7.3. Taõhā.>#
Kenassu nãyati loko || kenassu parikissati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagå ti || ||
Taõhāya nãyati loko || taõhāya parikissati ||
taõhāya ekadhammassa || sabbeva vasam anvagå ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.4. Samyojana.>#
Kiüsu saüyojano loko || kiüsu tassa vicāraõam ||
kissassa\<*<6>*>/ vippahānena || nibbānam iti vuccatãti || ||
Nandã saüyojano loko || vitakk-assa vicāraõam\<*<7>*>/ ||
taõhāya vippahānena || nibbānam iti vuccatãti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.5. Bandhana.>#
Kiüsu sambandhano loko || kiüsu tassa vicāranaü || ||
kissassa vippahānena || sabbaü chindati bandhanan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. aņņha-; C. anda- and also andha-.
     2 S1-3 kissā.
     3 S1 nãyatãm (?); S2-3 nãyataü.
     4 B. parikassati always.
     5 SS. nãyatã here and further on.
     6 B. kissassu here and further on.
     7 B. (supported by C.) vicāranā here and further on.
>/
#<[page 040]>#
%<40                      DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.             [I. 7. 5.>%
Nandã sambandhano loko || vitakk-assa vicāranaü ||
taõhāya vippahānena || sabbaü chindati bandhanan ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.6. Abbhāhata.>#
Kenassu-bbhāhato\<*<1>*>/ loko || kenassu\<*<2>*>/ parivārito ||
kena sallena otiõõo || kissa dhåpāyito\<*<3>*>/ sadā ti || ||
Maccunābbhāhato loko || jarāya parivārito ||
taõhāsallena otiõõo || icchādhåpāyito\<*<4>*>/ sadā ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.7. Uķķito.>#
Kenassu uķķito\<*<5>*>/ loko || kenassu parivārito ||
kenassu\<*<6>*>/ pihito loko || kismiü loko patiņņhito ti || ||
Taõhāya uķķito loko || jarāya parivārito ||
maccunā pihito loko || dukkhe loko patiņņhito ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.8. Pihito.>#
Kenassu pihito loko || kosmiü loko patiņņhito || ||
kenassu uķķito\<*<7>*>/ loko || kenassu parivārito ti || ||
Maccunā pihito loko || dukkhe loko patiņņhito ||
taõhāya uķķito loko || jarāya parivārito ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,7.9. Icchā.>#
Kenassu bajjhati\<*<8>*>/ loko || kissa vinayāya muccati ||
kissassu\<*<9>*>/ vippahānena || sabbaü chindati bandhanan-
ti || ||
Icchāya bajjhati loko || icchāvinayāya muccati ||
icchāya vippahānena || sabbaü chindati bandhanan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. kenassabbhāsato.
     2 SS. kenassa.
     3 SS. kissā dhåmāyito
     4 SS. dhåmāyito.
     5 S1 seems to have uccito here and further on, and also S2-3 except
        in one passage; C. uddito.
     6 SS. kenassa.
    7 S2-3 uķķito here only.
     8 SS. kenassa ba (S1 ma-) jjhati.
     9 SS. kissassa.
>/
#<[page 041]>#
%<I. 8. 2.]                   CHETVâ-VAGGA 8.              41>%


#<SN_1.1,7.10. Loka.>#
Kismiü loko samuppanno || kismiü kubbati santhavaü ||
kissā\<*<1>*>/ loko upādāya || kismiü loko viha¤¤atãti || ||
Chasu\<*<2>*>/ loko samuppanno || chasu kubbati santhavaü ||
channam eva upādāya || chasu loko viha¤¤atãti || ||
Addha-vaggo sattamo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Nāmam Cittaü ca Taõhā ca ||
Saüyojanaü ca Bandhanā ||
Abbhāhat-Uķķito\<3>/ Pihito ||
Icchā Lokena te dasā ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER VIII. CHETVâ-VAGGO.>#
Ekam antaü ņhitā kho sā devatā Bhagavantaü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||

#<SN_1.1,8.1. Chetvā.>#
Kiüsu chetvā\<*<4>*>/ sukhaü seti || kiüsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa\<*<5>*>/ ekadhammassa || vadhaü rocesi Gotamā ti || ||
Kodhaü chetvā sukhaü seti || kodhaü chetvā na socāti ||
kodhassa vãsamålassa || madhuraggassa devate ||
vadham ariyā pasaüsanti || taü hi chetvā na socatãti\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.2. Ratha.>#
Kiüsu rathassa pa¤¤āõaü || kiüsu pa¤¤āõam aggino ||
kiüsu raņņhassa pa¤¤āõaü || kiüsu pa¤¤āõam itthiyā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. kismiü.
     2 S1-3 chassu.
     3 S2-3 (and perhaps S1) have uķķito here.
     4 SS. jhatvā here and further on; C. ghatvā.
     5 B. kissassu.
     6 These gāthās will be found again three times (Devaputta-S. I. 3;
        Brahmāõa-S. I. 1; Sakka-S. III. 1.
>/
#<[page 042]>#
%<42                     DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.              [I. 8. 2.>%
Dhajo rathassa pa¤¤āõam || dhåmo pa¤¤āõam aggino ||
rājā raņņhassa pa¤¤āõam || bhattā pa¤¤āõam itthiyāti || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.3. Vitta.>#
Kiüsådha vittaü purisassa seņņhaü ||
kiüsu suciõõo sukham āvahāti ||
kiüsu have sādutaraü\<*<1>*>/ rasānaü ||
kathaü\<*<2>*>/ jãviü jåvitam āhu seņņhan ti || ||
Saddhãdha vittaü purisassa seņņham ||
dhammo suciõõo sukham āvahāti ||
saccam have sādutaram rasānam ||
pa¤¤ājãviü jãvitaü āhu setthaõ ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.4. Vuņņhi.>#
Kiüsu uppatataü seņņham || kiüsu nipatataü varaü ||
kiüsu pavajamānānaü || kiüsu pavadataü varan ti || ||
Bãjam\<*<4>*>/ uppatataü seņņham || vuņņhi nipatatam varā\<*<5>*>/ ||
gāvo pavajamānānam || putto pavadataü varo ti || ||
Vijjā uppatataü seņņhā\<*<6>*>/ || avijjā nipatataü varā ||
saīgho pavajamānānaü || buddho pavadataü varo ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.5. Bhãtā.>#
Kiüsådha bhãrā\<*<7>*>/ janatā anekā ||
maggo v-anekāyatanaü pavutto ||
pucchāmi taü Gotama bhåripa¤¤a ||
kismiü ņhito paralokaü na bhāye ti || ||
Vācaü mana¤ca paõidhāya sammā ||
kāyena pāpāni akubbamāno ||
bahvannapānaü\<*<8>*>/ gharam āvasanto ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. sādhutaram.
     2 B. kiüsu.
     3 These gāthās will be found again, Yakkha-S. 12.
     4 B. Vijam; S2-3 Bãjā.
     5 S3 varaü.
     6 SS. seņņhaü.
     7 S3 gãtaü.
     8 B. and C. bahunna-.
>/
#<[page 043]>#
%<I. 8. 7.]                  CHETVâ-VAGGA 8.               43>%
saddho mudå {saüvibhāgã} vada¤¤å ||
etesu dhammesu ņhito catusu ||
paralokaü na bhāye ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.6. Na jãrati.>#
Kiü\<*<1>*>/ jãrati kiü na jãrati || kiü\<*<1>*>/ uppatho ti vuccati ||
kiüsu dhammānaü paripantho\<*<2>*>/ || kiüsu rattindivakkha-
yo\<*<3>*>/ ||
kiü malaü brahmacariyassa || kiü sinānam anodakaü ||
kati lokasmiü chiddāni || yattha cittaü na tiņņhati\<*<4>*>/ ||
bhavantaü\<*<5>*>/ puņņhum āgamma || katham jānemu tam ma-
yan ti || ||
Råpaü jãrati maccānam || nāmagottaü na jãrati ||
rāgo uppatho ti vuccati || lobho dhammānaü paripan-
tho\<*<6>*>/ ||
vayo rattindivakkhayo || itthi malam brahmacariyassa ||
etthāyam sajjate\<7>/ pajā ||
tapo ca brahmacariya¤ca || tam sinānam anodakaü\<*<8>*>/ || ||
Cha lokasmiü chiddāni\<*<9>*>/ yattha cittaü na tiņņhati ||
alassa¤ca\<*<10>*>/ pamādoca || anuņņhānaü asaüyamo ||
niddā tandã ca te chidde || sabbaso taü vivajjaye ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.7. Issaraü.>#
Kiüsu issariyaü loke || kiüsu bhaõķānam uttamaü ||
kiüsu satthamalaü\<*<11>*>/ loke || kiüsu lokasmim abbudaü || ||
kiüsu harantaü\<*<12>*>/ vārenti || haranto\<*<12>*>/ pana\<*<13>*>/ ko piyo ||
kiüsu punappanāyantaü || abhinandanti paõķitāti || ||
Vaso\<*<14>*>/ issariyaü loke || itthi bhaõķānam\<*<15>*>/ uttamaü ||
kodho satthamalam loke || corā lokasmim abbudā || ||
coram harantaü\<*<16>*>/ vārenti || haranto\<*<17>*>/ samaõo piyo ||
samaõam punappunāyantaü || abhinandanti paõķitāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. kiüsu.
     2 B. paribandho.
     3 B. rattidiva- here and further on.
     4 S1 cittena tiņņhati.
     5 SS. Bhagavantaü.
     6 B. paribandho.
     7 S2-3 sajjato.
     8 See above, VI. 8.
     9 B. chinde lokasmim cha chiddāni.
    10 B. ālasya¤ca.
    11 S3 satthāmalaü; B. satta-.
    12 S2-3 harentam . . . harento.
    13 B. haranto vā pana.
    14 So B. and C.; SS. vayo.
    15 SS. bhaccānam here (and above, except S2).
    16 S1 harante; S2 harenti (or te); S3 harente.
    17 S2-3 harento.
>/
#<[page 044]>#
%<44                   DEVATâ-SAũYUTTA I.                [I. 8. 8.>%


#<SN_1.1,8.8. Kāma.>#
Kiü atthakāmo na dade || kiü macco na pariccaje ||
kiüsu mucceyya\<*<1>*>/ kalyāõam\<*<2>*>/ || pāpiyaü\<*<3>*>/ ca na mocaye-
ti || ||
Attānaü na dade poso || attānam na pariccaje ||
vācaü mu¤ceyya kalyāõiü\<*<4>*>/ || pāpikaü\<*<5>*>/ ca na mocaye
ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.9. Pātheyyaü.>#
Kiüsu bandhati pātheyyaü || kiüsu bhogānam āsayo ||
kiüsu naraü parikassati\<*<6>*>/ || kiüsu lokasmiü dujjahaü ||
kismiü baddhā\<*<7>*>/ puthusattā || pāsena sakunã yathā ti || ||
Saddhā bandhati pātheyyam || siri\<*<8>*>/ bhogānam āsayo ||
icchā naram parikassati || icchā lokasmiü dujjahā ||
icchābaddhā\<*<9>*>/ puthusattā || pāsena sakuõã yathā ti || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.10. Pajjoto.>#
Kiüsu lokasmiü pajjoto || kiüsu lokasmiü jāgaro ||
kiüsu kamme sajãvānaü || kim assa\<*<10>*>/ iriyāpatho. || ||
kiüsu alasam analasa¤ca\<*<11>*>/ || mātā puttaü va posati ||
kiüsu bhåtā upajãvanti || ye pāõā pathaviü sãtāti\<*<12>*>/ || ||
Pa¤¤ā lokasmiü pajjoto || sati lokasmiü jāgaro ||
gāvo kamme sajãvānaü || sãtassa\<*<13>*>/ iriyāpatho ||
vuņņhi alasam analasa¤ca\<*<14>*>/ || mātā puttaü va posati ||
vuņņhibhåtā upajãvanti || ye pāõā pathaviü sitā ti\<*<15>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.1,8.11. Araõā.>#
Kesu-dha araõā loke || kesaü vusiņaü na nassati ||
ke-dha icchaü\<*<16>*>/ parijānanti || kesaü bhojisiyaü sadā || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So all the MSS.
     2 SS. kalyāõi.
     3 B. pāpikaü here and further on.
     4 B. kalyāõam.
     5 SS. pāpiyaü.
     6 SS. parikaķķhati; C. has parikassati, but explains parikaķķhati.
     7 B. bandhā.
     8 B. sãri.
     9 B. icchabandhā.
    10 SS. kiüsucassa.
    11 So S1-3; S2 alasaü nalasa¤ca; B. ālasyānalasyamca
    12 B. Pathavãsitā.
    13 B. and S2 sitassa.
    14 B. vittam ālasyānālasyaü.
    15 See above, above, VI. 4.
    16 S1 kedhammacchaü; S2 ko-; S3 kedhammacchā.
>/
#<[page 045]>#
%<I. 8. 11.]                    CHETVâ-VAGGA 8.            45>%
kiüsu mātā pitā bhātā || vandanti naü patiņņhitaü ||
kaüsu idha\<*<1>*>/ jātihãnaü || abhivādenti khattiyā ti || ||
Samaõãdha araõā loke || samaõānaü vusitaü na nassati ||
samaõā icchaü\<*<2>*>/ parijānanti || samaõānaü bhojisiyaü
sadā || ||
Samaõaü mātā pitā bhātā || vandanti naü patiņņhitaü ||
samaõãdha\<*<3>*>/ jātihãnaü || abhivādenti khattiyā ti || ||
Chetvā-vaggo aņņhamo ||
Tass-uddānam
Chetvā Rathaü ca Vittaü ca ||
Vuņņhi Bhãtā Na-jãrati ||
Issaraü Kāmaü Pātheyyaü ||
Pajjoto Araõena cā ti || ||
Devatā-Samyuttaü samattaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. kiüsu; S1-2 kaüsudha; S3 kiüsudha.
     2 S1-3 icchā.
     3 B. C. S2-3 samaõidha.
>/
#<[page 046]>#
%<46>%


********************************************

#<BOOK II.- DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTAM.>#


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER I. PATHAMO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.2,1.1. Kassapo (1).>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || Atha kho
Kassapo devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo
kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhāsi || Ekam antam ņhito\<*<1>*>/ kho Kassapo
devaputto Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhikkhuü Bha-
gavā pakāsesi no ca bhikkhuno anusāsan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
2. Tena hi Kassapa ta¤¤ev-etthā\<*<3>*>/ paņibhātåti || ||
3. Subhāsitassa sikkhetha\<*<4>*>/ || samaõupāsanassa ca ||
ekāsanassa ca raho || cittavåpāsamassa cā ti || ||
4. Idam avoca Kassapo devaputto || samanu¤¤o satthā
ahosi || || Atha kho Kassapo devaputto samanu¤¤o me
satthāti Bhagavantaü vanditvā\<*<5>*>/ padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-
ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.2,1.2. Kassapo (2).>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü ārāme || ||
2. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Kassapo devaputto Bhagavato
santike {imaü} gātham abhāsi || ||
Bhikkhu siyā jhāyã\<6>/ vimuttacitto ||
ākaīkhe ca\<7>/ hadayassānuppattiü ||
lokassa ¤atvā udayabbaya¤ca\<8>/ ||
sucetaso asito\<9>/ tadānisaüso ti\<10>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. ņhitā.
     2 So B. and C.; S3 anusāsaninti; S1-2 anusāsininti.
     3 SS. seem to have na¤¤e-.
     4 S3 bhikkhetha.
     5 SS. abhivādetvā.
     6 S1-3 jhāyi (S2 omits yi).
     7 B. ce; omitted by S3.
     8 SS. udayavyaya¤ca.
     9 B. and C. anissito.
    10 This verse will be found again, Devaputta-S. II. 3.
>/
#<[page 047]>#
%<II. 1. 2.]                     PAōHAMO-VAGGA 1.          47>%


#<SN_1.2,1.3. Māgho.>#
1. Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māgho devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhi-
kkantavaõõā kevalakappaü Jetavanaü obhāsetvā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü abhivā-
detvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || Ekam antaü ņhito kho\<*<1>*>/ Māgho
devaputto Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
3. Kiüsu chetvā\<*<2>*>/ sukhaü seti || kiüsu chetvā\<*<2>*>/ na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaü rocesi Gotamāti || ||
4. Kodhaü chetvā sukhaü seti || kodhaü chetvā na socati ||
kodhassa visamålassa || madhuraggassa Vatrabhå ||
vadham ariyā pasaüsanti || taü hi chetvā na socatãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,1.4. Māgadho.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Māgadho\<*<4>*>/ devaputto Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kati lokasmiü pajjotā || yehi loko pakāsati ||
bhavantaü\<*<5>*>/ puņņhum āgamma || kathaü janemu taü
mayan ti || ||
2. Cattāro loke pajjotā\<*<6>*>/ || pa¤cam-ettha na vajjati ||
divā tapati ādicco || rattim ābhāti candimā ||
atha aggi divārattiü || tattha tattha pakāsati ||
sambuddho tapataü seņņho || esā ābhā anuttarā ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,1.5. Dāmali.>#
1. Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Dāmali\<*<8>*>/ devaputto abhikkantāyā rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Jetavanaü obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü
abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || Ekam antaü ņhito kho
Dāmali devaputto Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
3. Karaõãyam ettha\<*<9>*>/ brāhmaõena || padhānam akilāsunā ||
kāmānaü vippahānena || na tenāsiüsate bhavan ti || ||
4. Natthi kiccaü brāhmaõassa\<*<10>*>/ || Dāmalãti\<*<11>*>/ Bhagavā ||
katakicco hi\<*<12>*>/ brāhmaõo || || Yāva na gādham labhati ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 ņhitā-; S3 ņhitā kho sā M-.
     2 SS. jhatvā always as above and futher on.
     3 See above, Devatā-S. VIII.1.
     4 SS. Māgho.
     5 SS. bhagavantaü.
     6 S1-3 (perhaps SS.) lokapajjotā.
     7 See above, Devatā-S. III. 6.
     8 SS. Dāmalo.
     9 SS. etaü.
    10 S1-2 Brāhmaõa natthi kiccassa (S3 kissa).
    11 B. adds ca.
    12 B. ti.
>/
#<[page 048]>#
%<48                     DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.          [II. 1. 5.>%
nadãsu\<1>/ āyåhati sabbagattehi jantu ||
gādhaü ca laddhāna thale ņhito so ||
nāyåhati pāragato hi so ti\<2>/ || ||
es-upamā\<3>/ Dāmali brāhmaõassa ||
khãõāsavassa nipakassa jhāyino ||
pappuyya jāti-maraõassa antaü ||
nāyåhati pāragato hi so ti\<4>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,1.6. Kāmado.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Kāmado devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
2. Dukkaram Bhagavā sudukkaraü Bhagavāti || ||
Dukkaram vā pi karonti || (Kāmadā ti Bhagavā) || sekha-
sãlasamāhitā ņhitattā ||
anagāriyupetassa || tuņņhi hoti sukhāvahā ti || ||
3. Dullabhā Bhagavā yadidaü tuņņhã ti || ||
Dullabhaü vā pi labhanti || (Kāmadāti Bhagavā) cittavå-
pasame ratā ||
yesaü divā ca ratto ca\<*<5>*>/ || bhāvanāya rato mano ti || ||
4. Dussamādahaü Bhagavā yad idaü cittan ti || ||
Dussamādahaü vāpi samādahanti || (Kāmadāti Bhagavā) ||
indriyåpasame ratā ||
te chetvā maccuno jālaü || ariyā gacchanti Kāmadāti || ||
5. Duggamo Bhagavā visamo maggo ti || ||
Duggame visame vā pi || ariyā gacchanti Kāmada\<*<6>*>/ ||
anariyā visame magge || papatanti avaüsirā ||
ariyānaü samo maggo || ariyā hi visame samā ti || ||


#<SN_1.2,1.7. Pa¤cālacaõķo.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Pa¤cālacaõķo devaputto Bhaga-
vato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Sambādhe vata okāsaü || avindi bhårimedhaso ||
yo jhānam abuddhi buddho\<*<7>*>/ || patilãnanisabho munãti || ||
2. Sambādhe vāpi vindanti\<*<8>*>/ || (Pa¤cālacaõķāti Bhagavā) ||
dhammaü\<9>/ nibbānapattiyā ||
ye satiü paccalatthaüsu\<*<10>*>/ || sammā\<*<11>*>/ te susamāhitā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. nadesu.
     2 S1 bhihoti; S2-3 bhāragato hi såpamā.
     3 SS. såpamā.
     4 SS. hi hohãti.
     5 S1 divācaraüto ca; S3 (and perhaps2) divācaranto ca.
     6 All the MSS. kāmadā.
     7 S1 yo jhānaü buddhābuddho; S3 yojhānam abuddhābuddho;
        S2 yo jhānam buddho buddho (perhaps as S1).
     8 B. sambādhe pi ca tiņņhanti.
     9 B. dhammā-.
    10 B. paccaladdhaüsu.
    11 S2-3 sammate-.
>/
#<[page 049]>#
%<II. 1. 8]                      PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.          49>%


#<SN_1.2,1.8. Tāyano.>#
1. Atha kho Tāyano\<*<1>*>/ devaputto purāõatitthakaro abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || Ekam antaü
ņhito kho Tāyano devaputto Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo
abhāsi || ||
2. Chinda sotaü parakkamma || kāme panuda brāhmaõa ||
nappahāya muni\<*<2>*>/ kāme || n-ekattam\<*<3>*>/ upapajjatãti || ||
Kayira¤ ce kayirath' -enaü\<*<4>*>/ || daëham enaü parakkame ||
sithilo\<*<5>*>/ hi paribbājo || bhiyyo ākirate rajaü || ||
Akatam dukkataü seyyo || pacchā tapati dukkataü ||
kataü ca sukataü\<*<6>*>/ seyyo || yaü katvā nānutappati || ||
Kuso yathā duggahãto || hattham evānukantati ||
sāma¤¤aü dupparāmaņņham\<*<7>*>/ || nirayāyåpakaķķhati\<*<8>*>/ || ||
Yaü ki¤ci sithilaü\<*<9>*>/ kammaü || saīkiliņņham ca yaü
vataü ||
saīkassaraü brahmacariyaü || na taü hoti mahappha-
lan ti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
3. Idam avoca Tāyano devaputto || idaü vatvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-antaradhā-
yãti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhå
āmantesi || ||
5. Imaü bhikkhavo rattiü Tāyano nāma devaputto purā-
õatitthakaro abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo\<*<11>*>/ kevala-
kappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenāhaü ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā mam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi ||
Ekam antaü ņhito kho Tāyano devaputto mama santike imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
6. Chinda sotam parakkamma || kāme panuda brāhmaõa ||
nappahāya muni kāme || n-ekattam upapajjati ||
Kayira¤ce kayirath-enaü || daëham enaü parakkame ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 Atha kho yātāyano.
     2 SS. munã.
     3 SS. ekattam (or ekantaü).
     4 B. kayirāce kariyāthenaü here and further on.
     5 S1-2 saņhilo; S3 saņņhilo.
     6 B. dukkaņam . . . tappati . . . sukaņam.
     7 S1-2 dupparāmaddhaü.
     8 SS. nirayāya upa-.
     9 SS. saņhilaü.
    10 All these verses save the first are the same as 311-314 of the
        Dhammapada; but the order is not the same.
    11 SS. -vaõõā.
>/
#<[page 050]>#
%<50                   DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.            [II. 1. 8.>%
sithilo hi paribbājo || bhiyyo ākirate rajaü ||
Akataü dukkataü seyyo || pacchā tapati dukkataü ||
kataü ca sukataü seyyo || yaü katvā nānutappati ||
Kuso yathā duggahãto || hattham evānukantati ||
sāma¤¤aü dupparāpaņņham || nirayāyåpakaķķhati ||
Yaü ki¤ci sithilaü kammaü ||
saīkiliņņhaü ca yaü vataü ||
saīkassaraü brahmacariyaü ||
na taü hoti magapphalan ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
7. Idam avoca bhikkhave Tāyano devaputto || idaü vatvā
maü abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyi ||
Uggaõhātha bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā || pariyāpuõātha bhi-
kkhave Tāyanagāthā || atthasaühitā bhikkhave Tāyanagāthā
ādibrahmacariyikāti || ||


#<SN_1.2,1.9. Candima.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati || ||
Tena kho pana samayena Candimā devaputto Rāhunā
asurindena gahito hoti || Atha kho Candimā devaputto Bhaga-
vantam anussaramāno tāyaü velāyam imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Namo te buddha vãr-atthu || vippamutto si sabbabhi ||
sambādhapaņippanno-smi || tassa me saraõaü bhavāti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Candimaü devaputtam ārabbha
Rāhum asurindaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Tathāgatam arahantaü || Candimā saranaü gato ||
Rāhu candaü pamu¤cassu || dubbhā lokānukampakāti || ||
4. Atha kho Rāhu asurindo Candimaü devaputtaü mu¤-
citvā taramānaråpo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā saüviggo lomahaņņhajāto ekam antam aņņhāsi ||
Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Rāhum asurindaü Vepacitti asurindo
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
5. Kinnu santaramāno va || Rāhu candaü pamu¤casi ||
saüviggaråpo āgamma || kinnu bhãto va tiņņhasãti || ||
6. Sattabhā me phale muddhā || jãvanto na sukhaü labhe ||
buddhagāthābhihãto-mhi\<*<2>*>/ || no ce mu¤ceyya Candiman-
ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 Same remarks as above for the whole.
     2 SS. -gāthābhigãto-.
     3 Already published (from the Paritta) with the differing gātha of
        the next sutta (Journal Asiatique, Oct.-Dec. 1871, p. 226-7).
>/
#<[page 051]>#
%<II. 2. 1.]                  ANâTHAPIöôIKA-VAGGA 2.       51>%
10 Suriyo.
1. Tena kho pana samayena Suriyo devaputto Rāhunā
asurindena gahito hoti || Atha kho Suriyo devaputto Bhaga-
vantam anussaramāno tāyaü velāyaü imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Namo te buddha vãra-tthu || vippamutto si sabbadhi ||
sambādhapaņippanno-smi || tassa me saraõaü bhavāti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Suriyaü devaputtaü ārabbha Rāhum
asurindaü gāthāya\<*<1>*>/ ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tathāgatam arahantam || suriyo saraõaü gato ||
Rāhu pamu¤ca suriyaü || buddhā lokānukampakā ti || ||
Yo andhakāre tamasi pabhaükaro\<*<2>*>/ || verocano maõķalã
uggatejo ||
mā Rāhu gilã caraü antalikkhe || pajaü mama\<*<3>*>/ Rāhu
pamu¤ca suriyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Rāhu asurindo Suriyaü devaputtaü mu¤citvā
taramānaråpo yena Vepacitti asurindo ten-upasaīkami || upa-
saīkamitvā saüviggo lomahaņņhajāto ekam antam aņņhāsi ||
Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho Rāhuü asurindaü Vepacitti asurindo
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
5. Kinnu santaramāno va || Rāhu suriyam pamu¤casi ||
saüviggaråpo āgamma || kinnu bhãto tiņņhasãti || ||
6. Sattadhā me phale muddhā || jãvanto na sukhaü labhe ||
buddhagāthābhihito-mhi\<*<4>*>/ || no ce mu¤ceyya suriyan ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānaü ||
Dve Kassapā ca Māgho ca || Māgadho Dāmali\<*<5>*>/ Kāmado ||
Pa¤cālacaõķo ca Tāyano || Candima-Suriyena te dasāti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. -- ANâTHAPIöôIKA-VAGGO DUTIYO.>#


#<SN_1.2,2.1. Candimaso.>#
Sāvatthiyam ārāme || ||
1. Atha kho Candimaso\<*<6>*>/ devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā yenaū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 gāthābiya.
     2 SS. tamasã; B. pabhākaro.
     3 B. mamaü.
     4 S3 gāthābhigãto; S1 -bhihãno.
     5 SS. Dāmalo.
     6 So all the MSS.; but, in the uddāna, Candimāso.
>/
#<[page 052]>#
%<52                 DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.               [II. 2. 1.>%
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || || Ekam antaü ņhito
kho Candimaso devaputto Bhagavato santike imaü gātham
abhāsi || ||
2. Te hi sotthiü gamissanti || kacche vāmakase\<*<1>*>/ magā ||
jhānāni upasampajja || ekodinipakā satā ti || ||
Te hi pāram gamissanti || chetvā jālaü va\<*<2>*>/ ambujo ||
jhānāni upasampajja || appamattā raõaü jahā ti || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.2. Veõķu.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Veõķu\<*<3>*>/ devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
2. Sukhitā va\<*<4>*>/ te manujā || Sugataü payiråpāsiya ||
yu¤ja\<*<5>*>/ Gotamasāsane || appamattānusikkhare ti || ||
Ye me pavutte satthipade\<*<6>*>/ || (Veõķåti Bhagavā) anu-
sikkhanti jhāyino ||
kāle te appamajjantā || na maccuvasaīgā\<*<7>*>/ siyun ti || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.3. Dãghalaņņhi.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe ||
2. Atha kho Dãghalaņņhi devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo\<*<8>*>/ kevalakappaü Veëuvanam obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antam aņņāsi || Ekam antaü ņhito kho Dãgha-
laņņhi devaputto Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi\<*<9>*>/ || ||
3. Bhikkhu siyā jhāyã vimuttacitto\<*<10>*>/ ||
ākaīkhe ca\<*<11>*>/ hadayassānupattiü ||
lokassa ¤atvā udayabbayaü ca ||
sucetaso asito tadānisaüso ti\<*<12>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.4. Nandano.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Nandano devaputto Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Pucchāmi taü Gotama bhåripa¤¤aü\<*<13>*>/ ||
anāvaņaü\<*<14>*>/ Bhagavato ¤āõadassanaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. kacche va amakase-.
     2 SS. jāla¤ca.
     3 S2-3 Veõõu; S1 Vennu; C. Veõķo.
     4 SS. vata.
     5 SS. yajja.
     6 B. siņņhipade.
     7 S3 maccuvasagā; S1-2 muccavasagā.
     8 SS. -vaõõā.
     9 SS. Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.
    10 SS. vippamuttacitto.
    11 B. ce; SS. have not ca nor ce.
    12 See above I. 2; same varieties of reading beyond those here noticed.
    13 B. bhåripa¤¤a.
    14 C. anāvaņņaü.
>/
#<[page 053]>#
%<II. 2. 7.]                ANâTHAPIöôIKA-VAGGA 2.         53>%
Kathaü vidhaü sãlavantaü vadanti ||
kathaü vidhaü pa¤¤āvantam vadanti ||
kathaü vidhaü dukkham aticca iriyati\<*<1>*>/ ||
kathaü vidhaü devatā påjayantãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
2. Yo sãlavā pa¤¤avā bhāvitatto ||
samāhito jhānarato satimā\<*<3>*>/ ||
sabb-assa sokā vigatā pahãnā\<*<4>*>/ ||
khãõāsavo antimadehadhārã\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Tathāvidhaü sãlavantam vadanti ||
tathāvidhaü pa¤¤āvantaü vadanti ||
tathāvidho dukkhaü aticca iriyati ||
tathāvidhaü devatā påjayantãti || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.5. Candana.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Candano devaputto Bhagavantaü
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kathaü su tarati\<*<6>*>/ oghaü || rattindivam atandito ||
appatiņņhe anālambe || ko gambhãre na sãdatãti ||
2. Sabbadā sãlasampanno || pa¤¤avā susamāhito ||
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto || oghaü tarati duttaraü ||
virato kāmasa¤¤āya || råpasa¤¤ojanātigo ||
nandãbhavaparikkhãõo\<*<7>*>/ || so gambhãre\<*<8>*>/ na sãdatãti || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.6. Sudatto>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho\<*<9>*>/ Sudatto devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Sattiyā viya omaņņho || ķayhamāno\<*<10>*>/ va matthake ||
kāmarāgappahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti || ||
2. Sattiyā viya omaņņho || ķayhamāno va matthake ||
sakkāya diņņhippahānāya || sato bhikkhu paribbaje ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.7. Subrahmā.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Subrahmā devaputto Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Niccam utrastam idaü cittaü || niccam ubiggam idaü
mano ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 irãyati.
     2 S2-3 påjayanti.
     3 SS. jhānapatã satãmā.
     4 B. pahinnā.
     5 SS. hantima-.
     6 S1 ko sådha tarati; S2-3 kosådhatari.
     7 So SS. and C.; B. nandãrāga.
     8 C. adds mahoghe.
     9 SS. add vā.
    10 B. ķayhamāne here and further on.
    11 See above, Devatā-S. III. 1.
>/
#<[page 054]>#
%<54                       DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.        [II. 2. 7.>%
anuppannesu kiccesu || atho uppattitesu ca ||
sace atthi anutrastaü || taü me akkhāhi pucchito ti || ||
2. Na a¤¤atra bojjhaīgatapasā|| na a¤¤atra indriyasaüvarā||
na a¤¤atra\<*<1>*>/ sabbanissaggā\<*<2>*>/ || sotthiü passāmi pāõinan-
ti || ||
3. Tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.8. Kakudho.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekam samayaü Bhagavā Sākete viharati
A¤janavane Migadāye || || Atha kho Kakudho\<*<4>*>/ devaputto
abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü A¤ja-
navanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami upasaī-
kamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
2. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Kakudho devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Nandasi samanā ti || ||
Kiü laddhā āvuso ti || ||
Tena hi samaõa socasã ti || ||
Kiü jãyittha āvusoti || ||
Tena hi samaõa n-eva nandasi na ca\<*<5>*>/ socasãti || ||
Evam āvuso ti || ||
3. Kacci tvam anigho bhikkhu || atho nandã na vijjati ||
kacci tam ekam āsãnaü || aratã nābhikãratãti || ||
4. Anigho ve ahaü yakkha || atho nandã na vijjati ||
atho mam ekam āsãnaü || aratã nābhikãratãti || ||
5. Kathaü tvam anigho bhikkhu || kathaü nandi na vijjati ||
kathaü tam\<*<6>*>/ ekaü āsãnaü || aratã nābhikãratãti || ||
6. Aghajātassa\<*<7>*>/ ve nandã || nandãjātassa\<*<8>*>/ ve aghaü ||
anandã anigho bhikkhu || evaü jānāhi āvuso ti || ||
7. Cirassaü vata passāmi || brāhmaõaü parinibbutaü ||
anandim anighaü bhikkhuü || tiõõaü loke visattikan-
ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,2.9. Uttaro.>#
1. Rājagaha nidānam\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Ekam antaü ņhito kho Uttaro devaputto Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. nā¤¤atrabojjhātapasā || nā¤¤atrindriyasāmvarā || nā¤¤atra-.
     2 SS. -nissaīgā.
     3 SS. omit these words.
     4 C. kukkuņo.
     5 S1-3 neva; S2 nova.
     6 SS. tvam.
     7 SS. aghājātassa.
     8 SS. nahijātassa; C. reads nandijātassa and explains jātagaõhassa.
     9 Cf. with the last verse of Devatā-S. I.1.
    10 Missing in SS.
>/
#<[page 055]>#
%<II. 2. 10.]               ANâTHAPIöôIKA-VAGGA 2.        55>%
2. Upanãyati jãvitam appam āyu ||
jaråpanãtassa na santi tāõā ||
etaü bhayaü maraõe pekkhamāno ||
pu¤¤āni kayirātha sukhāvahānãti || ||
3. Upanãyati jãvitam appam āyu ||
jaråpanãtassa na santi tāõā ||
etaü bhayaü maraõe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaü pajahe santipekkho ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
10 Anāthapiõķiko.
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Anāthapiõķiko devaputto Bha-
gavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Idaü hitaü Jetavanaü || isisaīghanisevitaü ||
āvuttham\<*<2>*>/ dhammarājena || pãtisaüjananaü mama || ||
Kammaü vijjā ca dhammo ca || sãlam jãvitam uttamaü ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paõķito poso || sampassaü attham\<*<3>*>/ attano ||
yoniso vicine dhammaü || evaü tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va pa¤¤āya || sãlen-upasamena\<*<4>*>/ ca ||
yo pi pāraīgato bhikkhu || etāva paramo siyā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
2. Idam avoca Anāthapiõķiko devaputto || idaü vatvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-eva
antaradhāyi || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhå
āmantesi || ||
4. Imam\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhave rattiü a¤¤ataro devaputto abhi-
kkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Jetavanam
obhāsetvā yenāham ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā maü
abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || Ekam antaü ņhito kho
bhikkhave\<*<7>*>/ so devaputto mama santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
5. Idaü hitaü Jetavanaü || isisaīghanissevitaü ||
āvutthaü\<*<8>*>/ dhammarājena || pãtisaüjananaü mama || ||
kammaü vijjā ca dhammo ca || sãlaü jãvitam uttamaü ||
etena maccā sujjhanti || na gottena dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paõķito poso || sampassam attham\<*<9>*>/ attano ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 See Devatā-S. I. 3.
     2 S3 avutthaü; S2 avuttaü; B. āvuņņhaü.
     3 S1-3 attam.
     4 SS. silena upasamena.
     5 See above Devatā-S. V. 8.
     6 S1-3 idaü.
     7 SS. omit bhikkhave.
     8 B. āvuņņhaü; S2-3 avuttha-ü.
     9 S1-3 (perhaps SS.) attam.
>/
#<[page 056]>#
%<56                      DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.         [II. 2. 10.>%
yoniso vicine dhammaü || evaü tattha visujjhati || ||
Sāriputto va pa¤¤āya || sãlen-upasamena\<*<1>*>/ ca ||
yo pi pāraīgato bhikkhu etāva paramo\<*<2>*>/ siyā ti || ||
6. Idam avoca bhikkhave so devaputto || idam vatvā maü
abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||
7. Evaü vutte āyasmā ânando Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
So hi nåna bhante Anāthapiõķiko devaputto bhavissati ||
Anāthapiõķiko gahapati āyasmante Sāriputte abhippasanno
ahosãti || ||
8. Sādhu sādhu ânanda || yāvatakaü kho ânanda takkāya
pattabbaü anuppattaü\<*<3>*>/ tayā || Anāthapiõķiko hi so ânanda
devaputto ti || ||
Anāthapiõķika-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Candimāso ca Veõķu\<*<4>*>/ ca || Dãghalaņņhi ca Nandano ||
Candano ca Sudatto ca || Subrahmā || Kakudhena ca ||
Uttaro\<*<5>*>/ navamo vutto || dasamo Anāthapiõķiko ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER III. -- NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGO TATIYO.>#


#<SN_1.2,3.1. Sivo.>#
1. Evaü me sutaü ekam samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || || Atha kho Sivo
devaputto abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo kevala-
kappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam
aņņhāsi || || Ekam antaü ņhito kho Sivo devaputto Bhagavato
santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
2. Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha\<*<6>*>/ santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || pa¤¤ā labbhati\<*<7>*>/ nā¤¤ato\<*<8>*>/ ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || soka-majjhe na socati || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. sãlena upasamena.
     2 S1 here and above has paramā.
     3 B. pattibbaü anupattabbaü.
     4 SS. Veõõu.
     5 SS. kakudhena cattāro.
     6 B. krubbetha sandhavaü always.
     7 B. pa¤¤am labhati.
     8 SS. ana¤¤ato.
>/
#<[page 057]>#
%<II. 3. 3.]                NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3.          57>%
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || ¤āti-majjhe virocati || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || sattā hacchanti suggatiü\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || sattā tiņņhanti sātatan ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Sivaü devaputtaü gāthāya pacchā-
bhāsi || ||
Sabbhir eva samāsetha || sabbhi kubbetha santhavaü ||
sataü saddhammam a¤¤āya || sabbadukkhā pamuccatãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,3.2. Khemo.>#
Ekam antaü ņhito kho Khemo devaputto Bhagavato
santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Caranti bālā dummedhā || amitten-eva attanā ||
karontā\<*<3>*>/ pāpakaü kammaü || yaü hoti kaņukapphalaü || ||
na taü kammaü kataü sādhu || yaü katvā anutappati ||
yassa assumukho rodaü || vipākaü paņisevati || ||
taü ca kammaü kataü sādhu || yam katvā nānutappati ||
yassa patãto\<*<4>*>/ sumano || vipākaü paņisevati || ||
Paņikacceva\<*<5>*>/ taü kayirā || yaü ja¤¤ā hitam attano ||
na sākaņikaü cintāya || mantādhãro parakkame\<*<6>*>/ || ||
yathā sākaņiko panthaü || samaü hitvā mahāpathaü ||
visamaü maggam āruyha || akkhacchinno vajhāyati\<*<7>*>/ || ||
evaü dhammā apakkamma || adhammam anuvattiya ||
mando\<*<8>*>/ maccumukhaü patto || akkhachinno va jhāyatãti || ||


#<SN_1.2,3.3. Serã.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Serã\<*<9>*>/ devaputto Bhagavantaü
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Annam evābhinandanti || ubhayo devamānusā ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam annaü nābhinandatãti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Ye naü dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaü bhajati || asmiü loke paramhi ca || ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraü || dajjā dānaü malābhibhå ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāninan ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. sugatiü.
     2 See above, Devatā-S. IV.1.
     3 B. karonto.
     4 B. patito.
     5 SS patigacceva (S1 patigaüceva).
     6 SS. parakkamo.
     7 C. vajjhāyati.
     8 SS. māno, whence the reading anuvattiyamāno.
     9 B. S3 Seri.
    10 SS. atha kho nāma so yakkho yam annam abhinandati.
    11 See above, Devatā-S. V. 3.
>/
#<[page 058]>#
%<58                     DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.           [II. 3. 3.>%
2. Acchariyaü bhante abbhutam yāva subhāsitaü idam\<*<1>*>/
bhante Bhagavatā || ||
Ye naü dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaü bhajati || asmiü loke paramhi ca ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraü || dajjā dānaü malābhibhå ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti || ||
3. Bhåtapubbāhaü bhante Serã\<*<2>*>/ nāma rājā ahosiü dāyako
dānapatã dānassa vaõõavādã\<*<3>*>/ || tassa mayhaü bhante catusu
dvāresu dānaü dãyittha samaõa-brāhmaõa-kapaõi-ddhika\<*<4>*>/-
vanibbaka\<*<5>*>/-yācakānaü || ||
4. Atha kho maü bhante itthāgāraü\<*<6>*>/ upasaīkamitvā etad
avoca\<*<7>*>/ || || Devassa kho\<*<8>*>/ dānaü dãyati amhākaü dānaü
na dãyati || Sādhu mayaü pi devaü nissāya dānāni da-
deyyāma pu¤¤āni kareyyāmā ti || ||
5. Tassa mayhaü bhante etad ahosi || ahaü kho smi\<*<9>*>/
dāyako dānapati dānassa vaõõavādã || dānaü dassāmā ti
vadantānaü\<*<10>*>/ kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāhaü bhante
pathamaü dvāraü\<*<11>*>/ itthāgārassa adāsiü || tattha itthāgā-
rassa dānaü dãyittha mama dānam patikkami || ||
6. Atha kho maü bhante khattiyā anuyuttā\<*<12>*>/ upasaī-
kamitvā mam etad avocuü || Devassa kho dānaü dãyati
itthāgārassa dānaü dãyati amhākaü dānaü no dãyati ||
Sādhu mayam pi devaü nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma pu¤¤āni
kareyyāmāti || ||
Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || aham kho smi\<*<13>*>/ dāyako
dānapati dānassa vaõõavādã || dānam dassāmāti vadantānam\<*<14>*>/
kinti vadeyyan ti || || So kvāhaü bhante dutiyaü dvāraü\<*<15>*>/
khattiyānam anuyuttānaü\<*<16>*>/ adāsiü || tattha khattiyānam
anuyuttānam dānam dãyittha mama dānaü paņikkami || ||
7. Atha kho maü bhante balakāyo upasaīkamitvā etad
avoca || Devassa kho dānaü dãyati itthāhārassa dānaü dãyati
khattiyānam anuyuttānam dānaü dãyati amhākaü dānaü na
dãyati || Sādhu mayam pi devaü nissāya dānāni dadeyyāma
pu¤¤āni kareyyāmāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. cãdam.
     2 B. Siri.
     3 S1 vaõõāvādã; S2 vaõõavādi; S3 vannaü vādã.
     4 B. kapaõaddhika-.
     5 C. SS. vaõibbaka-.
     6 B.itthāgarā.
     7 B. avocuü.
     8 SS. devasseva.
     9 SS. mhi.
    10 B.vadante always.
    11 SS. pathamadvāraü.
    12 B. anuyantā.
    13 SS. mhi.
    14 SS. have here vadante as B.
    15 S1-3 vāraü.
    16 B. anuyantānaü here and further on.
>/
#<[page 059]>#
%<II. 3. 3.]               NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3.           59>%
Tassa mayham bhante etad ahosi || ahaü kho smi dāyako
dānapati dānassa vaõõavādã || dānam dassāmāti vadantānaü
kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāhaü bhante tatiyaü dvāraü\<*<1>*>/
balakāyassa adasiü || tattha balakāyassa dānam dãyittha mama
dānaü paņikkami || ||
8. Atha kho maü bhante brāhmaõagahapatikā upasaī-
kamitvā etad avocuü || Devassa kho dānaü dãyati itthāgā-
rassa dānaü dãyati khattiyānaü anuyuttānam dānaü dãyati
balakāyassa dānaü dãyati || amhākaü dānaü na dãyati ||
Sādhu mayam pi devaü nissāya dānaü dadeyyāma pu¤¤āni
kareyyāmāti || ||
Tassa mayhaü bhante etad ahosi || ahaü kho smi\<*<2>*>/ dāyako
dānapati dānassa vaõõavādã || dānaü dassāmāti vadantānam\<*<3>*>/
kin ti vadeyyan ti || || So khvāham bhante catutthaü dvāram
brāhmaõagahapatikānam adāsiü || tattha brāhmaõagahapati-
kānam dānaü dãyittha mama dānaü paņikkami || ||
9. Atha kho mam bhante purisā upasaīkamitvā etad
avocuü || Na kho dāni devassa\<*<4>*>/ koci dānaü dãyatãti || ||
Evaü vutto-haü\<*<5>*>/ bhante te purise etad avocaü || || Tena
hi bhaõe yo bāhiresu janapadesu āyo\<*<6>*>/ sa¤jāyati || tato
upaķķham antepuraü pavesetha upaķķhaü tatth-eva dānaü
detha samaõa-brāhmaõa-kapaõi-ddhika-vanibbaka-yācakā-
nan ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
10. So khvāhaü bhante evaü dãgharattaü katānaü pu¤¤ā-
naü evaü dãgharattaü katānaü kusalānaü\<*<8>*>/ pariyantaü
nādhigacchāmi || ettakaü pu¤¤an ti ettako pu¤¤avipāko\<*<9>*>/
ti vā ettakaü. sagge ņhātabban ti vā ti || ||
11. Acchariyaü bhante abbhutaü bhante yāva subhāsitam
idaü\<*<10>*>/ Bhagavatā || ||
Ye naü dadanti saddhāya || vippasannena cetasā ||
tam eva annaü bhajati || asmi loke paramhi ca ||
Tasmā vineyya maccheraü || dajjā dānaü malābhibhå ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. tatiyavāraü.
     2 B. khvāsmi.
     3 SS. have here vadante as B.
     4 SS. add kho.
     5 B. vuttāhaü.
     6 S1-3 ayo.
     7 See above, 6, 7.
     8 B. adds kammānam.
     9 SS. ettako vipāko.
    10 B. cidaü bhante.
    11 See above, No. 3 and Devatā-S. V. 3.
>/
#<[page 060]>#
%<60                    DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.            [II.3.4.>%


#<SN_1.2,3.4. Ghaņãkaro.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Ghaņãkāro devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Avihaü upapannāse vimuttā satta bhikkhavo ||
rāga-dosa-parikkhãõā || tiõõā loke visattikan ti || ||
2. Ke ca te ataruü paīkaü || maccudheyyaü suduttaraü ||
ke hitvā mānusaü dehaü || dibbayogam upaccagun-
ti || ||
3. Upako Phalagaõķo ca || Pukkusāti ca te tayo ||
Bhaddiyo Khaõķadeva ca || Bāhuraggi ca Piīgiyo ||
te hitvā mānusaü dehaü || dibbayogam upaccagun ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
4. Kusalaü bhāsasi tesaü || Mārapāsappahāyinaü ||
kassa te dhammam a¤¤āya || acchiduü bhava-bandha-
nan ti || ||
5. Na a¤¤atra Bhagavatā || nā¤¤atra tava sāsanā ||
yassa te dhammam a¤¤āya acchiduü bhavabhandanaü || ||
yattha nāmaü ca råpaü ca || asesam uparujjhati ||
taü te dhammam idha ¤āya || acchiduü bhavabandha-
nan ti || ||
6. Gambhãraü bhāsasi vācaü || dubbijānaüsudubbuddhaü ||
kassa tvaü dhammam a¤¤āya || vācaü bhāsasi ãdisan\<*<1>*>/-
ti || ||
7. Kumbhakāro pure āsiü || Vehaëiīge ghaņãkaro ||
mātā-petti-bharo āsiü || Kassapassa upāsako || ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārã nirāmiso ||
Ahuvā te sajāmeyyo || ahuvā te pure sakhā ||
so-ham ete pajānāmi || vimutte satta bhikkhavo ||
rāgadosaparikkhãõe || tiõõe loke visattikan ti || ||
8. Evam etaü tadā āsi || yathā bhāsasi Bhagavā ||
kumbhakāro pure āsi || Vehaëiīge ghaņikāro ||
mātāpetti-bharo āsi || Kassapassa upāsako || ||
virato methunā dhammā || brahmacārã nirāmiso ||
ahuvā me sagāmeyyo || ahuvā me pure sakhāti || ||
9. Evam evaü\<*<3>*>/ purāõānaü || sahāyānaü ahu saīgamo ||
ubhinnaü bhāvitattānaü || sarãrantimadhārinan ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. edisaü.
     2 See Therã-gāthā, p. 205.
     3 B. etaü.
     4 See above text and notes, Devatā-S. V. 10.
>/
#<[page 061]>#
%<II. 3. 6.]                  NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3.         61>%


#<SN_1.2,3.5. Jantu.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü sambahulā bhikkhå
Kosalesu viharanti Himavanta-passe ara¤¤akuņikāyaü\<*<1>*>/
uddhatā unnaëā\<*<2>*>/ capalā mukharā vikiõõavācā muņņhassa-
tino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhatacittā pākatindriyā\<*<3>*>/ || ||
2. Atha kho Jantu devaputto tadahuposathe pannarase
yena te bhikkhå ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā te bhikkhå
gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sukhajãvino pure āsuü || bhikkhå Gotama-sāvakā ||
anicchā piõķam esanā || anicchā sayanāsanaü ||
loke aniccataü ¤atvā || dukkhass-antam akaüsu te || ||
Dupposaü katvā attānaü || gāme gāmaõikā viya ||
bhutvā bhutvā nipajjanti || parāgāresu mucchitā ||
saīghassa a¤jaliü katvā || idh-ekacce vandām-aham || ||
Apaviddhā\<*<4>*>/ anāthā te || yathā petā tath-eva te\<*<5>*>/ ||
ye kho pamattā viharanti || te me sandhāya bhāsitaü ||
ye appamattā viharanti || namo tesam karom-ahan ti || ||


#<SN_1.2,3.6. Rohito.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati || ||
2. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Rohitasso devaputto Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
Yattha nu kho bhante na jāyati na jãyati na mãyati na
cavati na uppajjati\<*<6>*>/ || sakkā nu kho so bhante gamanena
lokassa anto\<*<7>*>/ ¤ātuü vā daņņhuü vā pāpuõituü vā ti || ||
3. Yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na jãyati na mãyati na cavati
na uppajjati || nāhaü taü gamanena lokassa antaü ¤āteyyaü
daņņheyyaü\<*<8>*>/ patteyyan ti vadāmãti || ||
4. Acchariyaü bhante abbhutaü bhante yāva subhāsitaü
idam\<*<9>*>/ bhante Bhagavatā || yattha kho āvuso na jāyati
na jãyati na mãyati na cavati na uppajjati || nāhaü taü
gamanena lokassa antaü nāteyyaü daņņheyyaü patteyyan-ti
vadāmãti || ||
5. Bhåtapubbāhaü bhante Rohitasso nāma isi ahosiü ||
Bhoja-putto iddhimā vehāsaīgamo\<*<10>*>/ || tassa mayhaü bhanteū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. kuņiyaü.
     2 S3 unnalā.
     3 This list recurs in Pug. III. 12.
     4 B. apaviņņhā.
     5 SS. tathevaca.
     6 B. upapajjati here and further on.
     7 B. antaü.
     8 B. diņņheyyaü.
     9 B. subhāsitaü cidaü here and further on.
    10 S2 vebhā-.
>/
#<[page 062]>#
%<62                    DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.            [II. 3. 6.>%
evaråpo javo ahosi || seyyathāpi nāma daëhadhammo dha-
nuggaho sikkhito katahattho katayoggo\<*<1>*>/ katupāsano lahu-
kena asanena appakasiren-eva tiriyaü tālacchāyaü atipā-
teyya || ||
6. Tassa mayhaü bhante evaråpo padavãtihāro ahosi ||
seyyathāpi puratthimasamuddā pacchimo samuddo || tassa
mayhaü bhante evarupaü icchāgataü uppajji || ahaü ga-
manena lokassa antaü pāpuõissāmãti || ||
7. So khvāhaü\<*<2>*>/ bhante evaråpena javena samannāgato
evaråpena ca\<*<3>*>/ padavãtihārena a¤¤atr-eva\<*<4>*>/ asita-pita-khāyi-
ta-sāyitā a¤¤atra uccārapassāva-kammā a¤¤atra niddā-kila-
matha-paņivinodanā vassasatāyuko vassasatajãvi\<*<5>*>/ vassasataü
gantvā appatvā ca lokassa antam\<*<6>*>/ antarā va\<*<7>*>/ kālaīkato || ||
8. Acchariyaü bhante abbhutaü bhante yāva subhāsitam
idaü bhante Bhagavatā || yattha kho āvuso na jāyati na
jãyati na mãyati na cavati na uppajjati nāhaü tam gamanena
lokassa antaü ¤āteyyaü daņņheyyaü patteyyan ti vadāmãti\<*<8>*>/ ||
9. Na kho\<*<9>*>/ panāham āvuso appatvā lokassa antaü dukkhassa
antakiriyaü vadāmi\<*<10>*>/ || api khvāham\<*<11>*>/ āvuso imasmi¤¤eva
vyāmamatte kaëevare\<*<12>*>/ sa¤¤imhi\<*<13>*>/ samanake lokaü ca
pa¤¤āpemi lokasamudayaü ca lokanirodhaü ca lokanirodha-
gāminiü ca paņipadan ti || ||
10. Gamanena na pattabbo || lokass-anto kudācanaü ||
na ca appatvā lokantam || dukkhā atthi pamocanaü ||
Tasmā bhave lokavidå sumedho ||
lokantagå vusitabrahmacariyo ||
lokassa antaü samitāvi¤atvā ||
nāsiüsati lokam imaü para¤ cā ti || ||


#<SN_1.2,3.7. Nando.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Nando devaputto Bhagavato
santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguõā anupubbaü jahanti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. omits katayoggo.
     2 S1 kho ham.
     3 B. omits ca.
     4 S1 a¤¤ato ca.
     5 B.vassasataü jãvi.
     6 All this passage from papuõissāmi to lokassa antam is missing in S3.
        Almost the same part from antam papuõissāmi to appatvā ca (or va)
        lokassa is superadded in S1.
     7 SS. omit va.
     8 After this word, SS. repeat afresh yattha kho avuso najāyati-
        -patteyyanti vadāmi.
     9 SS. ca
    10 SS. dukkhassantakiriyaü vadāmãti.
    11 SS. cāham.
    12 S1-2 kaëebare; S3 kalebare.
    13 B. sasa¤¤imhi.
>/
#<[page 063]>#
%<II. 3. 9.]                  NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3.        63>%
etaü bhayaü maraõe pekkhamāno
pu¤¤āni kayirātha sukhāvahānãti || ||
2. Accenti kālā tarayanti rattiyo ||
vayoguõā anupubbam jahanti ||
etaü bhayaü maraõe pekkhamāno ||
lokāmisaü pajahe santipekkho ti\<1>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,3.8. Nandivisālo.>#
1. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Nandivisālo devaputto\<*<2>*>/ Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Catucakkaü navadvāraü || puõõam lobhena saüyutaü ||
paīkajātaü mahāvãra || kathaü yātrā bhavissatãti\<*<3>*>/ ||
2. Chetvā nandiü varatta¤ ca || icchālobha¤ ca pāpakaü ||
samålaü taõham\<*<4>*>/ abbuyha || evaü yātrā bhavissatãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.2,3.9. Susimo.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā ânando yena Bhagavā tenupasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho āyasmantam
ânandaü Bhagavā etad avoca || || Tuyham pi no ânanda
Sāriputto ruccatãti || ||
3. Kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduņņhassa amåëhassa
avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paõķito
bhante āyasmā Sāriputto\<*<6>*>/ || mahāpa¤¤o bhante āyasmā Sāri-
putto || puthupa¤¤o bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || hāsapa¤¤o\<*<7>*>/
bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || javanapa¤¤o bhante āyasmā Sāri-
putto || tikkhapa¤¤o bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || nibbedhika-
pa¤¤o bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || appiccho bhante āyasmā Sari-
putto || santuņņho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || pavivitto bhante
āyasmā Sāriputto || asaüsaņņho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto ||
āraddhaviriyo bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || vattā bhante āyasmā
Sāriputto || vacanakkhamo bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || codako
bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || pāpagarahã bhante āyasmā Sāri-
putto || kassa hi nāma bhante abālassa aduņņhassa amåëhassa
avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 See above, Devatā-S. I. 4.
     2 S3 Nandãvisālo.
     3 SS. bhavissati.
     4 S3 samålataõhaü.
     5 See above, Devatā-S. III. 9.
     6 SS. add here: appiccho bhante āyasmā Sāriputto, which will be
        found further on.
     7 SS. hāsupa¤¤o (or bhāsu-), here and further on.
>/
#<[page 064]>#
%<64                    DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.           [II. 3. 9.>%
Evam etam ânanda || evam etam ânanda || kassa hi nāma
ânanda\<*<1>*>/ abālassa aduņņhassa amåëhassa avippallatthacitassa
Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paõķito ânando Sāriputto || mahā-
pa¤¤o ânanda Sāriputto || puthupa¤¤o ânanda Sāriputto ||
hāsapa¤¤o ânanda Sāriputto || javanapa¤¤o ânanda Sāri-
putto || tikkhapa¤¤o ânanda Sāriputto || nibbedhikapa¤¤o
ânanda Sāriputto || appiccho ânanda Sāriputto || santuņņho
ânanda Sāriputto || pavivitto ânanda Sāriputto || asaüsattho
ânanda Sāriputto || vattā ânanda Sāriputto || vacanakkhamo
ânanda Sāriputto || codako ânanda Sāriputto || pāpagarahã
ânanda Sāriputto || kassa hi nāmo ânanda abālassa aduņņhassa
amåëhassa avippallathacittassa Sāriputto na rucceyyā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Susimo\<*<2>*>/ devaputto āyasmato Sāriputtassa
vaõõe bha¤¤amāne mahatiyā devaputta-patisāya parivuto
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavāntam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
6. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Susimo devaputto Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||
Evam etaü Bhagavā evam etaü Sugata || kassa hi nāma
bhante abālassa aduņņhassa amåëhassa avippallatthacittassa
āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Paõķito bhante ca āyasmā Sāri-
putto || pe\<*<3>*>/ || pāpagarahã bhante āyasmā Sāriputto || kassa hi nā-
ma bhante abālassa aduņņhassa amåëhassa avippallatthacittassa
āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya || Aham pi\<*<4>*>/ hi bhante ya¤¤ad'\<*<5>*>/
eva devaputtaparisam upasaīkamiü etad eva bahulaü saddaü
suõāmi || Paõķito āyasmā Sāriputto || pe || pāpagarahã āyasmā
Sāriputto ti || kassa hi nāma abālassa aduņņhassa amåëhassa
avippallatthacittassa āyasmā Sāriputto na rucceyya ti || ||
7. Atha kho Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā
āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaõõe bha¤¤amāne attamanā pamu-
ditā pitisomanassajātā uccāvacā\<*<6>*>/ vaõõanibhā upadaüseti ||
8. Seyyathāpi nāma maõiveëuriyo subho jātimā aņņhaüso
suparikammakato paõķukambale nikkhitto bhāsate ca tapate
ca virocati ca || evam evaü Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 omit kassa hi nāma ânanda.
     2 SS. Susãmo here and further on.
     3 This and the following abridgments are in SS only. In B. the text runs
        on all along.
     4 B. ahamhi.
     5 S2 ya¤¤ā; S2 yaü¤ad; B. yadeva (by correction).
     6 S3 uccāvaca-.
>/
#<[page 065]>#
%<II. 3. 10.]                 NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3.        65>%
parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaõõe bha¤¤amāne attamanā
pamoditā pãtisomanassajātā uccāvacā vaõõanibhā upadaüseti ||
9. Seyyathāpi nāma nekkhaü\<*<1>*>/ jambonadaü dakkhakammā-
raputtena sukusalasampahaņņhaü\<*<2>*>/ paõķukambale nikkhittaü
bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaü Susimassa
devaputtassa devaputtaparisā || pe || upadaüseti ||
10. Seyyathāpi nāma\<*<3>*>/ rattiyā paccåsamayaü osadhitārakā
bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam evaü Susimassa deva-
puttassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato Sāriputtassa vaõõe
bha¤¤amāne attamanā pamuditā pãtisomanassajātā uccāvacā
vaõõanibhā upadaüseti ||
11. Seyyathāpi nāma saradasamaye viddhe vigatavalāhake
deve ādicco nabham abbhussukkamāno\<*<4>*>/ sabbam ākāsagataü
tamaü\<*<5>*>/ abhivihacca\<*<6>*>/ bhāsate ca tapate ca virocati ca || evam
evaü Susimassa devaputtassa devaputta-parisā āyasmato
Sāriputtassa vaõõe bha¤¤amāne attamanā pamuditā pãtiso-
manassajātā uccāvacā vaõõanibhā upadaüseti || ||
12. Atha kho Susimo devaputto āyasmantam Sāriputtam
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Paõķito ti sama¤¤āto || Sāriputto akodhano ||
appiccho sorato danto || satthuvaõõābhato\<*<7>*>/ isãti || ||
13. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantaü Sāriputtaü ārabbha
Susimaü devaputtaü gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Paõķito ti sama¤¤āto || Sāriputto akodhano ||
appiccho sorato danto || kālaü kaīkhati bhatiko\<*<8>*>/ su-
danto ti || ||
10 Nānnātitthiyā.
1. Evam me sutaü ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane Kalandakanivāpe ||
2. Atha kho sambahulā nānā-titthiya-sāvakā devaputtā
Asamo ca Sahalã ca Niüko ca âkoņako ca Veņambarã ca\<*<9>*>/
Māõava-gāmiyo ca abhikkantāya rattiyā abhikkantavaõõāū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So SS. and C.; B. nikkham.
     2 S3 dakkhaü-; S2 -puttena kusala-; B. -kammāraputtaukkāmukhasukusala-;
        C. kammāraputtaü ukkāmukhesukusalaü sampahaņņhaü.
     3 SS. omit nāma; B. adds saradasamaye viddhe vigātavalāhake deve,
        of the next paragraph.
     4 B. abbhussakkamāno.
     5 S. tamagatam.
     6 S1-2 abhavihacca; B. abhiviha¤¤a.
     7 SS. -vaõõabhato.
     8 C. has bhattiko; SS. bhāvito.
     9 B. -sahali- niko- vegabbhari here and further on.
>/
#<[page 066]>#
%<66                      DEVAPUTTA-SAũYUTTA II.         [II. 3. 10.>%
kevalakappaü Veëuvanam obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaükamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhaüsu || ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Asamo devaputto Påraõaü\<*<1>*>/
Kassapam ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Idha chinditamārite || hatajānisu Kassapo ||
pāpaü na pan-upassati\<*<2>*>/ || pu¤¤aü vā pana attano ||
sa ce\<*<3>*>/ vissāsam ācikkhi || satthā arahati mānanan ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho Sahalã devaputto Makkhali-Gosālam\<*<5>*>/ ārabbha
Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Tapo-jigucchāya\<*<6>*>/ susaüvutatto ||
vācaü pahāya kalahaü janena ||
samo savajjā\<*<7>*>/ virato saccavādi ||
na hi nåna tādisaü karoti\<*<8>*>/ pāpan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Niüko devaputto Nigaõņhaü Nāņaputtaü
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Jegucchi\<*<9>*>/ nipako bhikkhu || cātuyāma-susaüvuto ||
diņņhaü suta¤ca āccikkhaü\<*<10>*>/ || na hi nåna\<*<11>*>/ kibbisã siyā
ti || ||
6. Atha kho âkoņako devaputto nānātitthiye ārabbha
Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Pakudhako Kātiyāno Nigaõņho\<*<12>*>/ ||
ye ca pime\<*<13>*>/ Makkhali Påraõāse ||
gaõassa satthāro\<*<14>*>/ sāma¤¤apattā\<*<15>*>/ ||
na hi nåna te\<*<16>*>/ sappurisehi dåre ti || ||
7. Atha kho Veņambarã devaputto âkoņakaü devaputtaü
gāthāya paccabhāsi\<*<17>*>/ || ||
Sagāravenāpi\<*<18>*>/ chavo\<*<19>*>/ sigālo\<*<20>*>/ ||
na kutthako\<*<21>*>/ sãhasamo kadāci ||
naggo musāvādi gaõassa satthā ||
saīkassarācāro\<*<22>*>/ na sataü\<*<23>*>/ sarikkho ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Puraõaü.
     2 S1 pāpaü na sa panupassatã; B na pāpaü samanupassati.
     3 B. va ve.
     4 SS. arajāti māninti.
     5 B. Makkhalim-.
     6 S1-2 tapoci (S3 di) gucchāya.
     7 B. pavajja.
     8 SS. nahanånatādãpakaroti.
     9 S3 jegucchã.
    10 SS. ācikkha.
    11 SS. nahanåna-.
    12 SS. Nigaõķho.
    13 B. ye cā-.
    14 SS. satthāte; S3 has Purāõassatthāte-.
    15 SS. sama¤¤a-.
    16 SS1-3 nahanånate; S1 nahunate.
    17 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
    18 So SS.; B. sãhācaritena; C. saharacittena.
    19 SS. javo.
    20 B. C. siīgālao.
    21 B. kotthako; C. kuņņhako.
    22 C. vācaro (?).
    23 So B. and C.; SS. na taü.
>/
#<[page 067]>#
%<II. 3. 10.]                NâNâTITTHIYA-VAGGA 3.         67>%
8. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Veņambariü devaputtam anvā-
visitvā Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Tapojigucchāya āyuttā\<*<1>*>/ || pālayaü pavivekiyaü\<*<2>*>/ ||
råpe\<*<3>*>/ ca ye niviņņhāse || devalokābhinandino ||
te ve sammānusāsanti || paralokāya mātiyā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayaü pāpimā iti viditvā
Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Ye keci råpā idha vā huraü vā
ye antalikkhasmi\<*<5>*>/ pabhāsavaõõā ||
sabbe vat' ete Namucippasatthā\<*<6>*>/ ||
āmisaü va macchānaü vadhāya khittā ti || ||
10. Atha kho Māõava-gāmiyo devaputto Bhagavantam
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vipulo Rājagahãyānaü\<*<7>*>/ || giri seņņho pavuccati ||
Seto himavatam seņņho || ādicco aghagāminaü ||
samuddo udadhãnam\<*<8>*>/ seņņho || nakkhattānam va candimā ||
sadevakassa lokassa || buddho aggo pavuccatãti || ||
Nānātitthiya-vaggo tatiyo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Sivo Khemo\<9>/ ca Serã ca || Ghaņi Jantu ca Rohito ||
Nando Nandivisālo ca || Susimo Nānātitthiye ca te dasā ti || ||
Devaputta-saüyuttaü niņņhitaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. ayutta (S2 anutta) pālayaü.
     2 SS. pavivekayaü.
     3 SS2-3 råpo.
     4 SS. samma-; SS. paralokayāni mātiyāti.
     5 B. ye vanta-.
     6 B. pasaņņhā.
     7 B. rajagahiyānaü; S1 rājagahãyyānaü.
     8 B samuddodhadinaü (comp. Mahāvagga of the Vinaya VI. 35. 8.).
     9 S1 khelã; S3 khemã; S2 kholi.
>/
#<[page 068]>#
%<68>%


********************************************

#<BOOK III. -- KOSALA-SAũYUTTAM.>#


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER I. PAōHAMO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.3,1.1. Daharo.>#
1. Evaü me sutaü ekam samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi\<*<1>*>/-Kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi ||
sammodanãyaü kathaü sārānãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Bhavam\<*<2>*>/ pi no Gotamo anuttaraü
sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti patijānātãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
4. Yaü hi taü mahārāja sammāvadamāno vadeyya anutta-
raü sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti maman-taü\<*<4>*>/ sammā-
vadamāno vadeyya || ahaü hi mahārāja\<*<5>*>/ anuttaraü sammā-
sambodhim abhisambuddho ti || ||
5. Ye pi te bho Gotama samaõa-brāhmaõā saīghino ga-
õino gaõācariyā ¤ātā yasassino titthakarā sādhu sammatā
bahujanassa || seyyathãdaü Puraõo\<*<6>*>/-Kassapo Makkhali-Go-
sālo Nigaõņho Nāņaputto\<*<7>*>/ Sa¤jayo-belaņņhaputto\<*<8>*>/ Kakudho\<*<9>*>/
Kaccāyano Ajito-kesakambalo\<*<10>*>/ || te pi mayā anuttaraü
sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho ti paņijānāthāti\<*<11>*>/ puņņhā
samānā anuttaraü sammāsambodhim abhisambuddho tina pa-
ņijānanti\<*<12>*>/ || kim pana bhavaü Gotamo daharo c-eva jātiyā
navo ca pabbajāyāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Passenadã always.
     2 S2 Bhagavam-.
     3 S3 has not patijānātãti; S2 also, but the place of the word is empty.
     4 S1 mamaü taü; S2 mantaü.
     5 S1-2 mahārājā.
     6 The words Seyyathidam purāõo are omitted by S2-3; but in S2 the place
        is white, empty.
     7 SS. nāthaputto.
     8 S1-3 belaņņni-.
     9 B. Pakuddho.
    10 SS. -kambalã (S2 li).
    11 SS. omit paņijānāthāti.
    12 S1-3 anuttaraü sammāsambuddho ti patijānanti;
        S2 anuttaraü sammāsambo ti patijānanti.
>/
#<[page 069]>#
%<III. 1. 1.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.            69>%
6. Cattāro kho me\<*<1>*>/ magārāja daharā ti na u¤¤ātabbā da-
harāti na paribhotabbā || katame cattāro || || Khattiyo kho
mahārāja daharo ti na u¤¤ātabbo daharo ti na paribho-
tabbo || || Urago kho mahārāja daharo ti na u¤¤ātabbo
daharo ti na paribhotabbho || || Aggi kho mahārāja daharo
ti na u¤¤ātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || || Bhikkhu kho
mahārāja daharo ti na u¤¤ātabbo daharo ti na paribhotabbo || ||
Ime kho mahārāja cattāro daharā ti na u¤¤ātabbā daharā
ti na paribhotabbā ti || ||
7. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaü vatvāna Sugato athā-
param\<*<2>*>/ etad avoca satthā || ||
8. Khattiyaü jātisampannaü || abhijātaü yasassinaü ||
daharoti nāvajāneyya || na naü paribhave naro ||
ņhānaü hi so manussindo rajjaü laddhāna khattiyo ||
so kuddho rājadaõķena || tasmiü pakkamate bhusaü ||
tasmā taü parivajjeyya || rakkhaü jãvitam attano || ||
9. Gāme vā yadi vāra¤¤e || yattha passe bhujaīgamaü ||
daharo ti nāvajaneyya || na naü paribhave naro ||
uccāvacehi vaõõehi || urago carati tejasi\<*<3>*>/ ||
so āsajja ķaüse\<*<4>*>/ bālaü || naraü nāriü ca\<*<5>*>/ ekadā ||
tasmā taü parivajjeyya || rakkhaü jãvitam attano || ||
10. Pahåtabhakkhaü\<*<6>*>/ jālinaü\<*<7>*>/ || pāvakaü\<*<8>*>/ kaõhavattaniü ||
daharo ti nāvajaneyya || na naü paribhave naro ||
laddhā hi so upādānaü || mahā hutvāna pāvako ||
so āsajja ķahe\<*<9>*>/ bālaü || naraü nāriü ca\<*<10>*>/ ekadā ||
tasmā tam parivajjeyya || rakkhaü jãvitam attano || ||
11. Vanaü yad aggi\<*<11>*>/ ķahati\<*<12>*>/ || pāvako kaõhavattanã ||
jāyanti tattha pārohā\<*<13>*>/ || ahorattānam accaye || ||
12. Ya¤ ca kho sãlasampanno || bhikkhu ķahati tejasā ||
na tassa puttā pasavo || dāyādā vindare\<*<14>*>/ dhanaü || ||
anapaccā adāyādā || tālavatthu\<*<15>*>/ bhavanti te || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. omits me.
     2 B. sugatā || atha paraü.
     3 S1-2 tejasã; S3 tejasā.
     4 S1 ķaüso; S1-3 ķayho.
     5 SS. naranārãca.
     6 B. bahutaü; C. bahuta-. For pahåta, which occurs often,
        B. has always bahuta.
     7 SS. jalinam.
     8 C. reads pācakaü, but notices pāvakaü as another reading.
     9 SS. ķaso.
    10 S2-3 naranārica; S1 naranarãca.
    11 B. vanam yaggi-.
    12 S1-3 ķayhati. The Jātaka of the Catukka-nipāta, V.5 begins vanaü
        yadāggi ķahati, which seems to be the true reading.
    13 SS. pārogā.
    14 SS. vindate.
    15 SS. tālā (and perhaps nālā S2-3) vatthu.
>/
#<[page 070]>#
%<70                  KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.              [III. 1. 1.>%
13. Tasmā hi paõķito poso || sampassaü attham attano ||
bhujaīgamaü pāvaka¤ca || khattiyaü ca yasassinaü ||
bhikkhuü ca sãlasampannaü || sammad-eva samāca-
re ti || ||
14. Evaü vutte rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaü bhante abhikkantaü bhante || seyya-
thāpi bhante nikkujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya paņicchannaü vā
vivareyya måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā
telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhinti\<*<1>*>/ ||
evam evaü Bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || ||
Esāhaü bhante Bhagavantaü saraõaü gacchāmi dhammaü
ca bhikkhusaīghaü ca || upāsakaü maü bhante\<*<2>*>/ Bhagavā
dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü\<*<3>*>/ saraõaü gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.3,1.2. Puriso.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü ārāme\<*<4>*>/ || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kati nu kho bhante purisassa dhammā
ajjhattam uppajjamāna uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphā-
suvihārāyāti || ||
4. Tayo kho mahārāja purisassa dhammā ajjhattaü uppaj-
jamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || ||
Katame tayo || Lobho kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhat-
taü uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihā-
rāya || || Doso kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattaü
uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || ||
Moho kho mahārāja purisassa dhammo ajjhattam uppajjamāno
uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāya || || Ime kho
mahārāja tayo purisassa dhammā ajjhattam uppajjamānā
uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsuvihārāyā ti || ||
5. Lobho doso ca moho ca || purisaü pāpacetasaü ||
hiüsanti attasambhåtā || tacasāraü va samphalan ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. dakkhiõtãti; B. dakkhanti.
     2 SS. omit bhante.
     3 S3 pānupetaü.
     4 SS. evam me sutam.
     5 S1-2 ta¤casāram-; S3 omits va; C. tecasāraü va saphalan-ti.
        All this sutta, prose and verse, will be found again, III. 3.
>/
#<[page 071]>#
%<III. 1. 4.]                 PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.             71>%


#<SN_1.3,1.3. Rājā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu\<*<1>*>/ kho bhante jātassa a¤¤atra
jarāmaraõā ti || ||
3. Natthi kho mahārāja a¤¤atra jarāmaraõā || ||
4. Ye pi te mahārāja khattiya-mahāsalā aķķhā\<*<2>*>/ mahaddhanā
mahābhogā pahåta-jātaråparajatā pahåta-vittåpakaraõā\<*<3>*>/ pa-
håta-dhanadha¤¤ā || tesam pi jātānaü natthi a¤¤atra jarāma-
raõā || ||
5. Ye pi te mahāraja brāhmaõa-mahāsālā gahapati-mahā-
sālā aķķhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā pahåta-jātaråparajatā
pahåta-vittåpakaraõā pahåta-dhanadha¤¤ā || tesam pi jātānaü
natthi a¤¤atra jarāmaraõā ||
6. Ye pi\<*<4>*>/ te mahārāja bhikkhå arahanto khãõāsavā
vusitavanto\<*<5>*>/ kata-karaõãyā ohitabhārā anuppattasadatthā
parikkhãna-bhava-saüyojanā sammada¤¤ā vimuttā || tesaü
pāyaü kāyo bhedana-dhammo nikkhepana-dhammo ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
7. Jãranti ve rājarathā sucittā ||
atho sarãram pi jaram upeti ||
sata¤ ca dhammo na jaram upeti ||
santo have sabbhi pavedayantãti\<*<7>*>/ || ||

#<SN_1.3,1.4. Piya.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
Idha\<*<8>*>/ mayham bhante rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || kesaü nu kho piyo attā kesaü
appiyo attā ti || || Tassa mayhaü bhante etad ahosi || ||
3. Ye kho keci kāyena duccaritaü caranti || vācāya ducca-
ritam caranti || manasā duccaritaü caranti || tesam appiyo
attā || ki¤cāpi te evaü vadeyyuü || piyo no attā ti || atha kho
tesam appiyo attā || || Taü kissa hetu || yaü hi appiyoū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. omit nu.
     2 B. atthā.
     3 C. has pahutta cittupakaraõā; S1 has cittu instead of vittu in
        the next paragraph.
     4 SS. hi.
     5 S1-2 vusitamanto.
     6 B. nikkhepadhammo; C. nikkhepanasabhāvo.
     7 See Dhammapada, V. 151.
     8 SS. omit idha.
>/
#<[page 072]>#
%<72                        KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.         [III. 1. 4.>%
appiyassa kareyya taü te attanā va\<*<1>*>/ attano karonti || tasmā
tesam appiyo attā || ||
4. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritaü karonti || vācāya
sucaritaü caranti || manasā sucaritaü caranti || tesaü piyo
attā || ki¤cāpi te evaü vadeyyuü || appiyo no attāti || atha kho
tesam piyo attā || Taü kissa hetu || yaü hi piyo piyassa kareyya
taü te\<*<2>*>/ attanā va\<*<3>*>/ attano\<*<4>*>/ karonti || tasmā tesaü piyo attāti || ||
5. Evam etam mahārāja evam etaü mahārāja || Ye hi keci
mahārāja kāyena duccaritaü caranti || pe || tasmā tesaü
appiyo attā ti || || Ye ca kho keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaü
caranti || pe || tasmā tesaü piyo attā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
6. Attāna¤ ce piyaü ja¤¤ā || na nam pāpena saüyuje ||
na hi taü sulabhaü hoti || sukhaü dukkatakārinā\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Antakenādhipannassa || jahato\<*<7>*>/ mānusaü bhavaü ||
kiü hi\<*<8>*>/ tassa sakaü hoti || ki¤ca ādāya gacchati || ||
ki¤c-assa anugaü hoti || chāyā va anapāyinã || ||
Ubho\<*<9>*>/ pu¤¤a¤ca pāpa¤ca || yaü macco kurute idha ||
taü hi tassa\<*<10>*>/ sakaü hoti || ta¤ca ādāya gacchati ||
taü c-assa anugaü hoti || chāyā va\<*<11>*>/ anapāyinã\<*<12>*>/ ||
Tasmā kareyya kalyāõaü || nicayaü samparāyikaü ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti\<*<13>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,1.5. Attānarakkhita.>#
1. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
2. Idaü mayhaü bhante rahogatassa patisallãnassa evaü
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Kesaü nu kho rakkhito
attā kesam arakkhito attā ti || || Tassa mayham bhante etad
ahosi || ||
3. Ye kho\<*<14>*>/ keci kāyena duccaritaü caranti vācāya
duccaritaü caranti manasā duccaritaü caranti tesam
arakkhito\<*<15>*>/ attā || ki¤cāpi te hatthi-kāyo va rakkheyya ||
assa-kāyo vā rakkheyya || ratha-kāyo vā rakkheyya || patti-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 ca.
     2 SS. omit te.
     3 S1-2 ca.
     4 SS. attānaü.
     5 The abridgments are in SS. only.
     6 B. dukkaņa-.
     7 SS. jahate.
     8 SS ki¤ca.
     9 S2-3 omit ubho, the place remaining empty in S2.
    10 S1-2 tassaü.
    11 S1-2 have chāyāya.
    12 B. anupāyinã here and above.
    13 This and the preceding gāthā but the two first padas will be
        found again further on, II. 10 and III. 2. 
    14 B. ko; S3 hi.
    15 SS. add hoti.
>/
#<[page 073]>#
%<III. 1. 6]                PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                73>%
kāyo vā rakkheyya || atha kho tesam arakkhito attā || ||
Tam kissa hetu || Bāhirā h-esā rakkhā n-esā rakkhā ajjhat-
tikā || tasmā tesam arakkhito attā\<*<1>*>/ || ||
4. Ye ca kho keci kāyena sucaritam caranti vācāya sucari-
taü caranti manasā sucaritaü caranti tesaü rakkhito attā ||
ki¤cāpi te n-eva hatthikāyo rakkheyya || na assa-kāyo
rakkheyya || na ratha-kāyo rakkheyya na patti-kāyo rakkh-
eyya || atha kho tesaü rakkhito attā || || Taü kissa hetu ||
ajjhattikā || h-esā rakkhā n-esā rakkhā bāhirā || tasmā tesaü
rakkhito attā ti || ||
5. Evam etam mahārāja evam etaü mahārāja || || Ye hi
keci mahārāja kāyena duccaritaü caranti || pe || tesaü
rakkhito attā || || Tam kissa hetu || bāhirā h-esā\<*<2>*>/ mahārāja
rakkhā n-esa rakkhā ajjhattikā || tasmā tesam arakkhito
attā || || Ye ca kho\<*<3>*>/ keci mahārāja kāyena sucaritaü caranti
vācāya sucaritaü caranti manasā sucaritaü caranti tesaü
rakkhito attā || ki¤cāpi te n-eva hatthi-kāyo rakkheyya na
assa-kāyo rakkheyya na ratha-kāyo rakkheyya na patti-kāyo
rakkheyya || atha kho rakkhito attā || || Taü kissa hetu ||
ajjhattikā h-esā mahārāja rakkhā n-esā rakkhā\<*<4>*>/ bāhirā ||
tasmā tesaü rakkhito attā ti || ||
6. Kāyena {saüvaro} sādhu || sādhu vācāya {saüvaro} ||
manasā {saüvaro} sādhu || sādhu sabbatthā-{saüvaro} ||
sabbatthā-{saüvuto} lajjã || rakkhito ti pavuccatãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,1.6. Appakā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Ekaü antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa
patisallãnassa evaü cetaso paravitakko udapādi || || Appakā
te sattā lokasmiü ye uëāre uëāre\<*<6>*>/ bhoge labhitvā na c-eva\<*<7>*>/
majjante na ca pamajjanti na ca kāmesu gedham āpajjanti
na ca sattesu vippaņipajjanti || || Atha kho eteva\<*<8>*>/ bahutarā
sattā lokasmiü ye uëare bhoge labhitvā majjanti c-eva pa-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 attāti.
     2 SS. omit h-here and further on.
     3 B. ye hi.
     4 SS. na instead of nesā rakkhā.
     5 Cf. with Dhammapada, V. 361. The last pada only differs.
     6 So B. and C.; SS. have not the repetition of uëāre here and further on.
     7 S3 na instead of naceva.
     8 SS. te.
>/
#<[page 074]>#
%<74                     KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.            [III. 1. 6.>%
majjanti ca kāmesu ca gedham āpajjanti sattesu ca vippaņi-
pajjantãti || ||
3. Evam etaü mahārāja evam etaü mahārāja\<*<1>*>/ || || Appakā
te mahārāja sattā lokasmiü ye uëāre uëāre bhoge labhitvā na
ceva majjanti na ca pamajjanti na ca kāmesu gedhaü
āpajjanti na ca sattesu vippaņipajjanti || || Atha kho ete va
bahutarā sattā lokasmiü ye uëāre uëāre bhoge labhitvā
majjanti c-eva pamajjanti ca kāmesu ca gedham āpajjanti
sattesu ca\<*<2>*>/ vippaņipajjantãti || ||
4. Sārattā kāma-bhogesu || giddhā kāmesu mucchitā ||
atisāraü na bujjhanti\<*<3>*>/ || migā\<*<4>*>/ kåņam va oķķitaü\<*<5>*>/ ||
pacchāsaü kaņukaü hoti || vipāko hi-ssa pāpako ti || ||


#<SN_1.3,1.7. Atthakaraõa.6>#
1. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || ||
2. Idhāhaü bhante atthakaraõe\<*<7>*>/ nisinno passāmi khattiya-
mahāsāle pi brāhmaõamahāsāle pi gahapatimahāsāle pi aķķhe
mahaddhane mahābhoge pahåta-jātaråparajate pahåta-vittå-
pakaraõe pahåta-dhanadha¤¤e kāmahetu kāmanidānam kā-
mādhikakaraõaü sampajāna-musā bhāsante || || Tassa mayhaü
bhante etad ahosi || Alaü dāni me atthakaraõena || bhadra-
mukho\<*<8>*>/ dāni atthakaraõena pa¤¤āyissatãti || ||
3. Ye pi te mahārāja\<*<9>*>/ khattiya-mahāsālā brāhmaõa-
mahāsālā gahapati-mahāsālā aķķhā mahaddhanā mahābhogā
pahåta-jātaråpa-rajatā pahåta-vittåpakaraõā pahåta-dhana-
dha¤¤ā kāmahetu kāmanidānaü kāmādhikaraõaü sampa-
jāna-musā bhāsanti || tesaü taü bhavissati dãgharattam
ahitāya dukkhāyā ti || ||
4. Sārattā kāmabhogesu || giddhā kāmesu mucchitā ||
atisāraü na bujjhanti || macchā khippaü va oķķitaü ||
pacchāsam kaņukaü hoti || vipāko hi-ssa pāpako
ti\<*<10>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 The repetition is not in S3 (perhaps in SS.).
     2 SS. omit ca.
     3 C. ajjanti.
     4 SS. magā.
     5 So S3; S2 oķķhitam; B. oņņitam; S1 doubtful.
     6 B. Aņņakāraka.
     7 So SS. and C.; B. aņņakaraõe.
     8 So B.and C.; S1 bhadrathamukho; S1 bhadātha-.
     9 B. Evam etaü mahārāja evam etaü mahārāja ye pi te mahārāja-.
    10 Cf. the gāthā of the preceding Sutta.
>/
#<[page 075]>#
%<III. 1. 9.]                    PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.          75>%


#<SN_1.3,1.8. Mallikā.>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikāya
deviyā saddhiü uparipāsādavaragato hoti || ||
3. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Mallikaü devim avoca ||||
Atthi nu kho te Mallike koc-a¤¤o attanā piyataro ti || ||
4. Natthi kho me mahārāja koc-a¤¤o\<*<1>*>/ attanā piyataro\<*<2>*>/ ||
tuyhaü pana mahārāja atth-a¤¤o koci attanā piyataro ti ||||
5. Mayhaü pi kho Mallike natth-a¤¤o koci attanā piya-
taro ti || ||
6. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo pāsādā orohitvā\<*<3>*>/ yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinno
kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
7. Idhāhaü bhante Mallikāya deviyā saddhiü uparipāsā-
davaragato Mallikaü deviü etad avocaü || Atthi nu kho
te\<*<4>*>/ Mallike koc-a¤¤o attanā piyataro ti || || Evaü vutte
bhante Mallikā devã mam etad avoca || || N-atthi kho me
mahārāja koci a¤¤o attanā piyataro ti || tuyham pana mahā-
rāja atth-a¤¤o koci attanā piyataro ti || || Evaü vuttāhaü
bhante Mallikaü devim etad avocaü || Mayham pi kho
Mallike n-atth-a¤¤o koci attanā piyataro ti || ||
8. Atha kho Bhagavā etam attham viditvā tāyaü velāyam
imam gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbā disānuparigamma\<*<5>*>/ cetasā ||
n-ev-ajjhagā piyataram attanā kvaci ||
evam piyo puthu attā paresaü ||
tasmā na hiüse param attakāmo ti || ||


#<SN_1.3,1.9. Ya¤¤a.>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena ra¤¤o Pasenadi\<*<6>*>/-kosalassa
mahā-ya¤¤o paccupaņņhito hoti || pa¤ca ca usabha\<*<7>*>/-satāni
pa¤ca ca vacchatara-satāni pa¤ca ca vacchatarã-satāni pa¤caū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 koci¤¤o; S3 koci a¤¤o.
     2 S2 and B. add ti.
     3 SS. otaritvā.
     4 SS. omit te.
     5 SS. disā anupari-.
     6 B. Pasenadissa.
     7 S. vusabha, further on usabha.
>/
#<[page 076]>#
%<76                      KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.           [III. 1. 9.>%
ca aja-satāni pa¤ca ca urabbha-satāni\<*<1>*>/ thåõåpanitāni\<*<2>*>/ honti
ya¤¤atthāya ||
3. Ye pi-ssa te honti dāsā ti vā\<*<3>*>/ pessā\<*<4>*>/ ti vā kammakarā
ti vā te pi daõķa-tajjitā bhaya-tajjitā assumukhā rudamānā
parikammāni karonti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå pubbaõha-samayaü nivā-
setvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiü piõķāya pāvisiüsu\<*<6>*>/ || Sā-
vatthiyaü piõķāya caritvā paccabhattaü piõķapāta-paņikkantā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || Upasaīkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || Ekam antaü
nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || ||
5. Idha bhante ra¤¤o Pasenadi-kosalassa mahā-ya¤¤o
paccupaņņhito hoti\<*<7>*>/ || Pa¤ca ca usabha-satāni pa¤ca ca
vacchatara-satāni pa¤ca vacchatarã-satāni pa¤ca ca urabbha-
satāni thåõåpanitāni honti ya¤¤atthāya || || Ye pi-ssa te
honti dāsā ti vā pessā ti vā kammakarā ti vā te pi daõķa-tajjitā
bhaya-tajjitā assumukhā rudamānā\<*<8>*>/ parikammāni karontãti || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaü viditvā tāyaü velāyam
imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Assamedhaü\<*<9>*>/ purisamedhaü || sammāpāsaü vājapeyyaü\<*<10>*>/ ||
niraggaëaü mahārambhā\<*<11>*>/ || na te honti mahapphalā || ||
ajeëakā gāvo ca || vividhā yattha ha¤¤are ||
na tam sammaggatā ya¤¤aü || upayanti mahesino || ||
Ye ca ya¤¤ā nirārambhā || yajanti anukålaü sadā ||
ajeëakā ca gāvo ca || vividhā n-ettha ha¤¤are || ||
etaü sammaggatā ya¤¤aü || upayanti mahesino ||
etaü yajetha medhāvã || eso ya¤¤o mahapphalo || ||
etaü hi yajamānassa || seyyo hoti na pāpiyo ||
ya¤¤o ca vipulo hoti ||pasãdanti ca devatā ti || ||
10 Bandhana.
1. Tena kho pana samayena ra¤¤ā Pasenadinā Kosalena\<*<12>*>/
mahājanakāyo bandhāpito hoti || appekacce rajjåhi appekacce
andåhi\<*<13>*>/ appekacce saīkhalikāhi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 usabha; S1 ubha, further on usabha.
     2 B. thunu-; C. thunå-.
     3 B. adds dāsãtivā here and further on.
     4 B. pesā.
     5  3 = Puggala IV. 24. 3.
     6 SS. pavisiüsu.
     7 SS. omit hoti.
     8 B.rodamānā.
     9 B. and Cųassamedham.
    10 B. vācāpeyyam; C. rājapeyyaü.
    11 SS. add mahāya¤¤ā.
    12 S1 Pasenadi Kosalena.
    13 S1 annåhi; B. addåhi.
>/
#<[page 077]>#
%<III. 2. 1.]                  DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.             77>%
2. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå pubbaõha-samayaü nivā-
setvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiü piõķāya pāvisiüsu\<*<1>*>/ ||
Sāvatthiyaü piõķāya caritvā pacchābhattaü piõķapāta-paņi-
kkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || Upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdiüsu || ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || || Idha bhante ra¤¤ā Pasenadinā\<*<2>*>/ kosalena
mahājanakāyo bandhāpito || appekacce rajjåhi appekacce
andåhi appekacce saīkhalikāhã ti || ||
Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaü viditvā tāyaü velāyam
imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Na taü daëhaü bandhanam āhu dhãrā ||
yad' āyasam dārujaü pabbaja¤ ca || ||
sārattarattā maõikuõķalesu ||
puttesu dāresu ca yā apekkhā ||
etam daëham bandhanam āhu dhãrā ||
ohārinaü sithilaü duppamu¤caü ||
etam pi chetvāna paribbajanti ||
anapekkhino kāmasukham pahāyāti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Daharo Puriso Rājā || Piya Attāna\<*<3>*>/-rakkhito ||
Appakā Atthakaraõa\<*<5>*>/ || Mallikā Ya¤¤a Bandhanan ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.3,2.1. Jaņilo.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Pubbā-
rāme Migāramātu-pāsāde || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā sāyaõhasamayaü
paņisallānā vuņņhito bahidvāra-koņņhake nisinno hoti || ||
Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 (and also S2) omit Sāvatthim- pāvisiüsu.
     2 So all the MSS.
     3 SS. attena.
     4 See Dhammapada, verse 346.
     5 B. attakārakā.
>/
#<[page 078]>#
%<78                   KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.              [III.2.1.>%
3. Tena kho pana samayena satta ca\<*<1>*>/ jaņilā satta ca ni-
gaõņhā satta ca acelā satta ca ekasāņakā satta ca paribbājakā
paruëha-kaccha-nakha-lomā khārividham\<*<2>*>/ ādāya Bhagavato
avidåre atikkamanti || ||
4. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo uņņhāyāsanā ekaü-
sam uttarāsaīgam karitvā dakkhiõa-jānu-maõķalaü patha-
viyaü nihantvā || yena te satta ca jaņilā satta ca nigaõņhā
satta ca acelā satta ca ekasāņakā satta ca paribbājakā
ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā tikkhattuü nāmaü sāvesi || || Rājā-
haü bhante Pasenadi-kosalo rājāham bhante Pasenadi-
kosalo ti || ||
5. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo || acirapakkantesu tesu\<*<3>*>/
sattasu ca jaņilesu sattasu ca nigaõņhesu sattasu ca acelesu\<*<4>*>/
sattasu ca ekasāņakesu sattasu ca paribbājakesu || yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antam nisãdi || ||
6. Ekam antam nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ye te\<*<5>*>/ bhante loke arahanto vā
arahatta-maggaü vā samāpannā ete tesam a¤¤atarā ti || ||
7. Dujjānaü kho etam mahārāja tayā gihinā kāma-bhoginā
putta-sambādha-samayaü\<*<6>*>/ ajjhāvasantena kāsika-candanaü
paccanubhontena mālā-gandha-vilepanam dhārayantena jāta-
råparajataü sādiyantena ime vā arahanto ime vā arahanta-
maggaü samāpannā ti ||
8. {Saüvāsena} kho mahārāja sãlaü veditabbaü || taü ca
kho dãghena addhunā\<*<7>*>/ na itaram\<*<8>*>/ || manasi-karotā no ama-
nasi karotā\<*<9>*>/ || pa¤¤āvatā no duppa¤¤ena ||
9. {Saüvohārena} kho mahārāja soceyyaü veditabbam || taü
ca kho dãghena addhunā na itaraü || manasi-karotā no amana-
sikarotā || pa¤¤avatā no duppa¤¤ena ||
10. âpadāsu kho mahārāja thāmo veditabbo || so ca kho
dãghena addhunā na itaram || manasikarotā na amanasikarotā ||
pa¤¤avatā no duppa¤¤ena ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 Here S2 and further on SS. omit ca.
     2 B. dārividham; C. khārivividham; SS. vividham (omitting dā-ri
        or khā-ri).
     3 S2-3 omit tesu; SS. omit ca.
     4 S3 acelakesu.
     5 SS. yenate.
     6 S1-2 sutta-; S3 sambodha (?)-; SS. sayanaü.
     7 C. addhana.
     8 B. has always ittaram; SS. oftentimes; C. has also ittaram.
     9 B. amanasikārā always.
>/
#<[page 079]>#
%<III. 2. 2.]                  DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.             79>%
11. Sākacchāya kho\<*<1>*>/ mahārāja pa¤¤ā veditabbā || sā ca kho
dãghena addhunā na itaraü || manasi-karotā no amanasi-
karotā || pa¤¤avatā no dupa¤¤enā ti || ||
12. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante yāva subhāsitam
idaü\<*<2>*>/ bhante Bhagavatā || || Dujjānaü kho etaü magārāja
tayā gihinā kāmabhoginā || pe || pa¤¤āvatā no duppa¤¤e-
nā ti || ||
13. Ete bhante mama purisā carā\<*<3>*>/ ocarakā\<*<4>*>/ janapadam
ocaritā\<*<5>*>/ āgacchanti || tehi pathamam ociõõam\<*<6>*>/ ahaü pacchā
osāpayissāmi\<*<7>*>/ ||
14. Idāni te bhante taü rajojallaü pavāhetvā sunhātā
suvilittā kappitakesamassu odātavatthā\<*<8>*>/ pa¤cahi kāmaguõehi
samappitā samaīgibhåtā paricārayissantãti || ||
15. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaü viditvā tāyaü velāyaü
imā gathāyo abhāsi || ||
Na vaõõaråpena naro sujāno ||
na vissase\<*<9>*>/ ittara-dassaõena ||
susa¤¤atānaü\<*<10>*>/ hi viya¤janena ||
asa¤¤atā lokam imaü caranti ||
Patiråpako mattikakuõķalo\<*<11>*>/ va ||
lohaķķhamāso\<*<12>*>/ va suvaõõachanno ||
caranti eke\<*<13>*>/ parivārachannā ||
anto-asuddhā bahi-sobhamānā ti\<*<14>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.2. Pa¤ca-rājāno.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena pa¤cannaü rājånaü Pasenadi-
pamukhānaü pa¤cahi kāma-guõehi samappitānaü samaīgi-
bhåtānaü paricārayamānānaü ayam antarā kathā udapādi || ||
Kin-nu kho kāmānam aggan ti || ||
3. Tatr-ekacce evam āhaüsu || råpā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Ekacce evam ahaüsu || saddā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce
evam evam āhaüsu || gandhā kāmānaü aggan ti || || Ekacce
evam āhaüsu || rasā kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 sakacchā kho-.
    2 So S1; S2-3 omit the word; B. cãdam.
     3 SS. corā.
     4 So B. and C.; S1-3 okacarā; S2 okācarā.
     5 SS. otaritvā.
     6 SS. otãõõam.
     7 S1-2 oyāyissāmi; S3 obhāyissāmi.
     8 SS. odātavatthavasanā.
     9 S1-2 vissahe.
    10 S1-2 susa¤¤ātānaü.
    11 SS. -mattikā-.
    12 SS. lohaddha-.
    13 B. loke.
    14 SS. sobhamāneti.
>/
#<[page 080]>#
%<80                      KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.            [III. 2. 2.>%
āhaüsu || phoņņhabbā kāmānam aggan ti || || Yato kho te
rājāno\<*<1>*>/ nāsakkhiüsu a¤¤aü a¤¤aü sa¤¤āpetuü\<*<2>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho\<*<3>*>/ rājā Pasenadi-kosalo te rājāno etad avoca || ||
âyāma mārisā || yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamissāma || upa-
saīkamitvā Bhagavantam etam atthaü paņipucchissāma\<*<4>*>/ ||
Yathā no Bhagavā byākarissati tathā naü dhāreyyāmā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
5. Evam marisā ti kho te rājāno ra¤¤o Pasenadi-kosalassa
paccassosuü || ||
6. Atha kho te pa¤ca rājāno Pasenadi-pamukhā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhi-
vādetvā ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || ||
7. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Idha bhante amhākaü pa¤cannam
rājånaü pa¤cahi kāmaguõehi samappitānaü samaīgibhåtā-
naü paricārayamānaü ayam antarā kathā udapādi || || Kin-
nu kho kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam āhaüsu || rupā
kāmānam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaüsu || råpā kāmā-
nam aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaüsu || saddā kāmānam
aggan ti || || Ekacce evam ahaüsu gandhā kāmānam aggan-
ti || || Ekacce evam ahaüsu || rasā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Ekacce evam āhaüsu || poņņhabbā kāmānam aggan ti || ||
Kin-nu kho bhante kāmānam aggan ti || ||
8. Manāpa-pariyantam\<*<6>*>/ khvāhaü mahārāja pa¤casu\<*<7>*>/ kā-
maguõesu aggan ti vadāmi || Te ca\<*<8>*>/ mahārāja råpā
ekaccassa\<*<9>*>/ manāpā honti te ca\<*<10>*>/ råpā ekaccassa amanāpā
honti || Yehi ca yo\<*<11>*>/ råpehi attamano hoti paripuõõa-saī-
kappo so tehi råpehi a¤¤aü råpam uttaritaraü\<*<12>*>/ vā paõãta-
taraü vā na pattheti || te tassa råpā paramā honti || te tassa
råpā anuttarā honti || ||
9. Te ca mahārāja saddā || pe || Te\<*<13>*>/ ca mahārāja gandhā ||
Te ca mahārāja rasā || Te ca mahārāja poņņhabbā ekaccassa
manāpā honti\<*<14>*>/ || Te ca poņņhabbā ekaccassa amanāpā honti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 S1-3 mahārājāno.
     2 S2 ¤āpetuü.
     3 S1-3 omit kho.
     4 S3 aroceyyāmā ti; S1 Bhagavantam paņipucchāma; S2 omits the whole
        from Bhaga . . . to . . . ma, the interval remaining empty, white.
     5 B. dhāressāmāti.
     6 SS. manappariyantiü (S3 omitting ü).
     7 S1-3 omit su.
     8 SS. ta¤ce-.
     9 SS. ekassa.
    10 SS. va.
    11 SS. so.
    12 S. uttarãtaram; S2 uttataram (?).
    13 This abridgment is in SS. only.
    14 This phrase is taken up from B. In SS. the full text begins again
        with the next phrase only.
>/
#<[page 081]>#
%<III. 2. 3.]                    DUTIYA- VAGGA 2.          81>%
Yehi ca yo poņņhabbehi attamano hoti paripuõõa-saīkappo ||
so tehi poņņhabbehi a¤¤aü poņņhabbam uttaritaraü vā panã-
tataram vā na pattheti || te tassa poņņhabbā paramā honti ||
te tassa poņņhabbā anuttarā hontãti || ||
10. Tena kho pana samayena Candanaīgaliko\<*<1>*>/ upāsako
tassam parisāyaü nisinno hoti || Atha kho Candanaīgaliko
upāsako uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam uttarāsaīgaü karitvā yena
Bhagavā ten-a¤jalim paõāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Paņibhāti mam Bhagavā patibhāti maü Sugatāti || ||
11. Paņibhātu taü Candanaīgalikāti\<*<2>*>/ Bhagavā avoca || ||
12. Atha kho Candanaīgaliko upāsako Bhagavato sam-
mukhā tad-anuråpāyā gāthāya abhitthavi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Padumaü yathā kokanadaü\<*<4>*>/ sugandhaü ||
pāto siyā phullam avãtagandhaü ||
aīgãrasam passa virocamānaü ||
tapantam ādiccam iv-antalikkhe ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
13. Atha kho te pa¤carājāno Candanaīgalikam upāsakam
pa¤cahi saīgehi acchādesuü || ||
14. Atha kho Candanaīgaliko upāsako tehi pa¤cahi uttarā-
saīgehi Bhagavantam acchādesãti || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.3. Doõapāka.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati || || Tena kho pana samayena rājā
Pasenadi-kosalo doõapākaü sudaü\<*<6>*>/ bhu¤jati || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo bhuttāvã mahassāsã yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā taü rājānaü Pasenadi-kosalaü
bhuttāviü mahassāsiü viditvā tāyaü velāyam imaü gātham
abhāsi ||
Manujassa sadā satãmato ||
mattam jānato laddha-bhojane\<*<7>*>/ ||
tanu tassa\<*<8>*>/ bhavanti vedanā ||
saõikaü jãrati āyu pālayan ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 Candanaīkaliko; S2 Candanaīkalãko; C. Candanaīgaliyo.
     2 S2 Candanaīkaliyāti.
     3 B. abhitthati.
     4 B. kokanudaü.
     5 Quoted Jë.116
     6 C. doõapākasudaü (which it resolves into doõapakaü sudaü);
        B. doõapākakuram.
     7 B. -bhojanaü.
     8 B. tanukassa. All the MSS. have tanu.
     9 See Fausboll's Dhammapadam, p. 356.
>/
#<[page 082]>#
%<82                  KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.             [III. 2. 3.>%
4. Tena kho pana samayena Sudassano mānavo ra¤¤o
Pasenadi-kosalassa piņņhito ņhito hoti || ||
5. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Sudassanaü māõavaü
āmantesi || || Ehi tvam tāta Sudassana Bhagavato santike
imaü gātham pariyāpuõitvā mama bhattābhibāre\<*<1>*>/ bhāsa ||
ahaü ca te devasikaü kahāpaõasataü kahāpaõasatam\<*<2>*>/ nicca-
bhikkhaü pavaņņayissāmãti || ||
6. Evam devāti\<*<3>*>/ kho Sudassano māõavo Pasenadi-kosalassa
paņisunitvā\<*<4>*>/ Bhagavato santike imaü gātham pariyāpuõitvā
ra¤¤o Pasenadi-kosalassa bhattābhihāre sudaü bhāsati || ||
Manujassa\<*<5>*>/ sadā satãmato ||
mattaü jānato laddhabhojane\<*<6>*>/ ||
tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā ||
saõikam jãrati āyu pālayan ti || ||
7. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo anupubbena nāëikodana-
paramatāya saõņhāsi || ||
8. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo aparena samayena salli-
khita-gatto\<*<7>*>/ pāõinā gattāni anumajjanto tāyaü velāyaü
imaü udānam udānesi || ||
Ubhayena vata maü so Bhagavā atthena anukampi ||
diņņhadhammikena c-eva samparāyikena cā ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.4,5. Saīgāme dve vuttāni.>#
Sāvatthiyaü viharati.


#<SN_1.3,2.4.>#
1. Atha kho rājā Māgadho Ajātasattu\<*<9>*>/ vedehiputto catu-
raīginiü senaü sannayhitvā\<*<10>*>/ rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsã ||
2. Assosi kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo || rājā kira māgadho
Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaīginiü senam sannayhitvā\<*<11>*>/
mamaü abbhuyyāto yena Kāsãti || ||
3. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaīginiü senaü
sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattuü vedehi-puttam
paccuyyāsi yena Kāsã || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. repeats bhattābhihāre; S1-2 mama bhihāre; S2 mama bhihāro.
     2 S1-2 do not repeat kahāpaõasataü.
     3 SS paramam hoti.
     4 SS. paņissutvā.
     5 SS. maõujassa.
     6 B. satimato (here and above) . . . bhojanam.
     7 B. su-sallikhita-.
     8 S2 samparayike cā ti; S1 samparayikenācāti. For the whole cf.
        Dhammapada, p. 355-7 (v.204).
     9 B. Ajātasatthu, always.
    10 S1 sannayahitvā; S2 sanyahitvā.
    11 S1-2 sannayahitvā.
>/
#<[page 083]>#
%<III. 2. 5.]                 DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.              83>%
4. Atha kho rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā
ca Pasenadi-kosalo saīgāmesuü || || Tena kho pana saīgāme
rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājānam Passenadi-
kosalam parājesi || parājito ca rājā Pasenadi kosalo sakam eva
rājadhānim\<*<1>*>/ Sāvatthim\<*<2>*>/ pāyāsi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå pubbaõha-samayaü nivā-
setvā patta-cãvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piõķāya pāvisiüsu\<*<4>*>/ ||
Sāvatthiyam piõķāya caritvā\<*<5>*>/ pacchābhattam piõķapāta-
paņikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || Upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdiüsu ||
ekam antaü nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad
avocuü || ||
6. Idha bhante rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehã-putto
caturāīginiü senaü sannayhitvā\<*<6>*>/ rājānaü Passenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsã || || Assosi kho bhante rājā Passenadi-
kosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto catu-
raīginiü senaü sannayhitvā mamaü abbhuyyāto yena
Kāsãti || || Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo catu-
raīginiü senaü sannayhitvā rājānaü Māgadham Ajāta-
sattum vedehi-puttam paccuyyāsã yena Kāsã || || Atha kho
bhante rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājā ca
Pasenadi-kosalo saīgāmesuü || || Tasmiü kho pana\<*<7>*>/ sagāme
rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto rājānam Pasenadi-
kosalam parājesi || parājito ca bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo
sakam eva rājadhānim\<*<8>*>/ Sāvatthim paccuyyāsãti || ||
7. Rājā\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhave māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
pāpa-mitto pāpasahāyo pāpa-sampavaīko || rājā ca\<*<10>*>/ bhikkhave
Pasenadi-kosalo kalyāõa-mitto kalyāõa-sahāyokalyāõa-sampa-
vaīko || ajjata¤ ca\<*<11>*>/ bhikkhave rājā Pasenadi-kosalo imaü
rattiü dukkhaü sessati\<*<12>*>/ parājito ti || ||
Jayaü veraü pasavati || dukkhaü seti parājito ||
upasanto sukham seti || hitvā jayam parājayan ti\<*<13>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.5.>#
8. Atha kho rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto catu-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. saīgāmā rājaņhāniü. 
     2 S1 adds yaü.
     3 B. paccuyyāsi.
     4 S2-3 pavisiüsu; B. cariüsu.
     5 SS. pavisitvā.
     6 S2 sannayahitvā.
     7 B. adds bhante.
     8 B. saīgāma rājaņhānim as above.
     9 S3 adds hi.
    10 B. adds kho.
    11 B. ajjeva.
    12 B. seti.
    13 See Dhammapadam, v. 201; and the commentary, p. 353.
>/
#<[page 084]>#
%<84                       KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.          [III. 2. 5.>%
raīginiü senaü sannayhitvā\<*<1>*>/ rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsã || ||
9. Assosi kho rājā Passenadi-kosalo || rājā kira māgadho
Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaīginiü senaü sannayhitvā\<*<2>*>/
mamaü abbhuyāto yena Kāsã ti || ||
10. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaīginiü senaü
sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam
paccuyyāti yena Kāsã ||
11. Atha kho rājā ca māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saīgāmesuü || || Tasmiü kho pana
saīgāme rājā Pasenadi-kosalo rājanaü māgadhaü Ajāta-
sattum vedehi-puttam parājesi jãvagāhaü ca nam agga-
hesi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
12. Atha kho\<*<4>*>/ ra¤¤o Pasenadi-kosalassa etad ahosi || ||
Ki¤cāpi kho myāyam\<*<5>*>/ rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
adubbhantassa\<*<6>*>/ dubbhati || atha ca pana me bhāgineyyo
hoti || yaü nånāham ra¤¤o māgadhassa Ajātasattusso\<*<7>*>/ vedehi-
puttassa sabbaü hatthi-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbam assa-
kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbaü ratha-kāyam pariyādiyitvā
sabbam patti-kāyam pariyādiyitvā jãvantam eva nam ossaj-
jeyyan ti || ||
13. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo ra¤¤o māgadhassa
Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbam hatthi-kāyam patriyā-
diyitvā || pe || jãvantam eva nam ossajji\<*<8>*>/ || ||
14. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå pubbaõhasamayaü
nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piõķāya pāvisiüsu\<*<9>*>/ ||
Sāvatthiyam piõķāya caritvā\<*<10>*>/ pacchābhattam piõķapāta-
paņikkantā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || Upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam nisãdiüsu ||
Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad
avocuü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 sannayahitvā.
     2 S1 sannayihitvā; S2 sannayahitvā here and in the next paragraph.
     3 S1 aggahehi.
     4 SS. omit Atha kho.
     5 S3 mayaü.
     6 S2 dubbhantassa; S3 abbhantassa.
     7 SS. Ajātasattussa.
     8 So B. and S3 (except the abridgment which is in S3 only); but S1-2
        intermingle this and the preceding paragraph, suppressing the last
        word of the first and retaining only the last of the second.
        S2 has: jãvantam eva nam ossajji (or ossaji); S1 jãvantam eva naü
        mevanaü ossaji (from the first jãvantaü); S3 has ossajeyyan-ti . . .
        ossajã as B.
     9 S1-3 pavisiüsu.
    10 S1-3 pavisitvā.
>/
#<[page 085]>#
%<III. 2. 5.]                    DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.           85>%
15. Idha bhante rājā māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto
caturaīginiü senaü sannayhitvā rājānaü Pasenadi-kosalam
abbhuyyāsi yena Kāsã || Assosi kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-
kosalo || rājā kira māgadho Ajātasattu vedehi-putto caturaīgi-
niü senaü sannayhitvā mamaü abbhuyāto yena Kāsã ti || ||
Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo caturaīginiü senaü
sannayhitvā rājānam māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam
paccuyyāsi\<*<1>*>/ || || Atha kho bhante rājā ca māgadho Ajāta-
sattu vedehi-putto rājā ca Pasenadi-kosalo saīgāmesuü || ||
Tasmiü kho pana\<*<2>*>/ saīgāme rājā Pasenasi-kosalo rājānam
māgadham Ajātasattum vedehi-puttam parājesi jãvagāha¤ ca
nam aggahesi\<*<3>*>/ || || Atha kho bhante ra¤¤o Pasenadi-kosa-
lassa etad ahosi || Ki¤cāpi kho myāyam rājā māgadho Ajāta-
sattu vedehi-putto adubbhantassa\<*<4>*>/ dubbhati || atha va pana
me bhāgineyyo hoti || yaü nånāham ra¤¤o māgadhassa
Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbaü hatthi-kāyam paridā-
yitvā || sabbam assa-kāyam || sabbaü ratha-kāyam || sabbam
patti-kāyam paridāyitvā jãvantam eva nam ossajjeyyan ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Atha kho bhante rājā Pasenadi-kosalo ra¤¤o māgadhassa
Ajātasattuno vedehi-puttassa sabbaü hatthi-kāyam pariyādi-
yitvā sabbam assa-kāyam pariyādiyitvā sabbaü rathā-kāyam
pariyādiyitvā sabbam patti-kāyam pariyādiyitvā jãvantam eva
nam\<*<6>*>/ ossajjãti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
16. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaü viditvā tāyaü velayam
imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Vilumpateva puriso || yāvassa upakappati ||
yadā c-a¤¤e\<*<8>*>/ vilumpanti || so vilutto vilumpati ||
ņhānaühi ma¤¤ati\<*<9>*>/ bālo || yāva pāpaü na paccati ||
yadā ca paccati pāpam\<*<10>*>/ || atha bālo dukkham nigacchati || ||
hantā labhati\<*<11>*>/ hantāram || jetāram labhati\<*<12>*>/ jāyaü ||
akkosako ca akkosaü || rosetāra¤ ca rosako\<*<13>*>/ ||
atha kamma-vivaņņena || so vilutto vilumpatãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. adds yena kāsã.
     2 B. adds bhante.
     3 S1 aggahehi as above.
     4 SS. adubbhassa.
     5 S3 ossajeyyan.
     6 B. omits nam.
     7 S1-3 (perhaps2) ossajãti.
     8 S3 yadācaü¤ā-; S2 yadācakkho¤¤ā vilumpanti.
     9 S1-3 ma¤¤atã; S2 ma¤¤atãti.
    10 See Dhammapada, v. 69.
    11 SS. labhati hantā.
    12 SS labhate.
    13 S3 rosato paņirosako; S1-2 rosato pacarosako.
>/
#<[page 086]>#
%<86                        KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.         [III. 2. 6.>%


#<SN_1.3,2.6. Dhitā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3. Atha kho a¤¤ataro puriso yena rājā Pasenādi-kosalo
ten-upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā ra¤¤o Pasenadi-kosalassa
upakaõõake ārocesi || Mallikā deva\<*<1>*>/ devã dhãtaraü vi-
jātā ti || ||
4. Evam vutte rājā Pasenadi-kosalo anattamano ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam anatta-
manataü\<*<2>*>/ viditvā tāyam velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Itthãpi hi ekaccã\<*<3>*>/ yā || seyyo\<*<4>*>/ posā\<*<5>*>/ jānādhipa ||
medhāvinã sãlavatã || sassu-deva patibbatā || ||
tassā yo jāyati poso || såro hoti disampati ||
tādiso subhariyā\<*<6>*>/ putto || rajjam pi anusāsatã ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.7. Appamāda (1)>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Ekam antam nisãdi || || Ekam antam nisinno kho rājā
Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Atthi nu kho
bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe samadhiggayha\<*<8>*>/ tiņņhati
diņņhadhammikaü c-eva atthaü samparāyikaü cā ti || ||
3. Atthi kho mahārāja eko dhammo yo ubho samadhigga-
yha tiņņhati diņņhadhammikaü c-eva atthaü samparāyikaü
cā ti || ||
4. Katamo pana bhante eko dhammo yo ubho atthe sama-
dhiggayha tiņņhati diņņhadhammikaü c-eva atthaü samparā-
yikaü cā ti || ||
5. Appamādo kho mahārāja eko dhammo ubho atthe sama-
dhigghayha tiņņhati diņņhadhammikaü c-eva atthaü sampa-
rāyikaü cā ti\<*<9>*>/ || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja yāni kānici jaīga-
mānam\<*<10>*>/ pāõānam padajatāni sabbāni tāni hatthipade samo-
dhānaü gacchanti || hatthipadaü tesam aggam akkhāyati
yad idam mahantena\<*<11>*>/ || evam eva kho mahārāja eko dhammoū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. omit deva.
     2 So B; S1-2; S3 anatta¤canaü.
     3 All the MSS. ekacci.
     4 C. seyyā.
     5 C. seems to read posā; B., SS posa.
     6 S2 B. tadisā; SS. subhagiyā.
     7 B. anussāsatãti.
     8 B samadhigayha; C. samatigeyha.
     9 S1 adds āyum ārogyaü vaõõaü.
    10 B. jaīgalānam.
    11 B. mahantaņņhena.
>/
#<[page 087]>#
%<III. 2. 8.]              DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.               87>%
ubho atthe samadhiggayha tiņņhati diņņhadhammikaü c-eva
atthaü samparāyikam cā ti || ||
6. âyum ārogiyaü\<*<1>*>/ vaõõaü || saggam uccākulãnataü\<*<2>*>/ ||
ratiyo patthayantena\<*<3>*>/ || uëārā aparāparā || ||
appamādam pasaüsanti || pu¤¤akiriyāsu paõķitā ||
appamatto ubho atthe || adhigaõhāti paõķito ||
diņņhe dhamme ca yo attho || yo c-attho samparāyiko || ||
atthābhisamayā dhãro || paõķito ti pavuccatãti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.8. Appamāda (2).>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati || ||
2. Ekam antam nisãdi || Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā
Pasenadi-kosalo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Idha mayham bhante rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evam ce-
taso parivitakko udapādi || Svākhyāto\<*<5>*>/ Bhagavatā dhammo ||
so ca kho kalyāõa-mittassa kalyāõa-sahāyassa kalyāõa-sampa-
vaīkassa || no pāpa-mittassa no papa-sahāyassa no pāpa-
sampavaīkassā ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
3. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || svākhyāto
mahārāja mayā dhammo || so ca kho kalyāõa-mittassa kalyāõa-
sahāyassa kalyāõa-sampavaīkassa || no pāpa-mittassa no pāpa-
sahāyassa no pāpa-sampavaīkassā ti || ||
4. Ekam idāhaü\<*<7>*>/ mahārāja samayam Sakkesu\<*<8>*>/ viharāmi
Sakyānaü\<*<9>*>/ nigame\<*<10>*>/ || ||
5. Atho kho mahārāja ânando bhikkhu yenāhaü ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā maü abhivādetvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || Ekam antam nisinno kho mahārāja ânando bhikkhu
mam etad avoca || || Upaķķham idam bhante brahmacari-
yassa yad idaü kalyāõa-mittatā kalyāõa-sahāyatā kalyāõa-
sampavaīkatā ti || ||
6. Evam vuttāham mahārāja\<*<11>*>/ ânandam bhikkhum etad
avocam\<*<12>*>/ || Mā h-evam ânanda mā h-evam ânanda || saka-
lam eva h-idam ânanda\<*<13>*>/ brahmacariyaü yad idaü kalyāõa-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. āroggiyaü.
     2 S1 ubba (ucca?) kuli-; B. uccākuli-.
     3 So B. and C.; SS. patthayānena; SS. -kiriyāsu.
     4 Already published (Journal Assiatique, Janvier, 1873, p. 59-60).
     5 SS. svākkhāto here and further on.
     6 B. sampavaīkassa.
     7 So all the MSS.
     8 S1 adds nāgarakaõõā; S2-3 nāgarakaü.
     9 S2 omits sakyānaü.
    10 B. nigāmo; S1 nigamo; S3 gāme; S2 game. The true reading of
        the whole is sakkaraü nāma sakyānaü nigame.
    11 S3 etaü mahaü (with erasure); S2 Eva . . . rāja,
        the interval being left empty.
    12 S3 avocuü.
    13 SS. omit ânanda.
>/
#<[page 088]>#
%<88                         KOSALA-SAũYUTTA               [III. 2. 8.>%
mittatā kalyāõa-sahāyatā kalyāõa-sampavaīkatā || kalyaõa-
mittassa etam\<*<1>*>/ ânanda bhikkhuno pāņikaīkhaü kalyāõa-
mittassa kalyāõa-sahāyassa kalyāõa-sampavaīkassa ariyam
aņņhaīgikam maggaü bhāvessati ariyam atthaīgikam maggam
bahulã-karissati\<*<2>*>/ ||
7. Katha¤ ca ânanda bhikkhu kalyāõa-mitto kalyāõa-
sahāyo kalyāõa-sampavaīko ariyam aņņhaīgikaü maggaü
bahulã-karoti || ||
8. Idha ânanda bhikkhu sammā-diņņhim bhāveti viveka-
nissitaü virāga-nissitam nirodha-nissitaü vossaggapari-
õamiü || sammā-saīkappam bhāveti sammāvācam bhāveti ||
sammā-kammantam bhāveti || sammā-ājãvam bhāveti sammā-
vāyāmaü sammā-satim bhāveti || sammā-samādhiü bhāveti
viveka-nissitaü virāga-nissitaü nirodha-nissitaü vossagga-
pariõāmiü || || Evaü kho ânanda bhikkhu kalyāõa-mitto
kalyāõa-sahāyo kalyāõa-sampavaīko ariyam atthaīgikam
maggam bhāveti ariyam atthaīgikam maggam bahulã karoti ||
9. Tad' aminā p-etam ânanda pariyāyena veditabbam ||
yathā sakalam ev-idam brahmacariyaü yad-idam kālyāõa-
mittatā kalyāõa-sahāyatā kalyāõa-sampavaīkatā ti || ||
10. Mamaü hi\<*<3>*>/ ânanda kalyāõa-mittam āgamma jāti-
dhammā sattā jātiyā parimuccanti || jarādhammā sattā jarāya
parimuccanti || vyādhidhammā sattā vyādhiyā\<*<4>*>/ parimuccanti ||
maraõa-dhammā sattā maraõena parimuccanti || soka-pari-
deva-dukkha-domanass-upāyāsa-dhammā sattā soka-parideva-
dukkha-domanass-upāyāsehi parimuccanti\<*<5>*>/ || Iminā kho etam\<*<6>*>/
ânanda pariyāyena veditabbaü || yathā sakalam ev-idaü
brahmacariyaü yad idaü kalyāõa-mittatā kalyāõa-sahāyatā
kalyaõa-sampavaīkatāti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
11. Tasmāt iha te mahārāja evaü sikkhitabbaü || kalyāõa-
mitto bhavissāmi kalyāõa-sahāyo kalyāõa-sampavaīko ti\<*<8>*>/ ||
evaü hi te mahārāja sikkhitabbaü || || Kalyāõa-mittassa te
mahārāja kalyāõa-sahāyassa kalyāõa-sampavaīkassa ayamū
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. -idaü.
     2 SS. -karissatãti.
     3 SS. omit hi.
     4 B. vyādhito.
     5 SS. parimuccantãti.
     6 SS. evaü.
     7 This intercalated sutta is the second of the first vaggo of the
        Magga-Saüyutta (the first of the fifth and last section of this
        Nikāya,-- the Mahāvaggo); it is entitled Upaķķha. Already
        published (Journal Asiatique, Janvier, 1873, p. 55, 6).
     8 All this phrase is omitted by S3.
>/
#<[page 089]>#
%<III. 2. 9.]                DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.               89>%
eko dhammo upanissāya vihātabbo appamādo kusalesu
dhammesu || ||
12. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam
upanissāya itthāgārassa evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho
appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || handa mayam
pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissayā ti || ||
13. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam
upanissāya khattiyānam pi anuyuttānaü\<*<1>*>/ evam bha-
vissati || || Rājā kho appamatto viharati appamādam
upanissāya || || Handa mayam pi appamattā viharāma
appamādam upanissāyā ti || ||
14. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upanis-
sāya negamajānapadassa\<*<2>*>/ pi evam bhavissati || || Rājā kho
appamatto viharati appamādam upanissāya || handa mayam
pi appamattā viharāma appamādam upanissāyā ti || ||
15. Appamattassa te mahārāja viharato appamādam upani-
ssāya attā pi gutto rakkhito bhavissati || itthāgāram pi guttaü
rakkhitam bhavissati || kosakoņņhāgāram pi\<*<3>*>/ guttaü rakkhi-
tam bhavissatãti || ||
16. Bhoge patthayamānena || uëāre aparāpare ||
appamādam pasaüsanti || pu¤¤a-kriyāsu\<*<4>*>/ paõķitā ||
appamatto ubho atthe || adhigaõhāti paõķito ||
diņņhe dhamme ca yo attho || yo c-attho samparāyiko ||
atthābhisamayādhãro || paõķito ti pavuccatãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,2.9. Aputtaka (10).>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo divādivassa yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatam abhivā-
detvā ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho
rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa
kuto nu tvam mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassā ti || ||
3. Idha bhante Sāvatthiyam seņņhi gahapati kālakato\<*<6>*>/ ||
tam aham aputtakam sāpateyyam rājantepuram atiharitvā
āgacchāmi || asãti\<*<7>*>/ bhante satasahassāni hira¤¤ass-eva || koū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. anuyantānam (Cf. Devaputta-S. III. 3. 5) omitted by S2.
     2 B. nigamajanapadassa.
     3 S2-3 omit kosa.
     4 SS. kiriyāsu.
     5 Already published (Journal Asiatique, Janv. 1874, p. 80-1).
     6 B. kālaükato here and further on.
     7 B. adds ca.
>/
#<[page 090]>#
%<90                      KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.             [III. 2. 9>%
pana vādo råpiyassa || || Tassa kho pana bhante seņņhissa gaha-
patissa evaråpo bhattabhogo ahosi || kaõājakam\<*<1>*>/ bhu¤jati
bilaīgadutiyaü || || Evaråpo vatthabhogo ahosi || sāõaü dhā-
reti tipakkhavasaõaü\<*<2>*>/ || || Evaråpo yānabhogo ahosi || jajja-
rarathakena yāti paõõacchattakena dhārãyamānenā ti || ||
4. Evam etaü mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || asappuriso
kho mahārāja uëāre bhoge labhitvā n-ev-attānam\<*<3>*>/ sukheti
pãneti || na mātapitaro sukheti pãneti || na puttadāram sukheti
pãneti || na dāsa-kammakaraporise sukheti pãneti || na mittā-
macce sukheti pãneti\<*<4>*>/ || na samaõa-brāhmaõesu\<*<5>*>/ uddhaggi-
kaü\<*<6>*>/ dakkhiõaü patiņņhāpeti sovaggikaü sukhavipākaü
saggasaüvattanikaü || || Tassa te bhoge evaü sammā apari-
bhu¤jamāne rājāno vā haranti || corā vā haranti || aggi vā
ķahati\<*<7>*>/ || udakam vā vahati || appiyā vā dāyadā\<*<8>*>/ haranti || ||
Evaü sante\<*<9>*>/ mahārāja bhogā sammā aparibhu¤jamānā
parikkhayaü gacchanti no paribhogaü ||
5. Seyyathāpi mahārāja amanussaņņhāne pokkharanã accho-
dakā\<*<10>*>/ sãtodakā\<*<11>*>/ sātodakā\<*<12>*>/ setakā\<*<13>*>/ supatitthā\<*<14>*>/ ramaõãyā ||
taü jano\<*<15>*>/ n-eva hareyya na piveyya na nahayeyya na yathā
paccayaü vā kareyya || evaü hi tam mahārāja udakaü sammā
aparibhu¤jiyamānam parikkhayam gaccheyya no paribho-
gaü || || Evaü eva\<*<16>*>/ kho mahārājā asappuriso uëāre bhoge
labhitvā n-ev-attānaü sukheti pãneti\<*<17>*>/ || pe || Evam sante
bhogā sammā aparibhu¤jamānā parikkhayaü gacchanti no
paribhogaü || ||
6. Sappuriso ca kho mahārāja uëāre bhoge labhitvā attānam
sukheti pãneti mātāpitaro sukheti pãneti puttadāraü sukheti
pãneti dāsa-kammakara-porise sukheti pãneti mittāmacce
sukheti pãneti samaõesu brāhmaõesu uddhaggikam dakkhiõaü
patiņņhāpeti sovaggikaü sukhavipākaü saggasaüvattanikaü ||
tassa te bhoge evaü sammāparibhu¤jamāne n-eva rājānoū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 ka (or ta?) õākajakam; C. kāõājakam; B. kaõāekam.
     2 SS. dhāretãtipakkha-.
     3 S3 neva attānam; S2 nevaputtānam.
     4 So S2; S3 pãõeti (twice) pãneti (thrice); B. piõeti;
        S1 pãneti (once) jãõeti (four times).
     5 B. samaõesu brāhmaõesu.
     6 SS. uddhaggiyaü.
     7 S3 dayhati.
     8 SS. add vā.
     9 B. sate.
    10 SS. acchodikā.
    11 S3 sitodikā; S1 sitotādikā.
    12 S1 sātodikā; omitted by S2-3; explained by C.
    13 B. setokā.
    14 S3 āpatiņņhā; S1 ā- corrected in su-.
    15 S1-2 rājāno; S3 mahājano.
    16 S1-2 evam evaü.
    17 B. piõeti; S2 pãõeti (here), pãneti (four times); S1 jãõeti always.
>/
#<[page 091]>#
%<III. 2. 10.]                 DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.               91>%
haranti na corā haranti na aggi ķahati na udakam vahati na
appiyā pi dāyādā haranti || || Evam sante mahārāja bhogā
sammā paribhu¤jamānā paribhogaü gacchanti no pari-
kkhayaü || ||
7. Seyyathāpi mahārāja gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidåre
pokkharaõã acchodakā sãtodakā sātodakā\<*<1>*>/ setakā supatitthā
ramaõãyā || taü ca\<*<2>*>/ jano hareyya pi piveyya pi nahāyeyya pi
yathāpaccayam pi kāreyya || evaü hi taü mahārāja udakam
sammāparibhu¤jamānam\<*<3>*>/ paribhogaü gaccheyya no pari-
kkhayaü\<*<4>*>/ || || Evam eva kho mahārāja sappuriso uëāre
bhoge labhitvā attānaü sukheti || pe || Evaü sante bhogā
sammā paribhu¤jamānā paribhogaü gacchanti no parikkha-
yan ti || ||
8. Amanussaņņhāne udakaü vasitaü ||
tad apeyyamānam parisosam eti ||
evaü dhanaü kā-puriso labhitvā ||
n-ev-attanā bhu¤jati\<*<5>*>/ no dadāti || ||
dhãro ca vi¤¤å\<*<6>*>/ adhigamma bhoge ||
so bhu¤jati\<*<7>*>/ kiccakaro ca hoti ||
so nātã-saīghaü nisabho bharitvā\<*<4>*>/ ||
anindito saggam upeti ņhānan ti ||


#<SN_1.3,2.10. Aputtaka (20).>#
1. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo divādivassa yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho rājānaü
Pasenadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || handa kuto nu tvaü
mahārāja āgacchasi divādivassā ti || ||
2. Idha bhante Sāvatthiyaü seņņhi-gahapati kālakato ||
tam aham aputtakaü sāpateyyaü rājantepuram atiharitvā
āgacchāmi || sataü bhante satasahassāni\<*<8>*>/ hira¤¤assa || ko pana
vādo råpiyassa || || Tassa kho pana bhante seņņhissa gahapa-
tissa evaråpo bhattabhogo ahosi kaõājakaü bhu¤jati bilaīga-
dutiyaü || || Evaråpo vatthabhogo ahosi || sāõaü dhāreti\<*<9>*>/ ti-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. acchodikā sãtodikā sātodikā; B. -setodākā.
     2 SS. omits ca.
     3 B. bhu¤jiyamānam.
     4 SS. gaccheyyamāno parisosam.
     5 SS. paribhu¤jati.
     6 S1 vi¤¤u.
     6 S1-2 bhu¤jatã.
     7 So S3 only; S1-2 have haritvā; S2 has nisaho (for nisabho);
        B. -saīghe na (or ni?) sabhā caritvā.
     8 SS. -sahassānaü.
     9 SS. dharetã.
>/
#<[page 092]>#
%<92                      KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.              [III. 2. 10.>%
pakkhavasanam || Evaråpo yāna-bhogo ahosi || jajjararathakena
yāti paõõachattakena dhāriyamānenā ti || ||
3. Evam etaü mahārāja evam etam mahārāja || bhåta-
pubbaü so mahārāja seņņhi gahapati Taggarasikkhiü\<*<1>*>/ nāma
paccekabuddhaü\<*<2>*>/ piõķapātena paņipādesi detha samaõassa
piõķan ti vatvā uņņhāyāsanā pakkāmi datvā ca pana pacchā
vippaņisārã ahosi || varaü etaü piõķapātaü dāsā vā kamma-
karā vā bhu¤jeyyun ti\<*<3>*>/ || bhātu ca pana ekaputtaü\<*<4>*>/ sāpa-
teyyassa kāraõā jãvitā voropesi || ||
4. Yaü kho so mahārāja seņņhi-gahapati Tagarasikhim\<*<5>*>/
paccekabuddham piõķapātena paņipādesi || tassa kammassa
vipākena\<*<6>*>/ sattakhattum sugatiü saggaü lokam uppajji\<*<7>*>/ ||
tass-eva kammassa vipākāvasesena imissā yeva Sāvatthiyā
sattakkhattuü seņņhittam\<*<8>*>/ kāresi || ||
5. Yaü kho so mahārāja seņņhi gahapati datvā pacchā
vippaņisārã ahosi || varam etaü piõķapātaü dāsā vā kamma-
karā vā bhu¤jeyyun ti\<*<9>*>/ || tassa kammassa vipākena nāss-
uëārāya bhatta-bogāya cittaü namati || nāssuëārāya vattha-
bhogāya cittaü namati || nāssuëārāya yāna-bhogāya cittaü
namati || nāss-uëārāõaü pa¤cannaü kāma-gunānaü bhogāya
cittaü namati ||
6. Yaü kho so mahārāja seņņhi gahapati bhātuca\<*<10>*>/ pana
ekaputtakaü\<*<11>*>/ sāpateyyassa kāraõā jãvitā voropesi || tassa
kammassa vipākena bahåni vassāni bahåni vassa-satāni\<*<12>*>/
bahåni vassa-sahassāni bahåni vassa-sata-sahassāni niraye
paccittha || tass-eva kammassa vipākāvasesena idam\<*<13>*>/ sattamam
aputtakaü sāpateyyaü rāja\<*<14>*>/-kosam paveseti\<*<15>*>/ || tassa kho
pana\<*<16>*>/ mahārāja seņņhissa gahapatissa\<*<17>*>/ purāõaü ca pu¤¤aü
parikkhãõaü nava¤ ca pu¤¤aü anupacitaü || || Ajja pana
mahārāja seņņhi gahapati Mahāroruva-niraye paccatãti || ||
7. Evaü bhante seņņhi gahapati Mahāroruvaü nirayam
uppanno\<*<18>*>/ ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Taggara-; S1 Nagara-; S2 Gara-.
     2 B. paccekasambuddham here and further on.
     3 S1-2 bhu¤jeyyanti.
     4 S1-2 bhātucca; S3 ekaputtakam; B. ekamputtakam.
     5 SS. Tagarasikhiü (S1 Nagara-); B. Taggarasikhiü (as above)
     6 S2-3 kammavipākena.
     7 B. upapajji.
     8 S2-3 seņņhattam; B. seņņhaggam.
     9 S1 bhu¤jeyyanti.
    10 SS. bhātucca.
    11 B. ekam-.
    12 SS. omit vassasatāni.
    13 SS. idha.
    14 S1 rājā.
    15 B pavesanti; S2 pasevaseti.
    16 B. omits pana.
    17 S2-3 omit seņņhissa ga-.
    18 B. upapanno.
>/
#<[page 093]>#
%<III. 3. 1.]            TATIYA-VAGGA 3.               93>%
8. Evam mahārāja seņņhi gahapati Mahāroruve niraye\<*<1>*>/
uppanno ti || ||
9. Dha¤¤aü dhanaü rajataü jātaråpaü ||
pariggahaü vā pi\<*<2>*>/ yad atthi ki¤ci ||
dāsā kammakarā pessā\<*<3>*>/ ye c-assa\<*<4>*>/ anujãvino ||
sabbaü nādāya gantabbaü ||sabbaü nikkhippa\<*<5>*>/-gā-
minaü || ||
10. Ya¤ ca karoti kāyena || vācāya uda cetasā ||
taü hi tassa sakaü hoti || ta¤ca ādāya gacchati ||
ta¤c-assa anugaü hoti || chāyā va anapāyinã\<*<6>*>/ || ||
11. Tasmā kareyya kalyāõam || nicayaü samparāyikaü ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti ||
Dutiyo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Jāņilā\<*<8>*>/ pa¤carājāno || Doõapākakurena ca\<*<9>*>/ ||
Saīgāmena\<*<10>*>/ dve vuttāni || Dhitarā dve Appamadena ca ||
Aputtakena dve vuttā || vaggo tena vuccatãti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGA.>#


#<SN_1.3,3.1. Puggala.11>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Atha kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || || Ekam antam nisinnaü kho rājānam Pase-
nadi-kosalam Bhagavā etad avoca || || Cattāro me mahārāja
puggalā santo {saüvijjamānā} lokasmiü || ||
3. Katame cattāro || || Tamo tama-parāyano || tamo joti-
parāyano || Joti tama-parāyano || Joti joti-parāyano || ||
4. Katha¤ca mahārājā puggalo tamo tama-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo nãce kule paccājāto hoti
caõķāla-kule vā veõa-kule vā nesāda-kule vā rathakāra-kule
vā pukkusa-kule vā dalidde\<*<12>*>/ app-anna-pāna-bhojane kasiraū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 -roruvaniraye; B. roruvaünirayaü upapannoti.
     2 B. pã; S1-3 cāpi.
     3 B. pesā.
     4 SS. ye vassa.
     5 B. nikkhãpa; C. nikkhepa.
     6 B. anupāyinã.
     7 See above, I. 4.
     8 S2 Jaņilo; S1-lā.
     9 SS. doõa.
    10 SS. Saīgāme.
    11 Most of this chapter recurs in the Puggala, IV. 19.
    12 SS. daëidde.
>/
#<[page 094]>#
%<94                     KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.           [III. 3. 1.>%
vuttike || yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo labbhati || || so ca
hoti dubbaõõo duddasiko okoņimako bahvābādho || kāõo vā
hoti kuõã vā kha¤jo vā pakkhahato vā || na lābhã annassa
pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyāvasa-
thapadãpeyyassa || || So kāyena duccaritaü carati || vācāya
duccaritaü carati || manasā duccaritaü carati || || so kāyena
duccaritam caritā vācāya duccaritam caritvā manasā duccari-
taü caritvā kāyassa bhedā param maraõā apāyaü duggatiü
vinipātaü uppajjati\<*<1>*>/ || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso andha-
kārā vā andhakāraü gaccheya || tamā vā tamaü gaccheyya ||
lohita-malā vā lohita-malaü vā gaccheyya || tathåpamāhaü
mahārāja imaü puggalaü vadāmi || || Evam mahārāja
puggalo tamo tama-parāyano hoti || ||
5. Katha¤ ca mahārāja puggalo tamo joti-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo nãce kule paccājāto hoti
caõķāla-kule va vena-kule vā nesāda-kule vā rathakāra-kule
vā pukkusa-kule vā dalidde app-anna-pāna-bhojane kasira-
vuttike || yattha kasirena ghāsacchādo\<*<2>*>/ labbhati || || so ca
hoti dubbaõõo duddasiko okoņimako bahvābādho || kāõo va
kuõã vā kha¤jo vā pakkhahato vā || na lābhã annassa pānassa
vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-
padãpeyyassa || || So kāyena sucaritaü carati vācāya suca-
ritaü carati manasā sucaritaü carati || so kāyena sucaritaü
caritvā vācāya sucaritaü caritvā manasā sucaritaü caritvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam uppaj-
jati || || Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pathaviyā vā pallaīkam
āroheyya || pallaīkā vā\<*<3>*>/ assapiņņhim āroheyya || assa-piņņhiyā
vā hatthikkhandham āroheyya hatthikkhandhā vā\<*<4>*>/ pāsādam
āroheyya || tathåpamāhaü mahārāja imam puggalaü va-
dāmi || || Evaü kho mahārāja puggalo tamo joti-parāyano
hoti || ||
6. Katha¤ ca mahārāja puggalo joti tama-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti ||
khattiya-mahāsāla-kule vā brāhmaõa-mahāsāla-kule vā gaha-
pati-mahāsāla-kule vā aķķhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pa-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. upapajjati always.
     2 S1-2 -ghāsacchādano.
     3 S1-2 pallaīkaü vā.
     4 S2 hatthikkhandhaü vā.
>/
#<[page 095]>#
%<III. 3. 1.]                    TATIYA-VAGGA 3.           95>%
håta-jātaråpa-rajate pahåta-vittåpakaraõe\<*<1>*>/ pahåta-dhana-
dha¤¤e || So ca hoti abhiråpo dassanãyo pāsādiko paramāya
vaõõa-pokkharatāya samannāgato || lābhã annassa pānassa
vatthassa yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-
padãpeyyassa || || So kāyena duccaritaü carati || vācāya
duccaritaü carati vācāya duccaritaü carati manasā duccari-
taü carati || so kāyena duccaritaü caritvā vācāya duccaritam
caritvā manasā duccaritaü caritvā kāyassa bhedā param
maranā apāyaü duggatim vinipātaü nirayam uppajjati ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pāsādā vā hatthikkandham
oroheyya || hatthikkhandhā vā assa-piņņhim oroheyya || assa-
piņņhiyā vā\<*<2>*>/ pallaīkam oroheyya pallaīkā vā pathaviü\<*<3>*>/
oroheyya pathaviyā vā andhakāraü oroheyya\<*<4>*>/ || tathåpamā-
haü mahārāja imam puggalaü vadāmi || || Evam kho ma-
hārāja puggalo joti tama-parāyano hoti || ||
7. Katha¤ ca mahārāja puggalo joti joti-parāyano hoti || ||
Idha mahārāja ekacco puggalo ucce kule paccājāto hoti ||
khattiya-mahāsāla kule vā brāhmaõa-mahāsāla-kule vā gaha-
pati-mahāsāla kule vā aķķhe mahaddhane mahābhoge pahåta-
jātaråpa-rajate pahåta-vittå-pakaraõe pahåta-dhana-dha¤¤e ||
so ca hoti abhiråpo dassanãyo pāsādiko paramāya vaõõa-
pokkharatāya samannāgato || labhã annassa pānassa vatthassa
yānassa mālā-gandha-vilepanassa seyyāvasatha-padãpey-
yassa || || So kāyena sucaritaü carati vācāya sucaritaü ca-
rati manasā sucaritaü carati || so kāyena sucaritaü caritvā
vācāya sucaritaü caritvā manasā sucaritaü caritvā kāyassa
bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggam lokam uppajjati ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja puriso pallaīkā vā\<*<5>*>/ pallaīkaü saīka-
meyya || assappiņņhiyā va assa-piņņhiü saīkameyya || hatthi-
kkhandhā vā\<*<6>*>/ hatthikkhandhaü saīkameyya || pāsādā va
pāsādam saīkameyya || tathåpamāham mahārāja imam pugga-
laü vadāmi || || Evaü kho mahārāja puggalo joti joti-
parāyano hoti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. -vatthupakaraõe here and further on.
     2 SS. omit vā.
     3 SS. pathaviyaü.
     4 B. paviseyya.
     5 S1-2 pallankaü vā.
     6 S1-2 hatthikkhandhaü vā.
>/
#<[page 096]>#
%<96                     KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.              [III. 3. 1>%
8. Ime kho mahārāja puggalā santo saüvijjamānā lo-
kasmiü || ||
9. Daliddo puriso rāja || assaddho hoti maccharã ||
kadariyo pāpa-saīkappo || micchā-diņņhi anādaro || ||
samaõe brāhmaõe vāpi || a¤¤e vā pi vanibbake\<*<1>*>/ ||
akkosati\<*<2>*>/ paribhāsati || natthiko hoti rosako || ||
dadamānam nivāreti || yācamānānaü\<*<3>*>/ bhojanaü ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mãyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti nirayaü ghoraü || tamo-tama-parāyano || ||
10. Daliddo puriso rāja || saddho hoti amaccharã ||
dadāti seņņha-saīkappo || avyagga-manaso naro || ||
samaõe brāhmaõe vā pi || a¤¤e vā pi vanibbake ||
uņņhāya abhivādeti || samacariyāya sikkhati ||
dadamānaü na vāreti\<*<4>*>/ || yācamānānaü bhojanam\<*<5>*>/ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mãyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti tidivaü ņhānaü || tamo-joti-parāyano || ||
11. Aķķho ve\<*<6>*>/ puriso rāja || assaddho hoti maccharã ||
kadariyo pāpa-saīkappo || micchā-diņņhi anādaro || ||
samaõe brāhmaõe vā pi || a¤¤e vā pi vanibbake ||
akkosati paribhāsati || natthiko hoti rosako ||
dadamānaü nivāreti || yācamānānaü bhojanaü ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mãyamāno jarādhipa ||
upeti nirayaü ghoraü || joti-tama-parāyano || ||
12. Aķķho ve puriso\<*<7>*>/ rāja || saddho hoti amaccharã ||
dadāti seņņha-saīkappo || abyaggamanaso naro
samaõe brāhmaõe vā pi || a¤¤evāpi vanibbake ||
uņņhāya abhivādeti || samacariyāya sikkhati || ||
dadamānam na vāreti\<*<8>*>/ || yācamānānam bhojanam\<*<9>*>/ ||
tādiso puriso rāja || mãyamāno janādhipa ||
upeti tidivaü ņhānaü || joti-joti-parāyano ti || ||


#<SN_1.3,3.2. Ayyakā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho rājānaü Pasenadi-kosalaüū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. vaõibbake always.
     2 S2 a¤¤esati; S1-3 also, but with erasement of ¤¤o.
        and interlinear adjunction of kho.
     3 S1-3 yācamānāna bho- always; S2 three times.
     4 SS. dadamānam nivāreti (S3 adds na under the line before nivāreti).
     5 S2 yācamānā bho-.
     6 SS. omit ve here and further on.
     7 SS. omit ve, add mahā.
     8 Same remarks as above.
     9 B. yācamānāna bho-.
>/
#<[page 097]>#
%<III. 3. 2.]                  TATIYA-VAGGA 3.             97>%
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto nu tvaü mahārāja
āgacchasi divādivassāti || ||
3. Ayyakā\<*<1>*>/ me bhante kālakatā\<*<2>*>/ jiõõā vuķķhā\<*<3>*>/ mahallikā
addhagatā vayo anuppattā vãsa-vassa-satikā jātiyā\<*<4>*>/ || ||
4. Ayyakā kho pana me bhante piyā ahosi\<*<5>*>/ manāpā || ||
Hatthi-ratanena ce pāham\<*<6>*>/ bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā
kālam akāsãti || hatthiratanam pāham dadeyyam mā me
ayyakā kālam akāsãti || || Assa-ratanena ce pāham bhante
labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsãti || assa-ratanam
pāham dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam akāsãti || || Gāma-
varena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me ayyakā kālam
akāsãti || gāma-varam pāhaü dadeyyam mā me ayyakā kālam
akāsãti || || Janapadena ce pāham bhante labheyyam mā me
ayyakā kālam akāsãti || janapadam pāhaü dadeyyam mā me
ayyakā kālam akāsãti || ||
5. Sabbe sattā mahārāja maraõa-dhammā maraõa-pariyo-
sānā maraõam anatãtā ti || ||
6. Acchariyam bhante abbhutam bhante || yāva subhāsitam
idam\<*<7>*>/ bhante Bhagavatā || sabbe sattā maraõa-dhammā
maraõa-pariyosānā maraõam anatãtā ti || ||
7. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja sabbe sattā
maraõa-dhammā maraõa-pariyosānā maraõam anatãtā ti || ||
Seyyathāpi mahārāja yāni kānici kumbhakāraka-bhājanāni
āmakāni c-eva pakkāni ca || sabbāni tāni bhedana-dhammāni
bhedana-pariyosānāni bhedanam anatãtāni || evam eva kho
mahārāja sabbe sattā maraõa-dhammā maraõa-pariyosānā
maraõam anatãtā ti || ||
8. Sabbe sattā marissanti || maraõantaü hi jãvitam ||
yathā kammaü gamissanti || pu¤¤a-pāpa-phalåpagā\<*<8>*>/ || ||
nirayam pāpa-kammantā || pu¤¤a-kammā ca\<*<9>*>/ sugga-
tiü\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Tasmā kareyya kalyāõam || nicayam samparāyikaü ||
pu¤¤āni paralokasmiü || patiņņhā honti pāõinan ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. ayyikā always.
     2 B. kālaü katā
     3 SS. vuddhā.
     4 SS. vãsaü vassa-.
     5 Būoti.
     6 SS. paham always.
     7 cidam.
     8 SS. phalåpagaü.
     9 S2 kammānā (ntā?).
    10 B. S2 sugatiü.
    11 See above, II. 10.
>/
#<[page 098]>#
%<98                   KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.                [III. 3. 3.>%


#<SN_1.3,3.3. Loko.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || Kati nu kho bhante lokassa dhammā
uppajjamānā uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārā-
yāti || ||
3. Tayo kho mahā rāja lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā
uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
4. Katame tayo || || Lobho kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo
uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
Doso kho mahārāja lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati
ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāya || || Moho kho mahārāja
lokassa dhammo uppajjamāno uppajjati ahitāya dukkhāya
aphāsu-vihārāya || ||
5. Ime kho mahārāja tayo lokassa dhammā uppajjamānā
uppajjanti ahitāya dukkhāya aphāsu-vihārāyā ti || ||
6. Lobho doso ca moho ca || purisam pāpa-cetasaü ||
hiüsanti attasambhåtā || tacasāram\<*<1>*>/ va samphalan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.3,3.4. Issattam.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Ekam antaü nisinno kho rājā Pasenadi-kosalo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kattha nu\<*<3>*>/ kho bhante dānaü
dātabban ti || ||
3. Yattha kho mahārāja cittam pasãdatã ti || ||
4. Kattha pana bhante dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
5. A¤¤aü kho etaü mahārāja kattha dānaü dātabbaü ||
a¤¤am pan-etaü kattha dinnam mahapphalan ti || || Sãlavato
kho mahārāja dinnam mahapphalaü no tathā dussãle || ||
Tena hi\<*<4>*>/ mahārāja ta¤¤-ev-ettha paripucchissāmi\<*<5>*>/ || yathā te
khameyya tathā naü vyākareyyāsi ||
6. Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || || Idha tyassa yuddham
paccupaņņhitam saīgāmo samupabbuëho\<*<6>*>/ || || Atha āgaccheyya
khattiya-kumāro asikkhito akata-hattho akata-yoggo akat-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 ta¤casārava-.
     2 Textual repetition of I. 2. the title only being changed.
     3 S1-3 kathannu; S2 kathānnu.
     4 S1-2 teneva.
     5 SS. paripucchāmi.
     6 B. samuppabyåëho always.
>/
#<[page 099]>#
%<III. 3. 4.]                 TATIYA-VAGGA 3.              99>%
upāsano bhãrå\<*<1>*>/ chambhã utrāsã palāyã\<*<2>*>/ || bhareyyāsi taü
purisaü attho ca\<*<3>*>/ te tādisena purisena || ||
7. Nāham bhante bhareyyaü taü purisaü na ca\<*<4>*>/ me
attho\<*<5>*>/ tādisena purisenā ti || ||
8. Atha āgaccheyya brāhmaõa-kumāro asikkhito || Atha
āgaccheyya vessakumāro || Atha āgaccheyya sudda-kumāro
asikkhito || la || na ca me attho tādisena purisenā ti\<*<6>*>/ ||
9. Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || || Idha tyassa yuddhaü
paccupaņņhitam saīgāmo samupabbåëho || || Atha āgaccheyya
khattiya-kumāro sikkhito\<*<7>*>/ kata-hattho kata-yoggo kat-upā-
sano abhãrå\<*<8>*>/ acchambhã\<*<9>*>/ anutrāsã apalāyã\<*<10>*>/ bhareyyāsi taü
purisaü attho ca te tādisena purisenā ti || ||
10. Bhareyyāham bhante tam purisam attho ca me
tādisena purisenā ti || ||
11. Atha\<*<11>*>/ āgaccheyya brāhmaõa-kumāro || Atha āgaccheyya
vessa-kumāro || Atha āgaccheyya sudda-kumāro sikkhito kata-
hattho kata-yoggo kat-upāsano abhãrå acchambhã anutrāsã
apalāyã\<*<12>*>/ || bhareyyāsi taü purisam attho ca te tādisena
purisenā ti || ||
12. Bhareyyāhaü bhante tam purisam attho ca me tādisena
purisenā ti || ||
13. Evam eva kho mahārāja yasmā kasmā ce\<*<13>*>/ pi kulā\<*<14>*>/
agarismā anagāriyam pabbajito hoti || so ca hoti pa¤caīga-
vippahãno pa¤caīga-samannāgato || tasmiü dinnam ma-
happhalaü\<*<15>*>/ || ||
14. Katamāni pa¤ca aīgāni\<*<16>*>/ pahãnāni\<*<17>*>/ honti || Kāma-
cchando pahãno hoti || Vyāpādo pahãno hoti || Thãnamiddham
pahãnaü hoti || Uddhacca-kukkuccaü pahãnaü hoti || Vici-
kicchā pahãnā hoti || Imāni pa¤caīgāni pahãnāni honti || ||
15. Katamehi pa¤ca aīgehi\<*<18>*>/ samannāgato hoti || asekkhena
sãlakkhandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena samādhik-
khandhena samannāgato hoti || asekkhena pa¤¤akkhandhenaū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. bhirå-; SS bhãråcchambhi.
     2 S1-3 palāyi.
     3 S1-2 atth eva; S3 attho va
     4 B. va.
     5 SS. attho va me.
     6 All this paragraph is omitted by S2-3, added between the lines by S1,
        with some slight differences in the abridgment.
     7 B. susikkhito.
     8 B. S2-3 abhirå.
     9 B. achambhã.
    10 B. apalāyasã.
    11 SS. add kho.
    12 S3 apalāyi here and above; B. anapalāyã.
    13 S1-2 omit kasmā; Bņasmā; S2 has yasmā¤ce.
    14 S1 kusalā.
    15 B. adds hoti.
    16 B. pa¤caīgāni.
    17 S1-3 vippahãnāni.
    18 B. pa¤cahaīgehi here and further on.
>/
#<[page 100]>#
%<100                     KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.           [III. 3. 4.>%
samannāgato hoti || asekkhena vimuttikkhandhena samannā-
gato hoti || asekkhena vimutti¤¤āna-dassana-kkhandhena
samannāgato hoti || || Imehi pa¤ca aīgehi samannāgato
hoti || ||
16. Iti pa¤caīga-vippahãne pa¤caīga-sammannāgate dinnam
mahapphalan ti || ||
17. Idam avoca Bhagavā || la || satthā\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Issattam\<*<2>*>/ balaviriya¤ca || yasmiü vijjetha māõave\<*<3>*>/ ||
taü yuddhattho bhare rājā\<*<4>*>/ || nāsåraü\<*<5>*>/ jāti-paccayā || ||
tatheva khanti-soracca-dhammā\<*<6>*>/ yasmiü patiņņhitā ||
tam ariyavuttiü\<*<7>*>/ medhāvã\<*<8>*>/ || hãna-jaccam pi påjaye || ||
kāraye assame ramme || vāsayettha bahussute ||
papa¤cavivane kayirā || dugge saīkamanāni ca || ||
Annaü pānam khādaniyaü || vattha-senāsanāni ca ||
dadeyya uju-bhåtesu || vippasannena cetasā || ||
yathā hi megho thanayaü || vijjumālã satakkatu\<*<9>*>/ ||
thalaü ninna¤ca pureti || abhivassaü vasundharaü || ||
tath-eva saddho sutavā || abhisaīkhacca\<*<10>*>/ bhojanaü ||
vanibbake tappayati || anna-pānena paõķito ||
āmodamāno\<*<11>*>/ pakireti || detha dethā ti bhāsati || ||
taü hi-ssa gajjitaü hoti || devasseva pavassato ||
sā pu¤¤adhārā vipulā || dātāram abhivassatãti || ||


#<SN_1.3,3.5. Pabbatåpamaü.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho rājānam Pasenadi-kosalam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Handa kuto tvam mahārāja
āgacchasi || ||
3. Yāni tāni bhante ra¤¤am\<*<12>*>/ khattiyānam muddhā-
vasittānam issariyamada-mattānaü kāma-gedha-pariyuņņhi-
tānaü janapadatthāvariyappattānam mahantaü pathavã-
maõķalam abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānaü rāja-karaõãyāõi bha-
vanti\<*<13>*>/ || tesvāham etarahi ussukkam āpanno ti || ||
4. Taü kim ma¤¤asi mahārāja || || Idha te purisoū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 This phrase is omitted by SS.
     2 S1-3 issatthaü.
     3 S3 mānave.
     4 B. bhareyyātha.
     5 S2-3 såram.
     6 B. -soraccaü || dhammā.
     7 B.omits tam; S1 nam.
     6 SS. medhāviü.
     9 So S3 only; B. and S1-2 satakkaku; C. satakkuku
        (explaining satasikharo).
    10 SS. abhisankhaņa.
    11 C. anumodamāno.
    12 S2 ra¤¤o corrected to ra¤¤am in S3, perhaps also in S1.
    13 SS. santi.
>/
#<[page 101]>#
%<III. 3. 5.]              TATIYA-VAGGA 3.                        101>%
āgaccheyya puratthimāya disāya saddhāyiko paccayiko || so
tam upasaīkamitvā evam vadeyya || yagghe mahārāja jāney-
yāsi\<*<1>*>/ || aham āgacchāmi puratthimāya disāya || tatth-addasaü
mahantam pabbataü abbhasamam sabbe pāõe nipphoņento\<*<2>*>/
āgacchati || yaü te mahārāja karaõãyaü taü karohãti || ||
5. Atha dutiyo puriso āgaccheyya pacchimāya disāya ||
la\<*<3>*>/ || Atha tatiyo puriso āgaccheyya uttarāya disāya ||
Atha catuttho puriso āgaccheyya dakkhiõāya disāya saddhā-
yiko paccayiko || so tam upasaīkamitvā evaü vadeyya ||
yagghe mahārāja jāneyyāsi aham āgacchāmi dakkhiõāya
disāya || tattha addasam mahantam pabbatam abbhasamam
sabbe pāõe nipphoņento āgacchati || yaü te maharāja karaõã-
yam taü karohãti || || Evaråpe te maharāja mahati\<*<4>*>/ ma-
habbhaye samuppanne dārune manussakkhaye\<*<5>*>/ dullabhe
manussatte kim assa karaõãyan ti || ||
6. Evaråpe bhante mahati mahabbhaye samuppanne dā-
ruõe manussakkhaye dullabhe manussatte kim assa karanã-
yam a¤¤atra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya\<*<6>*>/
pu¤¤akiriyāyā ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
7. ârocemi kho te mahārāja paņivedemi kho\<*<8>*>/ te mahārāja ||
adhivattati kho tam mahārāja jarāmaraõaü || adhivattamāne
ca te mahārāja jarāmaraõe kim assa karaõãyan ti || ||
8. Adhivattamāne ca me bhante jarāmaraõe kim assa
karaõãyam a¤¤atra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusala-
kiriyāya pu¤¤akiriyāya\<*<9>*>/ || ||
9. Yāni pi tāni bhante ra¤¤am khattiyānaü muddhāva-
sittānam issariyamada-mattānaü kāma-gedha-pariyuņņhitā-
naü janapadatthāvariyappattānam mahantam pathavi-maõ-
ķalam abhivijiya ajjhāvasantānam hatthi-yuddhāni bhavanti ||
tesam pi bhante hatthi-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo
adhivattamāne jarāmaraõe || ||
10. Yāni pi tāni bhante ra¤¤aü khattiyānam muddhā-
vasittānam || pe || ajjhāvasantānam assa-yuddhāni bhavanti ||
ratha-yuddhāni bhavanti || patti-yuddhāni bhavanti || tesamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. jāneyya always.
     2 B. nipphothento always.
     3 SS. pe.
     4 SS. mahatã.
     5 B. manussakāye.
     6 B. kusalacariyāya always.
     7 Before each of these words, B. repeats a¤¤atra.
     8 SS. omit kho.
     9 Same remarks as above.
>/
#<[page 102]>#
%<102                 KOSALA-SAũYUTTA III.                  [III. 3. 5.>%
pi bhante patti-yuddhānam natthi gati\<*<1>*>/ natthi visayo adhi-
vattamāne jarāmaraõe || ||
11. Santi kho pana bhante imasmiü rājakule mantino
mahāmattā || ye pahonti\<*<2>*>/ āgate paccatthike mantehi bheda-
yituü\<*<3>*>/ || tesam pi bhante manta-yuddhānam natthi gati\<*<4>*>/
natthi visayo adhivattamāne jarāmaraõe || ||
12. {Saüvijjati} kho pana\<*<5>*>/ bhante imasmiü rājakule pahu-
taü\<*<6>*>/ suvaõõam bhåmigata¤ c-eva vehāsaņņha¤ca yena mayam
pahoma āgate paccatthike dhanena upalāpetuü || tesam pi
bhante dhana-yuddhānam natthi gati natthi visayo adhi-
vattamāne jarāmaraõe || ||
13. Adhivattamāne ca me bhante jarāmaraõe kim assa
karaõãyam a¤¤atra dhammacariyāya samacariyāya kusala-
kiriyāya pu¤¤akiriyāyā ti || ||
14. Evam etam mahārāja evam etam mahārāja adhivatta-
māne ca te\<*<7>*>/ jarāmaraõe kim assa karaõãyam a¤¤atra dhamma-
cariyāya samacariyāya kusalakiriyāya pu¤¤akiriyāyāti || ||
15. Idam avoca Bhagavā || la || satthā || ||
Yathā pi selā vipulā || nabham āhacca pabbatā ||
samantānupariyeyyuü\<*<8>*>/ || nipphoņento catuddisā ||
evam jarā ca maccu ca\<*<9>*>/ || adhivattanti\<*<10>*>/ pāõino\<*<11>*>/ || ||
Khattiye brāhmaõe vesse || sudde caõķāla-pukkuse ||
na ki¤ci parivajjeti || sabbam evābhimaddati || ||
na tattha hatthãnam\<*<12>*>/ bhåmi || na rathānam na pattiyā ||
na cāpi manta-yuddhena || sakkā jetuü dhanena vā || ||
Tasmā hi paõķito poso || sampassaü attham attano ||
buddhe dhamme ca saīghe ca || dhãro saddhaü nivesaye || ||
Yo dhammacārã kāyena || vācāya uda cetasā ||
idh-eva nam pasaüsanti || pacca sagge pamodatãti\<*<13>*>/ || ||
Kosala-saüyuttaü samattaü || ||
Tass-uddāmaü || ||
Puggalo Ayyakā\<*<14>*>/ Loko || Issattam Pabbatopamaü ||
desitam buddhaseņņhena || imaü Kosalam pa¤cakaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2-3 omit natthigati.
     2 B. yesaü honti.
     3 S1-3 add here tesam pi bhedayitum.
     4 SS. omit natthi gati here and further on.
     5 SS. omit pana.
     6 B. bahutam.
     7 B. omits ca te.
     8 S1-3 samantā anupariyeyyuü.
     9 S3 maraõa¤ ca.
    10 S2 has only evam-ttanti pāõino, the place of the omitted words
        remaining empty.
    11 B. pāõine.
    12 S2 hatthãna.
    13 SS. sagge ca modatãti.
    14 B. âyyikā.
>/
#<[page 103]>#
%<103>%


********************************************

#<BOOK IV.- MâRA-SAũYUTTAM.>#


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER I. PATHAMO-VAGGA.>#


#<SN_1.4,1.1. Tapo kamma¤ ca.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Uruvelāyaü
viharati najjā Nera¤jarāya tãre Ajapāla-nigrodha-måle\<*<1>*>/
pathamābhisambuddho ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evam
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Mutto vatamhi tāya dukkara-
kārikāya || sādhu mutto vatamhi tāya anattha-saühitāya
dukkara-kārikāya || sādhu ņhito sato\<*<2>*>/ bodhiü\<*<3>*>/ samajjha-
gan ti\<*<4>*>/ ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato cetasā ceto-parivi-
takkam a¤¤āya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tapo kammā apakkamma || yena sujjhanti mānavā ||
asuddho ma¤¤ati suddho || suddhimaggam\<*<5>*>/ aparaddho ti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi paccabhāsi\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Anattha-sa¤hitaü ¤atvā || yaü ki¤ci aparaü\<*<7>*>/ tapaü ||
sabbānatthāvahaü\<*<8>*>/ hoti || piyārittam\<*<9>*>/ va dhammaniü\<*<10>*>/ || ||
sãlaü samādhi-pa¤¤a¤ca || maggam bodhāya bhāvayaü ||
patto-smi paramaü suddhiü || nihato tvaü asi antakāti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.4,1.2. Nāgo.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam bhagavā Uruvelāyam
viharati najjā Nera¤jarāya tãre Ajapāla-nigrodhe pathamā-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Ajapāla-nigrodhe.
     2 B. sādhu vatamhi.
     3 S2-3 bodhi.
     4 B. samajjhagunti
     5 B. suddham || suddhimaggā.
     6 S1-2 paccajjhabhāsi.
     7 So B.and C.; SS amaraü.
     8 S1-3 sabhaünatthā-.
     9 B. phiyārittam; C. thiyārittaü.
    10 So C.; SS. vammani (or -ti); C. dhammani.
    11 B. antaram adhāyãti.
>/
#<[page 104]>#
%<104                   MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                   [IV. 1.2.>%
bhisambuddho || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā
ratt-andhakāra-timisāyam\<*<1>*>/ ajjhokāse\<*<2>*>/ nisinno hoti || devo ca
ekam ekam phusāyati\<*<3>*>/ || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaü chambhi-
tattaü lomahaüsam uppādetu-kāmo mahantaü hatthirāja-
vaõõam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || ||
3. Seyyathāpi nāma mahā ariņņhako\<*<4>*>/ maõi evam assa sisaü
hoti || seyyathāpi nāma suddhaü råpiyam evam assa dantā
honti || seyyathāpi nāma mahatã naīgalasãsā\<*<5>*>/ evam assa
soõķo hoti || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram
pāpimantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saüsāraü dãgham addhānam || vaõõaü katvā subhā-
subham ||
alan-te tena pāpima || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Bhagavā jānāti maü
Sugato ti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.4,1.3. Subham.>#
1. Uruvelāyaü viharati\<*<7>*>/ || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ratt-andhakāra-timisā-
yaü ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekaü phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaü {chambhitattaü}
loma-haüsam uppādetu-kāmo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato avidåre uccāvacā vaõõanibhā
upadaüseti subhā c-eva asubhā ca || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māraü
pāpimantam gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saüsāram dãgham addhānaü || vaõõaü katvā subhā-
subhaü ||
alan-te tena pāpima || nihato tvam asi antaka || ||
Ye ca kāyena vācāya || manasā ca\<*<8>*>/ susaüvutā ||
na te Māra vasānugā || na te Mārassa paccagå ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho Māro || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. and C. -timisāya.
     2 So SS. and C.; B. abbhokāse always.
     3 S1-2 phusāyāti.
     4 SS. mahāriņņhako.
     5 S1-3 naīgalãsā; S2 naīgālãsā.
     6 This paragraph is omitted by SS. in this and all the following
        Suttas but the last.
     7 So SS.; B. gives the full text.
     8 SS. manasāya.
     9 S2 pa¤caccagåti; B. baddhabhåti; C. paņņhagåti.
>/
#<[page 105]>#
%<IV. 1. 5.]               PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                        105>%


#<SN_1.4,1.4. Pasa (1).>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Bārāõasiyaü
viharati Isipatane migadāye || || Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå
āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || || Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bha-
gavato paccassosuü || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Mayhaü kho bhikkhave
yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā\<*<1>*>/ anuttarā vimutti
anuppattā anuttarā vimutti\<*<2>*>/ sacchikatā || Tumhe pi bhik-
khave yoniso manasikārā yoniso sammappadhānā anuttaraü
vimuttim anupāpuõātha\<*<3>*>/ anuttaraü vimuttiü sacchikaro-
thā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Baddho\<*<4>*>/-si māra-pāsena || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
māra-bandhana-baddhosi || na me samaõa mokkhasãti || ||
4. Mutto-ham\<*<5>*>/ māra-pāsena || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||||
mārabandhana-mutto mhi || nihato tvam asi antakāti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||\<*<6>*>/


#<SN_1.4,1.5. Pasa <2>.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Bārāõasiyaü viharati Isi-
patane migadāye || Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå amantesi || ||
Bhikkhavo ti || || Bhadante\<*<7>*>/ ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato
paccassosuü || ||
2. \<*<8>*>/ Bhagavā etad avoca || || Mutto-ham\<*<9>*>/ bhikkhave
sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā || Tumhe pi bhikkhave
muttā sabbapāsehi ye dibbā ye ca mānusā\<*<10>*>/ caratha bhikkhave
cārikaü bahujana-hitāya bahujana-sukhāya lokānukampakāya
atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaü || || Mā ekena dve
agamettha\<*<11>*>/ || desetha bhikkhave dhammam ādikalyāõam
majjhe kalyāõaü pariyosāõa-kalyāõam || sāttham savya¤-
janaü kevala-paripuõõaü parisuddhaü brahmacariyaü pa-
kāsetha || || Santi sattā apparajakkha-jātikā || assavanatā\<*<12>*>/ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. samappadhānā.
     2 SS. omit anu- vi-.
     3 B. pāpunātha.
     4 B. bandho si always.
     5 B. and S2 muttāhaü.
     6  3 = Mahāvagga I. 11. 2.
     7 B. Bhaddante.
     8   2, 3, 4 = Mahāvagga I. 11.
     9 B. S2-3 Muttāhaü.
    10 Here S2 intercalates: [mārabandhana mutta] ettha,
        and S1 [māra bandhanamuttomhi ti hato tvam] ettha.
    11 B. agamattha (Vinaya, agamittha).
    12 So B. and C.; SS. assavantā; Childers: assavanato
        (word parihāyati).
>/
#<[page 106]>#
%<106                     MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                  [IV. 1. 5.>%
dhammassa parihāyanti || bhavissanti dhammassa a¤¤ātāro || ||
Aham pi bhikkhave yena Uruvelā Senānigamo\<*<1>*>/ ten-upa-
saīkamissāmi dhamma-desanāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Baddho-si sabba-pāsehi || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
mahā-bandhana\<*<2>*>/-baddho si || na me samaõa mokkhasãti || ||
4. Mutto-haü\<*<3>*>/ sabbapāsehi || ye dibbā ye ca mānusā ||
mahā-bandhana-mutto mhi || nihato tvam asi antakā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.4,1.6. sappo.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāra-timi-
sāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaü chambhi-
tattaü loma-haüsam uppādetu-kāmo mahantaü sappa-rāja-
vaõõam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Seyyathāpi nāma mahatã eka-rukkhikā nāvā evam assa
kāyo hoti || || Seyyathāpi nāma soõķikā kila¤jā\<*<5>*>/ evam assa
phaõo hoti || Seyyathāpi nāma kosālikā\<*<6>*>/ kaüsapātã\<*<7>*>/ evam
assa akkhãni bhavanti || Seyyathāpi nāma deve gaëagaëāyante\<*<8>*>/
vijjullatā\<*<9>*>/ niccharanti evam assa mukhato jivhā niccharati ||
Seyyathāpi nāma kammāra-gaggariyā dhamamānāya saddo
hoti evam assa assāsa-passāsānaü\<*<10>*>/ saddo hoti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yo su¤¤a-gehāni\<11>/ sevati ||
seyyo so\<12>/ muni atta-sa¤¤ato ||
vossajja careyya tattha so ||
paņiråpaü hi tathāvidhassa taü || ||
Carakā bahu\<13>/-bheravā bahå ||
atho ķaüsā\<14>/ siriüsapā\<15>/ bahå ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. Sena. In the Vinaya: yena Uruvelā yena senā- (Comp. Rh. D. and
        O's note, "Vinaya Texts," I. 113).
     2 S2 mārabandhana-.
     3 B. muttāham.
     4 All this text is to be found in the Mahāvaggo of the Vinaya
        at the end of the Mārakathā (11th Chapter).
     5 B. C. Kila¤jam; S1-2 kila¤ja; S3 kilajā.
     6 B. kosalakā; C. kosala-.
     7 B. S2 -pāti.
     8 S2 gaëagaëānte.
     9 B. vijjulatā; S2 vijjulla.
    10 S1 -passāsānaü; S1-3 -passāsaüna; S2 -passasampābahulo macaji
        (or pi) na tattha na-.
    11 B. -gahāni.
    12 B. S1 seyyāso.
    13 S1 bahå.
    14 SS. daüsa.
    15 B. sarisapā.
>/
#<[page 107]>#
%<IV. 1. 8.]                PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                         107>%
lomam pi na tattha i¤jaye ||
su¤¤āgāra-gato mahā muni || ||
Nabhaü phaleyya pathaviü caleyya\<1>/ ||
sabbe pi\<2>/ pāõā uda santaseyyuü ||
sallam pi ce\<3>/ urasi pakampayeyyuü\<4>/ ||
upadhãsu\<5>/ tānaü\<6>/ na karonti buddhā ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,1.7. Suppati.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā bahud' eva rattiü ajjhokāse caīka-
mitvā rattiyā paccusa-samayam pāde\<*<7>*>/ pakkhāletvā vihāram
pavisitvā\<*<8>*>/ dakkhiõena passena sãha-seyyaü kappesi pāde
pādam accādhāya sato sampajāno uņņhāna-sa¤¤aü manasi
karitvā || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiü soppasi kiü nu suppasi\<9>/ ||
kim idaü soppasi\<10>/ dubbhayo\<11>/ viya ||
su¤¤am agāran ti\<12>/ soppasi ||
kim idaü soppasi såriy-uggate\<13>/ ti || ||
4. Yassa jālinã visattikā ||
taõhā n-atthi kuhi¤ci netave ||
sabbåpadhãnaü parikkhayā budho\<14>/ ||
soppati kin-tav-ettha Mārā ti || ||


#<SN_1.4,1.8. Nandanam.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Savātthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato santike imam gātham abhāsi || ||
Nandati puttehi puttimā ||
gomiko gohi\<15>/ tath-eva nandati ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2-3 jaleyya.
     2 S. sabbeva.
     3 S2-3 omit ce; C. ve.
     4 So SS.; B. kappareyya; C. urasikampasseyyuü.
     5 S1 udadhãsu; S2 udaüdãsu.
     6 S3 tāõaü.
     7 S2-3 omit pāde.
     8 B. pavãsitvā.
     9 B. soppasi.
    10 B. soppatam (= soppanam?).
    11 SS. dubbhato.
    12 SS. su¤¤āgaranti.
    13 SS. såriye-ug-.
    14 SS. buddho.
    15 B. Gomā gobhi here and further on.
>/
#<[page 108]>#
%<108                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV. 1. 8.>%
upadhãhi narassa nandaõo ||
na hi so nandati yo nirupadhãti || ||
3. Socati puttehi puttimā ||
gomiko gohi tath-eva socati ||
upadhãhi narassa socanā ||
na hi so socati nirupadhãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti tatth-ev-antaradhayatãti || ||

#<SN_1.4,1.9. âyu <1>.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane kalandaka-nivāpe ||
2. Tatra Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagava to paccassosuü || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || || Appam idam bhikkhave ma-
nussānam āyu || gamanãyo samparāyo || kattabbaü kusalaü
caritabbaü brahmacariyaü || natthi jātassa amaraõaü || yo
bhikkhave ciraü jãvati so vassasatam appam vā bhãyo
ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dãgham āyu manussānaü || na naü hãëe\<*<2>*>/ suporiso ||
careyya khãramatto va || natthi maccussa āgamo ti || ||
5. Appam āyu manussānaü || hãëeyya\<*<3>*>/ naü suporiso ||
careyyādittasãso\<*<4>*>/ va || natthi maccussa nāgamo ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || la || tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,1.10. âyu (2).>#
1. Rājagahe || ||
Tatra kho Bhagavā etad avoca || appam idaü bhikkhave
manussānam āyu || gamanãyo samparāyo || || kattabbaü
kusalaü caritabbaü brahmacariyaü || natthi jātassa amara-
õam || yo bhikkhave ciraü jãvati so vassasatam appaü vā
bhãyo ti || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 These gāthās are the repetition of Devatā-S. II. 1.  4.
        is in B. only.
     2 B. C. hile
     3 B. hileyya; SS. hileyyā.
     4 B careyya; S3 -siso; S1 -ādikātasiso.
>/
#<[page 109]>#
%<IV. 2. 2.]                 DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                         109>%
Nāccayanti ahorattā || jãvitaü n-uparujjhati\<*<1>*>/ ||
āyu\<*<2>*>/ anupariyāti\<*<3>*>/ maccānaü || nemi va ratha-kubba-
ran ti ||
3. Accayanti ahorattā || jãvitam uparujjhati ||
āyu khãyati maccānam || kunnadãnam va odakan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Bhagavā jānāti maü
Sugato ti dukkhã dummano tath-ev-antaradhāyã ti || ||
Pathamo vaggo ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Tapo-kamma¤ ca Nāgo ca || Subhaü Pāsena te duve ||
Sappo Suppati Nandanaü || âyunā apare duve ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.4,2.1. Pāsāno.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakåņa-
pabbate || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāratimi-
sāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekam phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato bhayaü chambhi-
tattaü lomahaüsam uppādetu-kāmo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato avidåre mahante
mahante\<*<4>*>/ pāsāõe padālesi\<*<5>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sa ce pi\<*<6>*>/ kevalaü sabbam || Gijjhakåņam calessasi\<*<7>*>/ ||
n-eva sammā vimuttānaü || buddhānam atthi i¤jitan ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.2. Sãho.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā
mahatiyā parisāya parivuto dhammaü deseti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 noparujjhati.
     2 C. S3 āyum; S1-2 āyu¤ ca.
     3 So C.; B. anupuriyati; S1 anupariyeti; S2-3 pariyeti.
     4 B. does not repeat mahante.
     5 S1-2 pavaķķesi (or pavaddhesi); S3 pavaņņesi; C. pataëesi.
     6 SS. sacemaü.
     7 B. caleyyasi.
     8 B. i¤janan-ti.
>/
#<[page 110]>#
%<110                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV. 2. 2.>%
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho
samaõo Gotamo mahatiyā parisayā parivuto dhammaü
deseti || Yaü nånāhaü yena samaõo Gotamo ten-upasaīka-
meyyaü vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiü nu sãho va nadasi || parisāyam\<*<1>*>/ visārado ||
paņimallo\<*<2>*>/ hi te atthi || vijitāvã nu ma¤¤asãti || ||
4. Nandanti ve mahāvãrā || parisāsu visāradā ||
Tathāgatā balappattā || tiõõā loke visattikan ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti || dukkhã dummano tath-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.3. Sakalikaü.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Maddakucchimhi\<*<3>*>/ migadāye || ||
2. Tena kho pana\<*<4>*>/ samayena Bhagavato pādo sakalikāya
khato\<*<5>*>/ hoti || bhusā sudam Bhagavato vedanā vattanti sārã-
rikā dukkhā tibbā kharā kaņukā asātā amanāpā || tāsudam
Bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāseti aviha¤¤amāno\<*<6>*>/ || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mandiyā nu\<*<7>*>/ sesi udāhu kāveyya-matto ||
atthā nu\<*<8>*>/ te sampacurā na santi ||
eko vivitte sayanāsanamhi\<*<9>*>/ ||
niddāmukho\<*<10>*>/ kim idaü soppasevā ti || ||
4. Na mandiyā sayāmi nāpi kāveyya-matto ||
atthaü sameccāham apetasoko ||
eko vivitte\<*<11>*>/ sayanāsanamhi ||
sayām-ahaü sabbabhåtānukampã ||
Yesaü\<*<12>*>/ pi sallam urasi paviņņhaü ||
muhuü muhuü hadayaü vedhamānaü\<*<13>*>/ ||
te cāpi\<*<14>*>/ soppaü labhare sasallā ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 parisāyaü
     2 B. patimallo.
     3 SS. -kucchismiü.
     4 B omits kho pana.
     5 B. sakkhalikāya hato.
     6 See Devatā-S. IV. 4.
     7 SS. kho.
     8 S1 atthanaü; S2 atthāna; S3 atthānaü; but ü seems to be erased.
     9 S1 eko ca vivitto-; S3 eko va seti (two erased letters) nāsanamhi;
        S2 eko ma (or va) . . . sanamhi (with an empty space as usual).
    10 SS. niddāsikho.
    11 SS. vivitto.
    12 S1-3 sesam.
    13 B. hadaya-; SS. -secamānaü.
    14 SS. te pidha (S1 pã-).
>/
#<[page 111]>#
%<IV. 2. 5.]                 DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                        111>%
kasmā\<*<1>*>/ ahaü na supe\<*<2>*>/ vãtasallo || ||
Jaggaü na saīke\<*<3>*>/ na pi bhemi\<*<4>*>/ sottuü ||
rattindivā nānutapanti\<*<5>*>/ māmaü ||
hāniü na passāmi kuhi¤ci loke ||
tasmā supe sabbabhåtānukampãti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti || dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.4. Patiråpam.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Ekasālā-
yaü\<*<6>*>/ brāhmaõagāme || || Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā
mahatiyā gihiparisāya\<*<7>*>/ parivuto dhammaü deseti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho
samaõo Gotamo mahatiyā gihiparisāya parivuto dhammaü
deseti || Yam nånāhaü yena samaõo Gotamo ten-upasaīka-
meyyaü vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
N-etaü tava patiråpam || yad a¤¤am anusāsasi\<*<9>*>/ ||
anurodha-virodhesu || mā sajjittho\<*<10>*>/ tad ācaran ti || ||
4. Hitānukampã sambuddho || yad a¤¤am anusāsati ||
anurodha-virodhehi || vippamutto Tathāgato ti || ||
5. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.5. Mānasaü.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Antalikkhacaro pāso\<*<11>*>/ || yo-yam\<*<12>*>/ carati mānaso\<*<13>*>/ ||
tena taü bādhayissāmi || na me samaõa mokkhasãti || ||
3. Råpā saddā rasā gandhā\<*<14>*>/ || poņņhabbā ca manoramā ||
ettha me vigato chando || nihato tvam asi antakā ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. tasmā.
     2 S3 såpe; B. suse.
     3 C. saīkemi(= saīkāmi).
     4 SS. vihemi; C. reads bhemi (= bhāyāmi).
     5 So B. and C.; SS. nānupatanti.
     6 SS. sālāyam (without eka).
     7 B. gãhi- here and further on.
     8 B. desesi.
     9 B. S3 anusāsati.
    10 C. sajjittha.
    11 S1 poso.
    12 B. yvāyaü.
    13 SS. mānuso.
    14 B. gandhā rasā.
>/
#<[page 112]>#
%<112                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV. 2. 6.>%


#<SN_1.4,2.6. Pattaü.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati || || Tena kho pana samayena
Bhagavā pa¤cannam upādānakkhandhānam upādāya bhikkhå\<*<1>*>/
dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampa-
haüseti || te ca bhikkhå aņņhi-katvā\<*<2>*>/ manasi katvā
sabba-cetaso\<*<3>*>/ samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaü suõanti || ||
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho
samaõo Gotamo pa¤cannam upādānakkhandhānam upādāya
bhikkhå dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti
sampahaüseti || te ca bhikkhå aņņhi-katvā manasi katvā
sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohita-sotā dhammaü suõanti ||
Yaü nunāhaü yena samaõo Gotamo ten-upasaīkameyyaü
vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā pattā ajjhokāse
nikkhittā honti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā balivaddavaõõaü\<*<4>*>/ abhinimmi-
nitvā yena te pattā ten-upasaīkami || ||
5. atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu\<*<5>*>/ a¤¤ataram bhikkhum
etad avoca || || Bhikkhu bhikkhu\<*<6>*>/ eso\<*<7>*>/ balivaddo patte
bhindeyyāti || ||
6. Evaü vutte Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || Na so
bhikkhu balivaddo || Māro eso pāpimā tumhākaü vicakkhu-
kammāyāgato\<*<8>*>/ ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā
Māram pāpimantam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Råpaü vedayitaü\<*<9>*>/ sa¤¤aü || vi¤¤āõaü ya¤ca saīkhataü ||
n-eso ham asmi n-etam me || evaü tattha virajjati || ||
evam virattaü khemattaü || sabbasaüyojanātigaü ||
anvesaü sabbaņņhānesu || Māra-senā pi nājjhagā ti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
8. Pa || tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.7. âyatana.>#
1. Ekam samayam Bhagavā Vesāliyaü viharati Mahāvane
kåņāgāra-sālāyaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. bhikkhånaü.
     2 B. aņņhim- always.
     3 B. sabbaü cetasā always.
     4 B. balibaddha- here and further on.
     5 S1-2 omit a¤¤ataro bhikkhu.
     6 S1-2 omit bhikkhu bhikkhu.
     7 SS. esa.
     8 -kammāya āgato.
     9 S1 vedayatãtaü; S2-3 vedayatitaü (with erasure of da in S2,
        of taü in S3).
    10 B. nājjhāgāti.
    11 pa- . . . -ti is in B. only.
>/
#<[page 113]>#
%<IV. 2. 8.]                  DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                        113>%
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā channam phassāya-
tanānaü\<*<1>*>/ upādāya bhikkhå\<*<2>*>/ dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti
samādapeti\<*<3>*>/ samuttejeti\<*<4>*>/ sampahaüseti\<*<5>*>/ || te ca bhikkhå
aņņhi-katvā\<*<6>*>/ manasi katvā sabba-cetaso\<*<6>*>/ samannāharitvā
ohitasotā dhammaü suõanti || ||
3. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || || Ayaü kho
samaõo Gotamo channam phassāyatanānam upādāya bhi-
kkhå dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti
sampahaüseti || Te ca bhikkhå aņņhikatvā manasi katvā
sabbacetaso sammannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammam suõanti ||
Yaü nånāhaü yena samaõo Gotamo ten-upasaīkameyyaü
vicakkhukammāyāti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato avidåre mahantam bhaya-bherava-
saddam akāsi || api-sudam\<*<7>*>/ pathavã ma¤¤e udrãyati\<*<8>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho a¤¤ataro bhikkhu a¤¤ataram bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Bhikkhu bhikkhu\<*<9>*>/ esā pathavã ma¤¤e udrãyatã
ti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
6. Evaü vutte Bhagavā tam bhikkhum etad avoca || ||
N-esā bhikkhu pathavã udrãyati\<*<11>*>/ || Māro eso pāpimā tumhā-
kaü vicakkhukammāya āgato ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro ayam pāpimā iti viditvā Māram
pāpimantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Råpā saddā rasā gandhā || phassā dhammā ca kevalā ||
etam lokāmisaü ghoraü || ettha loko dhimucchito\<*<12>*>/ || ||
eta¤ ca samatikkamma || sato buddhassa sāvako ||
māradheyyam atikkamma || ādicco va\<*<13>*>/ virocatãti || ||
8. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pa || tatth-ev-antaradhāyã
ti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.8. Piõķaü.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Pa¤casā-
lāyam brāhmaõagāme || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 passāya-.
     2 B. bhikkhånaü here and further on.
     3 SS. -dassesi -dapesi.
     4 S3 -tejesi.
     5 In S3 -haüsesi has been corrected into -haüseti.
     6 See the preceding sutta.
     7 SS. apissutaü.
     8 B. undrãyati always; SS. and C. udriyatãti.
     9 S2 does not repeat bhikkhu.
    10 SS. udrãya-.
    11 SS. udrãyatãti.
    12 SS. lokādhimucchito; C. loko vimucchito.
    13 B. omits va.
>/
#<[page 114]>#
%<114                     MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                  [IV. 2. 8.>%
2. Tena kho pana samayena Pa¤casālāyaü brāhmaõagāme
kumārakānaü\<*<1>*>/ pāhunakāni\<*<2>*>/ bhavanti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā
patta-cãvaraü ādāya Pa¤casālam\<*<3>*>/ brāhmaõa-gāmaü piõķāya
pāvisi\<*<4>*>/ || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena Pa¤casāleyyakā brāhmaõa-
gahapatikā Mārena pāpimatā anvāviņņhā\<*<5>*>/ bhavanti || || Mā\<*<6>*>/
samaõo Gotamo piõķam alatthā\<*<7>*>/ ti || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā yathā dhotena pattena Pa¤casālaü\<*<8>*>/
brāhmaõagāmam piõķāya pāvisi || tathā dhotena pattena
paņikkami || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Api\<*<9>*>/ samaõa
piõķam alatthā ti || ||
7. Tathā nu tvaü pāpima\<*<10>*>/ akāsi yathāhaü piõķaü na\<*<11>*>/
labheyyan ti ||
8. Tena hi bhante Bhagavā dutiyam pi Pa¤casālaü brāh-
maõagāmam pavisatu\<*<12>*>/ || tathāhaü karissāmi yathā Bhagavā
piõķam lacchatã ti\<*<13>*>/ || ||
Apu¤¤am pasavi\<*<14>*>/ Māro || āsajjanaü\<*<15>*>/ Tathāgatam ||
kiü nu ma¤¤asi pāpima || na me pāpaü vipaccati\<*<16>*>/ || ||
susukham vata jãvāma || yesaü no\<*<17>*>/ n-atthi ki¤canaü ||
pãtibhakkhā bhavissāma || devā âbhassarā\<*<18>*>/ yathā ti\<*<19>*>/ || ||
9. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe || tatth-ev-antaradhā-
yãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.9. Kassakam.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || || Tena kho pana samayena Bha-
gavā bhikkhå\<*<20>*>/ nibbāna-paņisamyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya
sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaüseti || || Te ca
bhikkhu aņņhi-katvā manasi katvā sabbacetaso\<*<21>*>/ samannā-
haritvā ohitasotā dhammaü suõanti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. kumārikānam.
     2 So B. and C.; SS. pāhunakānaü.
     3 S1-3 -sālāyam.
     4 B. pāvãsi here and further on.
     5 C. anvaviddhā.
     6 SS. omit mā.
     7 So C.; SS. ālatthā; B. alatta (ā being erased).
     8 SS. -sāla-.
     9 B. adds te.
    10 S1-2 Tathā no tuvam pāpimaü; S3 Tathā no tvaü pāpima.
    11 SS. omit na.
    12 B. pavãsatu; S1-2 pavisitu.
    13 S1-2 lacchāsãti.
    14 SS. pasavã.
    15 S2 āsajjana-; S1 asajjana.
    16 SS. na me te pāpaü vipaccatãti.
    17 SS. yesanno; B. yesaünno.
    18 In S3 the place of -devā ābhas- is empty.
    19 This second gāthā is the 200th of the Dhammapada; for the whole text,
        see same book, p. 352-3
    20 B. bhikkhånam.
    21 See the preceding suttas.
>/
#<[page 115]>#
%<IV. 2. 9.]                  DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                        115>%
2. Atha kho Mārassa pāpimato etad ahosi || Ayaü kho
samaõo Gotamo bhikkhå nibbāna-paņisaüyuttāya dhammiyā
kathāya || pa || Yaü nånāhaü yena samaõo Gotamo ten-
upasaīkameyyam vicakkhukammāyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā kassaka-vaõõam abhinimmi-
nitvā mahantam naīgalaü khandhe karitvā dãgham\<*<1>*>/ pā-
canayaņņhiü\<*<2>*>/ gahetvā haņa-haņa-keso sāõasāņã-nivattho\<*<3>*>/
kaddama-makkhitehi pādehi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
4. Api samaõa balivadde\<*<4>*>/ addasā ti || ||
5. Kim pana pāpima te balivaddehã ti || ||
6. Mam-eva samaõa\<*<5>*>/ cakkhu mama rupā mama cakkhu-
samphassa\<*<6>*>/-vi¤¤ānāyatanam || kuhim me samaõa\<*<7>*>/ gantvā
mokkhāsi || ||
Mam-eva samaõa saddā sotam mama saddā || pa ||
Mam-eva samaõa ghānaü mama gandhā || ||
Mam-eva samaõa jivhā mama rasā || ||
Mam-eva samaõa kāyo mama poņņhabo || ||
Mam-eva samaõa mano mama dhammā mama mano-
samphassa\<*<8>*>/-vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || kuhim me\<*<9>*>/ samaõa gantvā
mokkhasã ti || ||
7. Tav-eva\<*<10>*>/ pāpima cakkhu\<*<11>*>/ tava råpā tava cakkhu-
samphassa\<*<12>*>/-vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || yattha ca\<*<13>*>/ kho pāpima natthi
cakkhu natthi råpā natthi cakkhu samphassa-vi¤¤āõāyata-
naü agati tava tattha pāpima || ||
8. Tav-eva\<*<14>*>/ pāpima sotaü tava saddā tava sota-samphassa\<*<15>*>/-
vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi sotaü natthi
saddā natthi sota-samphassa-vi¤¤āõāyatanam agati tava
tattha pāpima || ||
9. Tav-eva\<*<16>*>/ pāpima ghāõam tava gandhā tava ghāõa
sampassa-vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || yattha\<*<17>*>/ ca kho pāpima natthi
ghāõam natthi gandhā natthi ghāõa-samphassa-vi¤¤āõāya-
tanam agati tava tattha pāpima || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. S3 dãgha.
     2 SS. -laņņhiü.
     3 SS. saõa-; B. -sāņi.
     4 B. balibaddhe.
     5 SS. saraõaü.
     6 SS. -samphassaü.
     7 SS. saraõaü.
     8 SS. samphassā-.
     9 SS. omit me.
    10 S3 tam eva.
    11 SS. cakkhuü.
    12 S2-3 -samphassā-; B. -samphassa.
    13 B. omits ca; in S3 it seems to be erased.
    14 SS. Ta¤ceva
    15 S2 samphassā-.
    16 S2 tava va (or ca?).
    17 S3 attha.
>/
#<[page 116]>#
%<116                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV. 2. 9.>%
10. Tav-eva pāpima jivhā tava rasā tava jivhā-samphassa-
vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || pa || Tav-eva\<*<1>*>/ pāpima kāyo tava phoņņhabbā
tava kāya-samphassa-vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || pa ||
11. Tav-eva pāpima mano tava dhammā tava manosam-
phassa-vi¤¤āõāyatanaü || yattha ca kho pāpima natthi mano
natthi dhammā natthi mano-samphassa-vi¤¤āõāyātanaü agati
tava tattha papimā ti || ||
12. Yaü vadanti mama yidan ti || ye vadanti maman ti ca ||
ettha ce te\<*<2>*>/ mano atthi || na me samaõa mokkhasãti || ||
13. Yaü vadanti na tam mayhaü || ye vadanti na te ahaü ||
evam pāpima jānāhi || na me maggam pi dakkha- 
sãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
14. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pa || vantaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,2.10. Rajjaü>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati Himavanta-
padese\<*<4>*>/ ara¤¤a-kuņikāyaü || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || sakkā nu kho rajjaü kāretuü
ahanaü aghātayaü ajinaü ajāpayaü\<*<5>*>/ asocaü\<*<6>*>/ asocayaü\<*<7>*>/
dhammenā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā\<*<8>*>/ Bhagavato cetasā ceto-parivi-
takkam a¤¤āya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kāretu bhante Bhagavā
rajjaü kāretu Sugato rajjaü ahanaü aghātayaü ajinaü ajā-
payaü\<*<9>*>/ asocaü asocāpayaü\<*<10>*>/ dhammenā ti || ||
4. Kiü pana\<*<11>*>/ tvaü pāpima passasi yam\<*<12>*>/ maü tvam evaü
vadesi || || kāretu bhante Bhagavā rajjaü kāretu Sugato
rajjaü || pe || dhammenā ti || ||
5. Bhagavatā\<*<13>*>/ kho bhante cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā
bahulãkatā yānikatā vatthukatā anuņņhitā paricitā susamā-
raddhā || ākaīkhamāno ca pana\<*<14>*>/ bhante Bhagavā Hima-
vantam pabbatarājaü suvaõõaü tveva\<*<15>*>/ adhimucceyya ||
suvaõõa¤ca pabbatassāti\<*<16>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 tath eva.
     2 So B. and C.; SS. ceto.
     3 These gāthās will be found again, III. 4.
     4 SS. passe.
     5 S2 ajāyayaü.
     6 S1-2 asocayaü.
     7 S1; asocāpayaü; S2 asocāmayaü.
     8 S1-2 pāpimā māro.
     9 S1-2 ajāmayaü.
    10 S1-2 asocāmayaü.
    11 B. adds me.
    12 SS. kiü.
   13 SS. Bhagavato.
    14 B. omits pana.
    15 SS. teva.
    16 B. panassāti; SS. suvaõõapabbatassāti.
>/
#<[page 117]>#
%<IV. 3. 1.]                  UPARIPAĨCA-VAGGA 3.                    117>%
6. Pabbatassa suvaõõassa || jātaråpassa kevalo ||
dvittā va\<*<1>*>/ nālam ekassa || iti vidvā\<*<2>*>/ sama¤care\<*<3>*>/ || ||
yo dukkham addakkhi yato nidānaü ||
kāmesu so jantu kathaü nameyya ||
upadhiü viditvā saīgo\<*<4>*>/ ti loke ||
tass-eva jantu vinayāya sikkhe ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Bhagavā jānāti
maü Sugato ti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Pāsāno Sãho Sakalikam || Patiråpa¤ ca Mānasaü ||
Pattaü âyātanaü Piõķaü || Kassakaü Rajjena te dasā ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGO (UPARI-PAĨCA).>#


#<SN_1.4,3.1. Sambahulā.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sakkesu
viharati Silāvatiyaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena sambahulā bhikkhå Bhagavato
avidåre appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharanti || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā brāhmaõa-vaõõaü abhinimmi-
nitvā mahantena jaņaõķuvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jiõõo
gopānasivaīko ghurughuru-passāsã udumbara-daõķaü ga-
hetvā yena te bhikkhå ten-upasaīkami || || Upasaīkamitvā
te bhikkhå etad avoca || || Daharā bhavanto pabbajitā suså
kālakesā bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā
anikãëitāvino kāmesu || || bhu¤jantu bhonto mānusake kāme ||
mā sandiņņhikaü hitvā kālikam anudhāvitthā ti || ||
4. Na kho mayaü brāhmaõa sandiņņhikam hitvā kālikam
anudhāvāma || kālika¤ ca kho mayaü brāhmaõa hitvā sandi-
ņņhikam anudhāvāma || || Kālikā hi brāhmaõa kāmā vuttā
Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādãnavo ettha bhãyo ||
sandiņņhiko ayaü dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opanayiko
paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhã ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So C. and B.; SS. vittavi.
     2 B. vijjā; S3 viditvā, corrected into vidvā.
     3 S3 samācare.
     4 S1-3 samvego.
     5 This last gāthā will be found again in the next sutta.
     6 See above, Devatā-S. II.10.
>/
#<[page 118]>#
%<118                     MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV. 3. 1.>%
5. Evaü vutte Māro pāpimā sãsam okampetvā jivhaü
nillāëetvā\<*<1>*>/ tivisākhaü nalāņena nalāņikaü vuņņhāpetvā
daõķam olubbha pakkāmi || ||
6. Atha kho te bhikkhå yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīka-
miüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisãdiüsu || || Ekam antam nisinnā kho te bhikkhå
Bhagavantam etad avocuü || ||
7. Idha mayaü bhante Bhagavato avidåre appamattā
ātāpino pahitattā viharāma || Atha kho bhante a¤¤ataro
brāhmaõo mahantena jaņaõķuvena ajinakkhipa-nivattho jiõõo
gopānasivaīko ghuru-ghuru-passāsã udumbaradaõķaü ga-
hetvā yena amhe ten-upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā amhe
etad avoca || || Daharā bhavanto pabbajitā suså kālakesā
bhadrena yobbanena samannāgatā pathamena vayasā anikã-
ëitāvino kāmesu || || Bhu¤jantu bhonto mānusake kāme ||
mā sandiņņhikaü hitvā kālikam anudhāvitthā ti || ||
8. Evaü vutte mayaü bhante taü brāhmaõam etad' avo-
cumha || || Na kho mayaü brāhmaõa sandiņņhikaü hitvā
kālikam anudhāvāma || kālikaü ca kho mayaü brāhmaõa
hitvā sandiņņhikam anudhāvāma || kālikā hi brāhmaõa kāmā
vuttā Bhagavatā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā ādãnavo ettha
bhãyo || sandiņņhiko ayaü dhammo akāliko ehipassiko opa-
nayiko paccattam veditabbo vi¤¤åhã ti || ||
9. Evaü vutte bhante so brāhmaõo sãsam okampetvā
jivhaü nillāëetvā\<*<2>*>/ tivisākhaü nalāņena nalāņikaü vuņņhāpetvā
daõķam olubbha pakkanto ti || ||
10. N-eso bhikkhave brāhmaõo Māro eso pāpimā tumhā-
kaü vicakkhukammāya āgato ti || ||
11. Atha kho Bhagavā etam atthaü viditvā tāyaü velā-
yam imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Yo dukkham adakkhi yato nidānaü ||
Kāmesu so jantu kathaü nameyya ||
upadhiü viditvā saīgo ti loke ||
tass-eva jantu vinayāya sikkhe ti\<3>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 B. nillāletvā; C. nilāëetvā.
     2 S2 B. nillāletvā.
     3 See the end of the preceding chapter.
>/
#<[page 119]>#
%<IV. 3. 2.]                  UPARIPAĨCA-VAGGA 3.                    119>%


#<SN_1.4,3.2. Samiddhi.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sakkesu viharati Silāvati-
yaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Samiddhi\<*<1>*>/. Bhagavato
avidåre appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Samiddhissa rahogatassa paņisallã-
nassa evaü cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Lābhā vata me
suladdhaü\<*<2>*>/ vata me yassa me satthā arahaü sammāsam-
buddho || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaü vata me yo-haü
evaü svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito || || Lābhā vata
me suladdhaü vata me yassa me sabrahmacāriyo sãlavanto
kalyāõa-dhammo ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Samiddhissa cetaso
cetoparivitakkam a¤¤āya || yenāyasmā Samiddhi ten-upasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā āyasmato Samiddhissa avidåre mahan-
taü bhayabheravaü saddam akāsi || Apissudaü pathavã
ma¤¤e\<*<3>*>/ udrãyatãti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi yena Bhagavā ten-upasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā Samiddhi
Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
6. Idhāhaü bhante Bhagavato avidåre appamatto ātāpã
pahitatto viharāmi || tassa mayham bhante rahogatassa paņi-
sallãnassa evaü cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Lābhā vata
me suladdhaü vata me yassa me satthā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho || || Lābhā vata me suladdhaü vata me yo-haü
evaü svākkhāte dhammavinaye pabbajito || || Lābhā vata
me suladdhaü vata me yassa me sabrahmacāriyo sãlavanto
kalyāõadhammo ti\<*<4>*>/ || || Tassa mayhaü bhante avidåre mahā
bhayabheravasaddo ahosi || apissudaü pathavã ma¤¤e udrãya-
tãti || ||
7. N-esā Samiddhi pathavã udrãyati || Māro eso pāpimā
tuyhaü vicakkhukammāya āgato || gaccha tvaü Samiddhi
tatth-eva appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharāhãti || ||
8. Evaü bhante ti kho āyasmā Samiddhi Bhagavato paņi-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 See Devatā-S. II. 10.
     2 SS. suladdha¤ca.
     3 SS. add va.
     4 B. -dhammāti.
>/
#<[page 120]>#
%<120                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV.3.2.>%
suõitvā\<*<1>*>/ uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhi-
õaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
9. Dutiyam pi kho āyasmā Samiddhi tatth-eva appamatto
ātāpã pahitatto vihāsi || || Dutiyam pi kho āyasmato Sa-
middhissa rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü cetaso parivitakko
udapādi || Lābhā vata me suladdhaü vata me yassa me satthā
arahaü sammāsambuddho || pe || kalyāõadhammo ti || ||
Dutiyam pi kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Samiddhissa cetasā
ceto parivitakkam a¤¤aya || pa || Apissudam pathavã ma¤¤e
udrãyatãti || ||
10. Atha kho āyasmā Samiddhi || Māro ayam pāpimā iti
viditvā\<*<2>*>/ Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Saddhāyāhaü pabbajito || agārasmā anagāriyaü ||
satipa¤¤ā ca me buddhā || citta¤ ca susamāhitaü ||
kāmaü karassu råpāni || n-eva mam vyādhayissasãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Samiddhi bhi-
kkhåti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.4,3.3. Godhika.4>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane kalandakanivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Godhiko Isigili-passe
viharati Kāëasilāyaü || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpã pahitatto
viharanto\<*<5>*>/ sāmādhikam ceto-vimuttiü\<*<6>*>/ phusi || || Atha
kho āyasmā Godhiko tamhā sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā
parihāyi || ||
4. Dutiyaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpã pahi-
tatto viharanto sāmādhikam ceto-vimuttiü phusi || || Duti-
yam pi kho āyasmā tamhā sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā pari-
hāyi || ||
5. Tatiyaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto || pe ||
parihāyi || ||
6. Catutthaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto || pe ||
parihāyi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. paņissutvā.
     2 B. omits the words Māro . . . viditvā.
     3 So B. and C.; SS. vyādhayissatãti (B. and C. have byādha-); see
        Thera-gāthā, 46.
     4 This episode recurs in the Dhp. Com. 254-6.
     5 S2-3 omit viharanto.
     6 S2 cetasovi- here and further on.
>/
#<[page 121]>#
%<IV. 3. 3.]               UPARIPAĨCA-VAGGA 3.                121>%
7. Pa¤camaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko || pe || parihāyi || ||
8. Chaņņhaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpã
pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikaü ceto-vimuttiü phusi || ||
[Chaņņhaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko tamhā samādhikāya ceto
vimuttiya parihāyi || ||
9. Sattamaü pi kho āyasmā Godhiko appamatto ātāpã
pahitatto viharanto sāmādhikaü ceto-vimuttiü phusi\<*<1>*>/] || ||
10. Atha kho āyasmato Godhikassa etad ahosi || || Yāva
chaņņhaü khvāham sāmādhikāya ceto-vimuttiyā parihãno ||
yaü nånāhaü sattham āhareyyan ti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā āyasmato Godhikassa cetasā
cetoparivitakkam a¤¤āya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mahāvãra mahāpa¤¤a || iddhiyā yasasā jalaü ||
sabbe verabhayātãta || pāde vandāmi cakkhuma || ||
sāvako te mahāvãra || maraõaü maraõābhibhå ||
ākaīkhati\<*<2>*>/ cetayati || taü nisedha jutindhara || ||
kathaü hi Bhagavā tuyhaü || sāvako sāsane rato ||
appattamānaso\<*<3>*>/ sekho || kālaü kayirā jane sutā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
12. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmatā Godhikena sattham
āharitaü hoti || ||
13. Atha kho Bhagavā Māro pāpimā iti viditvā Māram
pāpimantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Evaü hi dhãrā kubbanti || nāvakaīkhanti jãvitaü ||
samålaü taõham abbuyha || Godhiko parinibbuto ti || ||
14. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || âyāma
bhikkhave yena Isigili-passaü Kāëasilā ten-upasaīkamissāma
yattha Godhikena kulaputtena sattham āharitan ti ||
15. Evaü bhante ti kho te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccasso-
suü || ||
16. Atha kho Bhagavā sambahulehi bhikkhåhi saddhiü
yena Isigili-passaü Kāëasilā ten-upasaīkami || || Addasā
kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Godikaü dårato va ma¤cake
vivattakkhandhaü semānam\<*<5>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 All the text from Chaņņhaü pi kho- to -phusi is in B. only.
     2 SS. ākaīkhayati.
     3 B. apattamanaso; S1 appamattamānaso; S2 appamattamanaso.
     4 Fausboll l.c. janesabhā.
     5 So SS.; C. seyyamānaü; B. soppamānaü.
>/
#<[page 122]>#
%<122                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.                 [IV. 3. 3.>%
17. Tena kho pana samayena dhumāyitattam timirayi-
tattaü\<*<1>*>/ gacchat-eva purimaü disaü || gacchati pacchimaü
disaü || gacchati uttaraü disaü || gacchati dakkhiõaü di-
saü || gacchati uddhaü gacchati adho gacchati anudisaü || ||
18. Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Passatha
no tumhe bhikkhave etaü dhumāyitattam timirāyitattaü ||
gacchat-eva purimaü dãsaü || gacchati pacchimaü || utta-
raü || dakkhiõaü || uddhaü || adho || gacchati anudisan ti || ||
Evam bhante || ||
19. Eso kho\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhave Māro pāpimā Godhikassa kula-
puttassa vi¤¤āõaü samanvesati\<*<3>*>/ || kattha Godhikassa kula-
puttassa vi¤¤āõaü patiņņhitan ti || appatiņņhitena ca\<*<4>*>/ bhi-
kkhave vi¤¤āõena Godhiko kulaputto parinibbuto ti || ||
20. Atha kho Māro pāpimā beluva\<*<5>*>/-paõķuvãõam ādāya
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
uddham adho ca tiriyaü || disā-anudisāsvaham\<*<6>*>/ ||
anvesaü nādhigacchāmi || Godhiko so kuhiü gato ti || ||
21. So\<*<7>*>/ dhãro dhitisampanno\<*<8>*>/ || jhāyã jhānarato sadā ||
ahorattam anuyu¤jaü || jãvitam anikāmayaü ||
jetvāna maccuno senaü || anāgantvā punabbhavaü ||
samålaü taõham\<*<9>*>/ abbuyha || Godhiko parinibbuto ti ||
22. Tassa sokaparetassa || vãõākacchā abhassatha\<*<10>*>/ || ||
tato so dummano yakkho || tath-ev-antaradhayathāti || ||


#<SN_1.4,3.4. Sattarassāni.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Uruvelāyaü
viharati najjā Nera¤jarāya tãre Ajapāla-nigrodhe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Māro pāpimā sattavassāni
Bhagavantam anubaddho\<*<11>*>/ hoti otārāpekkho\<*<12>*>/ otāram ala-
bhamāno || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2-3 omit timirāyitattaü here and further on.
     2 S1-3 omit kho; S2 hi.
     3 So B.; C. samanessati; S3 sammannesati; S1-2 sammantesati.
     4 SS. omit ca.
     5 C. voluva-.
     6 SS. anudisāsu hi.
     7 B. yo.
     8 SS. nidhisampanno.
     9 S1-3 samålataõhaü; S2 samålataõhā.
    10 Fausboll l. c. abhissatha.
    11 B. anubandho.
    12 B. -pekho.
>/
#<[page 123]>#
%<IV. 3. 4.]                 UPARIPAĨCA-VAGGA 3.                   123>%
Sokāvatiõõo\<*<1>*>/ nu\<*<2>*>/ vanasmiü jhāyasi ||
vittaü nu jiõõo\<*<3>*>/ uda patthayāno\<*<4>*>/ ||
āguü nu gāmasmiü akāsi ki¤ci ||
kasmā janena na karosi sakkhiü ||
sakkhã na sampajjati kenaci te ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
4. Sokassa målaü palikhāya sabbaü ||
anāgujhāyāmi asocamāno ||
chetvāna\<*<6>*>/ sabbaü bhavalobhajappaü ||
anāsavo jhāyāmi pamattabandhu || ||
5. Yaü vadanti mama yidan ti || ye vadanti maman ti ca ||
ettha ce te\<*<7>*>/ mano atthi || na me samaõa mokkhasãti || ||
6. Yaü vadanti na taü mayhaü || ye vadanti na te ahaü ||
evaü pāpima jānāhi || na me maggaü pi dakkhasãti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
7. Sa ce maggam anubuddhaü || khemam amatagāminaü\<*<9>*>/ ||
pehi\<*<10>*>/ gaccha tvam\<*<11>*>/ ev-eko || kim a¤¤am anusāsasãti || ||
8. Amaccudheyyam pucchanti || ye janā pāragāmino ||
tesāhaü puņņho akkhāmi || yaü sabbantaü\<*<12>*>/ nirupadhin-
ti\<*<13>*>/ || ||
9. Seyyathāpi bhante gāmassa vā nigamassa vā avidåre
pokkharaõã || tatr-assa kakkaņako || Atha kho bhante samba-
hulā kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā tamhā gāmā va nigamā
vā nikkhamitvā yena sā pokkaraõã ten-upasaīkameyyuü ||
upasaīkamitvā tam kakkaņakaü udakā uddharitvā thale
patiņņhāpeyyuü || yaü yad eva hi so bhante kakkaņako aëam\<*<14>*>/
abhininnāmeyya taü tad eva te kumārakā vā kumārikāyo vā
kaņņhena vā kaņhalāya vā saüchindeyyuü sambha¤jeyyuü
sampalibha¤jeyyuü\<*<15>*>/ || Evaü hi so bhante kakkaņako sabbehi
aëehi saüchinnehi sambhaggehi sampalibhaggehi\<*<16>*>/ abhabbo
tam pokkharaõim puna otarituü || || Seyyathāpi pubbe
evam eva kho bhante yāni sukāyikāni\<*<17>*>/ visevitāni vipphandi-
tāni\<*<18>*>/ kānici kānici sabbāni Bhagavatā saüchinnāni sambha-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2-3 sokānutiõõo; S1 sokāvanutiõõo.
     2 S1-3 va.
     3 C. vittam jino; SS. cittānujãno.
     4 SS. appatthayāno, omitting uda.
     5 SS. kenacitte (S1 tena-). This gātha will be found again in
        the next sutta.
     6 SS. hitvāna.
     7 SS. ceto.
     8 B. dakkhasi. See above, II. 9.
     9 SS. -gāminiü.
    10 C. apehi.
    11 S1-3 tam; S2 tim.
    12 S2 sabbanta; B. tacchaü taü.
    13 SS. nirupadhãti.
    14 B. āëam, āëehi.
    15 S2 samphali- here and futher on.
    16 S2 sampali abhabhaggehi.
    17 B. and C. visu (C. så) kāyitāni.
    18 S1-2 vippanditāni; C. nipphaõķitāni.
>/
#<[page 124]>#
%<124                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.               [IV. 3. 4.>%
ggāni sampalibhaggāni abhabbo c-idānāham\<*<1>*>/ bhante puna
Bhagavantam upasaīkamituü yad idam otārāpekkhoti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
10. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato santike imā nibbe-
janiyā gāthāyo\<*<3>*>/ abhāsi || ||
Medavaõõa¤ca pāsānaü || vāyaso\<*<4>*>/ anupariyagā ||
apetthamudu\<*<5>*>/ vindema || api assādanā siyā ||
aladdhā tattha assādaü || vāyas-etto apakkame || ||
kāko va selam āsajja || nibbijjāpema Gotamā ti || ||
11. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Bhagavato santike imā nibbe-
janiyā gāthāyo abhāsitvā\<*<6>*>/ tamhā ņhānā apakkamma Bhaga-
vato avidåre pathaviyaü pallaīkena nisãdi tuõhã bhåto
maīku-bhåto pattakkhandho\<*<7>*>/ adhomukho pajjhāyanto appa-
ņibhāno kaņņhena bhåmiü\<*<8>*>/ vilikhanto || ||


#<SN_1.4,3.5. Dhitaro.>#
1. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati\<*<9>*>/ ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro
yena Māro pāpimā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || Upasaīkamitvā
Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsiüsu\<*<10>*>/ || ||
Kenāsi dummano tāta || purisaü kaü nu socasi ||
mayaü taü rāgapāsena || ara¤¤am iva ku¤jaraü || ||
bandhitvā ānayissāma || vasago te bhavissatãti || ||
2. Arahaü sugato loke || na rāgena suvānayo\<*<11>*>/ ||
māradheyyam atikkanto || tasmā socām-ahaü bhusan-
ti || ||
3. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avocuü || || Pāde te\<*<12>*>/ samaõa paricāremā ti || ||
Atha kho Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā taü anuttare
upadhi-saīkhaye vimutto ||
4. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro
ekam antam apakkamma evaü\<*<13>*>/ sama¤cintesaü || || Uccā-
vacā kho purisānam adhippāyā || yaü nåna mayam ekasatam
ekasataü\<*<14>*>/ kumārivaõõasatam abbinimmineyyāmā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 vadānāhaü; S2 vadānabhaü.
     2 S2-3 -pekhoti; S1 pokhoti.
     3 SS. gāthā.
     4 B. Medavaõõaü pāsānaü vā || yaso-.
     5 S3 -anupariyogāpetthamudu; B. -muduü; C. assādo siyā.
     6 SS. gāthā bhāsitvā; C. abhāsitvā; but notices the reading bhāsitvā,
        to which it says abhāsitvā is equivalent.
     7 S3 pakatta-.
     8 S2-3 omit bhåmiü; S1 adds bhumiyam between the lines.
     9 SS. aratã.
    10 S2-3 ajjhabhāsi.
    11 See J. 1. 80.
    12 B. vo always.
    13 SS. omit evaü.
    14 S2-3 do not repeat ekasataü.
>/
#<[page 125]>#
%<IV. 3. 5.]                UPARIPAĨCA-VAGGA 3.               125>%
5. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro ekasa-
tam ekasataü kumārivaõõasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad
avocuü || || Pāde te samana paricāremā ti || ||
Taü pi Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā tam anuttare upa-
dhisaīkhaye vimutto || ||
6. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro
ekam antam apakkamma evaü samacintesuü || Uccāvacā kho
purisānam adhippāyā || yaü nåna mayam ekasatam ekasatam
avijātavaõõasatam abhinimmineyyāmā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro
ekasatam ekasatam avijātavaõõasatam abhinimminitvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
etad avocuü || Pāde te samaõa paricaremā ti || ||
Taü pi Bhagavā na manasākāsi yathā tam anuttare
upadhisaīkhaye vimutto || ||
8. Atha kho Taõhā ca || pa || sakiü vijātavaõõasataü
abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || pa || yathā tam anuttare
upadhisaīkhaye vimutto || ||
9. Atha kho Taõhā ca || pa || duvijātavaõõasatam abhi-
nimminitvā yena Bhagavā || pa || yathā tam anuttare upadhi-
saīkhaye vimutto || ||
10. Atha kho Taõhā ca || pa || majjhimitthivaõõasatam
abhinimmineyyāmā ti || || Atha kho Tanhā ca || pa || majjhi-
mitthivaõõasatam abhinimminitvā || pa || anuttare upadhi-
saīkhaye vimutto || ||
11. Atha kho Taõhā ca || pa || mahitthivaõõasatam abhi-
nimmineyyāmā ti || || Atha kho Taõhā ca || pa || mahitthi-
vaõõasatam abhinimminitvā yena Bhagavā || la || anuttare
upadhisaīkhaye vimutto || ||
12. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca Māra-dhãtaro
ekam antam apakkamma etad avocuü || || Saccaü kira no
pitā avoca || ||
Arahaü sugato loke || na rāgena suvānayo ||
māradheyyam atikkanto || tasmā socām-ahaü bhusan ti || ||
13. Yaü hi mayaü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā avãtarā-
gam iminā upakkamena upakkameyyāma hadayaü vāssa
phaleyya || uõhaü lohitaü vā mukhato uggaccheyya ||ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>/
#<[page 126]>#
%<126                      MâRA-SAũYUTTA IV.               [IV. 3. 5.>%
ummādam va pāpuõeyya cittavikkhepaü vā || seyyathā vā
pana naëo harito luto ussussati visussati milāyati || evam eva
ussusseyya visusseyya milāyeyyā ti || ||
14. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māradhãtaro
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā ekam
antam aņņhaüsu ||
15. Ekam antam ņhitā kho Taõhā māradhãtā Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sokāvatiõõo nu vanasmiü jhāyasi ||
cittaü nu\<*<1>*>/ jiõõo\<*<2>*>/ uda patthayāno ||
āguü nu gāmasmim akāsi ki¤ci ||
kasmā janena na\<*<3>*>/ karosi sakkhiü ||
sakkhã na sampajjati kenaci te ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
16. Atthassa pattiü hadayassa santiü ||
jetvāna senaü piyasātaråpaü ||
ekāhaü\<*<5>*>/ jhāyaü sukham anubodhaü\<*<6>*>/ ||
tasmā janena na karomi sakkhiü ||
sakkhã na sampajjati kenaci me ti || ||
17. Atha kho Arati\<*<7>*>/ māra-dhãtā Bhagavantaü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi ||
Kathaü vihārã-bahulo dha\<*<8>*>/ bhikkhu ||
pa¤coghatiõõo atarãdha\<*<9>*>/ chaņņhaü ||
kathaü jhāyaü\<*<10>*>/ bahulaü kāma-sa¤¤ā\<*<11>*>/ ||
paribāhirā honti aladdhāyo\<*<12>*>/ tan ti || ||
18. Passaddhakāyo suvimuttacitto ||
asaīkhārāno\<*<13>*>/ satimā anoko ||
a¤¤āya dhammaü avitakkajhāyã ||
na kuppati na sarati ve\<*<14>*>/ na thino || ||
Evaü vihārã-bahulo dha\<*<15>*>/ bhikkhu ||
pa¤coghatiõõo atarãdha\<*<16>*>/ chaņņhaü ||
evaü jhāyaü bahulaü kāmasa¤¤ā ||
paribāhirā honti aladdhāyo tan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So all the MSS. (see above, 4).
     2 SS. jãno.
     3 B. and S1-2 omit na here and further on.
     4 See the preceding number.
     5 So SS.; B. C. ekohaü.
     6 S2 sukhānubodhaü; C. -anubodhayaü.
     7 B. adds ca.
     8 B. ca.
     9 S3 atarãdha; S1-2 ataratãdha.
    10 S1 jhāyã; S2-3 jhāyiü.
    11 S1-2 -ya¤¤ā.
    12 S1-3 aladdhayo.
    13 B. asaīkharāno.
    14 B. omits ve.
    15 B. ca.
    16 B. atariü ca; S2 atharatidha; S1 ataritãdha.
>/
#<[page 127]>#
%<IV. 3. 5.]                UPARIPAĨCA-VAGGA 3.                    127>%
19. Atha kho Ragā ca māra-dhãtā Bhagavato santike
imaü santi gātham abhāsi || ||
Acchejja taõhaü gaõa-saīgha-cārã ||
addhā carissanti\<*<1>*>/ bahå ca sattā\<*<2>*>/ ||
bahuü vatāyam janatam anoko\<*<3>*>/ ||
acchijja\<*<4>*>/ nessati maccurājassa pāran ti || ||
20. Nayanti ve mahāvãrā || saddhammena Tathāgatā ||
dhammena nãyamānānaü\<*<5>*>/ || kā usåyā\<*<6>*>/ vijānatan ti || ||
21. Atha kho Taõhā ca Arati ca Ragā ca māra-dhãtaro
yena Māro pāpimā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || ||
22. Addasā kho Māro pāpimā Taõhaü ca Aratiü ca Raga¤
ca māra-dhãtaro dårato va āgacchantiyo || || disvāna gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Bālā kumudanāëehi|| pabbatam abhimatthatha ||
giriü nakhena khaõatha || ayo dantehi khādatha || ||
selaü va siras-åhacca || pātāle gādham\<*<7>*>/ esatha ||
khāõuü\<*<8>*>/ va urasāsajja || nibbijjāpetha Gotamā ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
23. Daddallamānā\<*<10>*>/ āga¤chuü || Taõhā\<*<11>*>/ Arati Ragā ca\<*<12>*>/ ||
tā tattha panudã satthā || tulam bhaņņhaü\<*<13>*>/ vā Māruto\<*<14>*>/
ti || ||
Tatiyo\<*<15>*>/ vaggo\<*<16>*>/ || ||
Tass-uddānam\<*<17>*>/ || ||
Sambahulā Samiddhi ca || Godhikaü Sattavassāni ||
Dhãtaraü desitam buddha-saņņhena imaü Mārapa¤cakan-ti
Māra-samyuttaü samattaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. tarissanti.
     2 SS. saddhā.
     3 B. aneko.
     4 C. accheja.
     5 S1 niyya; S2 nãyya-; B. C. nayya-; S1 nãyyamānam.
     6 B. ussuyā.
     7 SS. gātham.
     8 S1 khāõaü.
     9 SS. Gotamanti.
    10 So SS.; B. daddaëhamānā; C. daddalhamānā.
    11 SS. Taõhā ca.
    12 SS. omit ca.
    13 S1 tålabhaņņham; S2-3 tulahaņņham.
    14 SS. māråto; B. māluto.
    15 B. catuttho.
    16 SS. uparipa¤ca instead of tatiyo (or catuttho) vaggo.
    17 B. Tatruddānaü bhavati.
>/
#<[page 128]>#
%<128>%


********************************************

#<BOOK V. -- BHIKKHUNä-SAũYUTTAũ || ||>#


#<SN_1.5.1. âëavikā.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sā vatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho âëavikā bhikkhunã pubbaõha-samayaü ni-
vāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiü piõķāya pāvisi ||
Sāvatthiyaü piõķāya caritvā pacchābhattaü piõķapāta-
paņikkantā yena andhavanaü ten-upasaīkami vivekatthi-
kinã || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā âëavikāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaü
chambhitattam lomahaüsam uppādetu-kāmo vivekamhā cā-
vetu-kāmo yena âëavikā bhikkhunã ten-upasaīkami || upa-
saīkamitvā âëavikam bhikkhuõim gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Natthi nissaraõaü loke || kiü vivekena kāhasi ||
bhu¤jassu kāmaratiyo || māhu\<*<1>*>/ pacchānutāpinãti || ||
4. Atha kho âëavikāyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaü bhāsatãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho âëavikāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
kho ayaü pāpimā mama bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaü-
saü uppādetukāmo vivekamhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaü bhāsa-
tãti || ||
6. Atha kho âëavikā bhikkhunã Māro ayaü pāpimā iti
viditvā Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāya paccabhāsi || ||
Atthi nissaraõam loke || pa¤¤āya me suphussitaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
pamattabandhu pāpima || na tvaü jānāsi taü padaü ||
sattisålåpamā kāmā || khandhāsam\<*<4>*>/ adhikuņņanā ||
yaü tvaü kāmaratiü bråsi || arati mayhaü sā ahå ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So B. only; SS. bahu. See Therã-gāthā, 57.
     2 S1-2 abhāsatãti; S2 abhāsitãti.
     3 SS. suphassitaü.
     4 At Therã-gāthā 58, 141 khandhānaü.
>/
#<[page 129]>#
%<V. 3.]                          SOMâ 2.                          129>%
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü âëavikā bhikkhunã
ti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.5.2. Somā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || || Atha kho Somā bhikkhunã
pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā patta-cãvaram ādāya Sāvatthim
piõķaya pāvisi || ||
2. Sāvatthiyaü piõķāya caritvā pacchābhattaü piõķapāta-
paņikkantā yena andhavanaü ten-upasaīkami divāviharāya ||
andhavanaü ajjhogahetvā a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle divāvi-
hāratthāya nisãdi || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Somāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaü
chambhitattaü lomahaüsaü uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cā-
vetu-kāmo yena Somā bhikkhunã ten-upasaīkami || || Upa-
saīkamitvā Somam bhikkhuniü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yan-tam isãhi pattabbam || ņhānam durabhisambhavaü\<*<1>*>/ ||
na taü dvaīgulapa¤¤āya || sakkā\<*<2>*>/ pappotum itthiyā ti || ||
4. Atha kho Somāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaü bhāsatãti || ||
5. Atha kho Somāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro kho
ayaü pāpimā mama bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaüsam
uppādetu-kāmo samādimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaü bhāsatãti || ||
6. Atha kho Somā bhikkhunã Māro ayaü pāpimā iti
viditvā Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Itthibhāvo kiü kayirā || cittamhi susamāhite ||
¤āõamhi vattamānamhi || sammādhammaü vipassato\<*<3>*>/ || ||
yassa nåna siyā evaü || itthāhaü puriso ti vā ||
ki¤ci vā pana samãti\<*<4>*>/ || tam Māro vattum arahatãti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Somā bhikkhunãti
dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.5.3. Gotamã.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
Atha kho Kisā-Gotamã bhikkhunã pubbaõhasamayaü ni-
vāsetva pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piõķāya pāvisi || ||
2. Sāvatthiyaü piõķāya caritvā pacchābhattaü piõķapāta-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 C. durati-.
     2 See Therã-gāthā, 60.
     3 See Therã-gāthā, 61.
     4 So C.; SS. asminti; B. a¤¤asmiü.
     5 SS. suppress the last paragraph in all the suttas but the last,
        or give only the first words Atha kho Māro pāpimā-.
>/
#<[page 130]>#
%<130                     BHIKKHUNä-SAũYUTTA V.             [V. 3.>%
paņikkantā yena andhavanaü ten-upasaīkami\<*<1>*>/ divāvihārāya ||
andhavanaü ajjhogahetvā a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle divā-
vihāraü nisãdi || ||
3. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Kisā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā
bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaüsaü uppādetu-kāmo samā-
dimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Kisā-Gotamã bhikkhunã ten-upa-
saīkami || || Upasaīkamitvā Kisā-Gotamã bhikkhuniü gā-
thāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiü nu tvaü hataputtā va || ekamāsi rudammukhã ||
vanam ajjhogatā ekā || purisaü nu gavesasã ti || ||
4. Atha kho Kãsā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Ko nu khvāyaü\<*<2>*>/ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaü abhā-
sãti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho Kisā-Gotamiyā bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Māro kho ayaü pāpimā mama bhayaü chambhitattam loma-
haüsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaü
bhāsatãti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho Kisā-Gotamã bhikkhunã Māro kho ayam
pāpimā iti viditvā Māram pāpimantam gāthāhi paccābhāsi || ||
Accantaü\<*<5>*>/ hataputtāmhi\<*<6>*>/ || purisā etad antikā\<*<7>*>/ ||
na socāmi na rodāmi || na taü bhāyāmi āvuso || ||
sabbattha vihatā\<*<8>*>/ nandi || tamokkhandho\<*<9>*>/ padālito ||
jetvāna maccuno\<*<10>*>/ senaü || viharāmi anāsavā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maü Kisā-Gotamã
bhikkhunãti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.5.4. Vijayā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || || Atha kho Vijayā bhikkhunã
pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā || pa || a¤¤atarasmiü rukkha-
måle divāvihāraü nisãdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaü ||
pa || samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Vijayā bhikkhunã ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Vijayaü bhikkhuniü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. add upasaīkamitvā.
     2 B. and S3 kvāhaü; S1 cāyaü; S2 khvāvāyaü (or khvācāyaü).
     3 B. bhāsatãti here and futher on.
     4 S2-3 gāthābhāsasãti (in S3 corrected from gāthāya abhāsasãti)
     5 SS. accanta.
     6 S3 gata-; SS. C. puttamhi.
     7 SS. antiyā.
     8 SS. vihitā.
     9 B. C. tamokhandho.
    10 See Māra-S. III. 3; SS. have bhetvā (here jetvā) namucino.
>/
#<[page 131]>#
%<V. 5]                   UPPALAVAööâ 5.                        131>%
Daharā tvaü råpavatã || aha¤ca daharo susu ||
pa¤caīgikena turiyena || eh-ayye bhiramāmase ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
3. Atha kho Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
kho ayaü\<*<2>*>/ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaü bhāsatãti || ||
4. Atha kho Vijayāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
ayaü papimā || pa || gāthaü bhāsatãti || ||
5. Atha kho Vijayā bhikkhunã || Māro ayam pāpimā || iti
viditvā Māraü pāpimantaü gathāhi paccabhāsi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Råpā saddā rasā gandhā || poņņhabbā ca manorāmā ||
niyyātayāmi tumheva || Māra na hi tena atthikā || ||
iminā påtikāyena || bhindanena\<*<4>*>/ pabhaīgunā ||
aņņiyāmi\<*<5>*>/ harāyāmi || kāmataõhā samuhatā\<*<6>*>/ || ||
Ye ca råpåpagā sattā || ye ca āråppaņņhāyino\<*<7>*>/ ||
yā ca santā samāpatti || sabbattha vihato tamo ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maü Vijayā bhikkhu-
nãti || dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.5.5. Uppalavaõõā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || || Atha kho Uppalavaõõā\<*<8>*>/ bhik-
khunã pubbaõha-samayaü nivāsetvā || pa || a¤¤atarasmiü
supupphita-sālarukkha-måle aņņhāsi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Uppalavaõõāya bhikkhuniyā
bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaüsaü uppādetu-kāmo samā-
dhimhā cāvetu-kāmo yena Uppalavaõõā bhikkhunã ten-
upasaīkami || ||
3. Upasaīkamitvā Uppalavaõõam bhikkhuniü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Supupphitaggam upagamma bhikkhuni ||
ekā tuvaü tiņņhasi sālamåle ||
na c-atthi te dutiyā vaõõadhātu ||
idhāgatā tādisikā bhaveyyuü\<9>/ ||
bāle na tvaü bhāyasi dhuttakānan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Uppalavaõõāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 SS. ehi ayye ramāmase. See Therã-gāthā, 139.
     2 SS. yam.
     3 SS. ajjhabhāsi.
     4 So B. and C.; SS. bhindarena.
     5 C. aņņayāmi.
     6 See Therã-gāthā, 140.
     7 B. ye ca aråpagāmino (see further on, No. 6).
     8 B. Upalavaõõā always.
     9 S3 gaveyyuü. This word is omitted by S2; all the pada by B.,
        and in Therã-gāthā, 230.
>/
#<[page 132]>#
%<132                      BHIKKHUNä-SAũYUTTA V.             [V. 5.>%
Ko nu khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gātham bhā-
sasãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho Uppalavaõõāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || ||
Māro ayam pāpimā mama bhayaü || pa || gāthaü bhāsatãti || ||
6. Atha kho Uppalavaõõā bhikkhunã || Māro ayaü pāpimā
iti viditvā Māram pāpimantaü gāthāhi paccabhāsi || ||
Sataü sahassāni pi dhuttakānaü ||
idhāgatā tādisikā bhaveyyuü ||
lomaü na i¤jāmi\<*<2>*>/ na santasāmi ||
na Māra\<*<3>*>/ bhāyāmi tam\<*<4>*>/ ekikā pi || ||
Esā antaradhāyāmi || kucchiü vā pavisāmi te ||
pakhumantarikāyam\<*<5>*>/ pi || tiņņhantiü\<*<6>*>/ maü na dakkhasi ||
cittasmiü vasãbhåtamhi || iddhipādā subhāvitā ||
sabbabandhanamuttāmhi || na taü bhāyāmi āvuso ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti mam Uppalavaõõā
bhikkhunãti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.5.6. Cālā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
Atha kho Cālā bhikkhunã pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā ||
pa || a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle divāvihāraü nisãdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Cālā bhikkhunã ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Cālaü bhikkhunim etad
avoca || || Kiü nu tvaü bhikkhuni na rocesãti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
Jātiü\<*<9>*>/ khvāhaü āvuso na rocemi || ||
Kiü nu tvaü\<*<10>*>/ jātiü na rocesi || ||
Jāto kāmāni bhu¤jati || ||
Ko nu tam\<*<11>*>/ idam ādapayi\<*<12>*>/ || || Jātim mā rocesi\<*<13>*>/ bhi-
kkhunãti || ||
3. Jātassa maraõaü hoti || jāto dukkhāni passati\<*<14>*>/ ||
bandhaü\<*<15>*>/ vadhaü pariklesaü || tasmā jātim na rocaye || ||
Buddho dhammam adesesi || jātiyā samatikkamaü ||
sabbadukkhappahānāya || so maü sacce nivesayi\<*<16>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. bhāsatãti here and further on.
     2 SS. icchāmi.
    3 Māra na.
     4 S1-2 na; S3 has neither na nor taü.
     5 C. -antariyātiü.
     6 B. -ntam; SS. -nti.
     7 See Therã gāthā, 230-233.
     8 SS. rocasãti.
     9 SS. jāti.
    10 SS. omit tvaü.
    11 SS. tvam.
    12 B. ādiyi.
    13 SS. roca.
    14 B. phussati.
    15 S1-2 khandhaü.
    16 SS. nivedayi. See Therã-gāthā, 191-2.
>/
#<[page 133]>#
%<V. 8.]                    UPACâLâ 7.                          133>%
Ye ca råpupagā sattā || ye ca āråppaņņhāyino\<*<1>*>/ ||
nirodham appajānantā || āgantāro punabbhavan ti || ||
4. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maü Cālā bhikkhunãti
dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||

#<SN_1.5.7. Upacālā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || ||
2. Atha kho Uppacālā bhikkhunã bhikkhunã pubbaõhasamayaü nivā-
setvā || la || a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle divāvihāraü nisãdi ||
pa || Upacālam bhikkhunim etad avoca || || Kattha nu tvaü
bhikkhuni uppajjitu-kāmā ti || ||
3. Na khvāham āvuso katthaci uppajjitu-kāmā ti || ||
4. Tāvatiüsā ca Yāmā ca || Tusitā cāpi devatā ||
Nimmānaratino devā || ye devā Vasavattino || ||
tattha cittaü paõidhehi || ratiü paccanubhossasãti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
5. Tāvatiüsā ca Yāmāca || Tusitā cāpi devatā ||
Nimmānaratino devā || ye devā Vasavattino || ||
kāmabandhanabaddhā te || enti Māra-vasaü puna || ||
Sabbo ādipito loko || sabbo loko padhåpito ||
sabbo pajjalito loko || sabbo loko pakampito || ||
akampitam acalitaü || aputthujjanasevitaü ||
agati yattha Mārassa || tattha me nirato mano ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || ||


#<SN_1.5.8. Sãsupacālā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || || Atha kho Sãsupacālā\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhunã
pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā || pa || a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhu-
måle divāvihāraü nisãdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā yena Sãsupacālā bhikkhunã ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Sãsupacālam bhikkhunim etad
avoca || || Kassa nu tvaü bhikkhuni pāsaõķaü\<*<5>*>/ rocesãti || ||
3. Na khvāham āvuso kassaci pāsaõķaü\<*<5>*>/ rocemã ti || ||
4. Kiü nu uddissa muõķāsi || samaõã viya dissasi ||
na ca\<*<6>*>/ rocesi pāsaõķaü || kim-iva carasi momuhā ti || ||
5. Ito bahiddhā pāsaõķā || diņņhãsu\<*<7>*>/ pasãdanti\<*<8>*>/ ye\<*<9>*>/ ||
na tesaü dhammam rocemi || na te dhammassa kovidā\<*<10>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. aråpaņņhāyino. See above, No. 4.
     2 S1-2 ratipacca-; in S2 pa is erased.
     3 See Therã-gāthā, 197-8 and 200-201.
     4 SS. Sisappacāëā always.
     5 S2 pāsaccaü.
     6 B. sacena; SS. na.
     7 S3 diņņhisu.
     8 C. saüsidanti.
     9 SS. te.
    10 See Therã-gāthā, 183-4.
>/
#<[page 134]>#
%<134                     BHIKKHUNä-SAũYUTTA V.                 [V. 8.>%
Atthi sakya-kule jāto || buddho appaņipuggalo ||
sabbābhibhå māranudo || sabbattham aparājito ||
sabbatthamutto asito\<*<1>*>/ || sabbam passati cakkhumā || ||
sabbakammakkhayaü patto || vimutto upadhisaīkhaye ||
so mayhaü Bhagavā satthā || tassa rocemi sāsanan ti || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || pe ||


#<SN_1.5.9. Selā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || || Atha kho Selā bhikkhunã pubbaõha-
samayaü nivāsetvā || pa || a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle divāvi-
hāraü nisãdi ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Selāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaü ||
pa || Selaü bhikkhuniü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ken-idaü pakataü bimbaü || kvan-nu\<*<2>*>/ bimbassa kārako ||
kvaü ca bimbaü samuppannaü || kvan-nu bimbaü ni-
rujjhatã ti || ||
3. Atha kho Selāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyam manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaü bhāsatã ti || ||
4. Atha kho Selāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
kho ayam pāpimā mama bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaüsam
uppādetukāmo samādhimhā cavetu-kāmo gāthaü bhāsatã
ti || ||
5. Atha kho Selā bhikkhunã Māro ayaü pāpimā iti
viditvā Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāhi paccabhāsi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Nayidam attakataü bimbaü || na yidaü parakatam aghaü ||
hetuü paņicca sambhåtaü || hetubhaīgā nirujjhati || ||
Yathā a¤¤ataraü bãjaü || khette vuttaü viråhati ||
pathavãrasa¤ cāgamma\<*<4>*>/ || sineha¤ ca tad ubhayaü ||
evam khandhā ca dhātuyo || cha ca āyatanā ime\<*<5>*>/ ||
hetuü paņicca sambhåtā || hetubhaīgā nirujjhare ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho Māro pāpimā jānāti maü Selā bhikkhunã
ti dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.5.10. Vajirā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || || Atha kha Vājirā bhikkhunã pubbaõha-
samayam nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiü piõķāya
pāvisi || || Sāvatthiyaü piõķāya caritvā pacchābhataüū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 C. anissito.
     2 B. Kvaci here and further on.
     3 S3 ajjhabhāsi.
     4 SS. -rasa¤ca āgamma.
     5 SS. chāyatanā ime pana.
     6 SS. nirujjhanti.
>/
#<[page 135]>#
%<V. 10.]                     VAJIRâ 10.                          135>%
piõķapāta-paņikkantā yena andhavanaü ten-upasaīkami
divāvihārāya || andhavanam ajjhogahetvā a¤¤atarasmiü ru-
kkhamåle divāvihāraü nisãdi || ||
2. Atha kho Māro pāpimā Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā bhayaü
chambhitatthaü lomahaüsam uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā
cāvetu-kāmo yena Vajirā bhikkhunã ten-upasaīkami || ||
Upasaīkamitvā Vajiram bhikkhuniü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
3. Kenāyaü pakato satto || kuvam\<*<1>*>/ sattassa kārako ||
kuvaü satto samuppanno || kuvaü satto nirujjhatã ti || ||
4. Atho kho Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Ko nu
khvāyaü manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaü bhāsatã ti ||
5. Atha kho Vajirāya bhikkhuniyā etad ahosi || || Māro
kho ayam pāpimā mama bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaüsam
uppādetu-kāmo samādhimhā cāvetu-kāmo gāthaü bhāsatã
ti || ||
6. Atha kho Vajirā bhikkhunã || Māro ayam pāpimā iti ||
viditvā Māraü pāpimantaü gāthāya paccabhāsi\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Kinnu satto ti\<*<3>*>/ paccesi || Māra diņņhigataü nu te\<*<4>*>/ || ||
suddhasaīkhārapu¤jo yaü || nayidha sattåpalabbhati || ||
yathā hi aīgasambhārā || hoti saddo ratho iti || ||
evaü khandhesu santesu || hoti satto ti sammuti || ||
dukkham eva hi sambhoti || dukkhaü tiņņhati veti ca ||
nā¤¤atra dukkhā sambhoti || nā¤¤aü dukkhā nirujjhatã
ti || ||
7. Atha kho Māro pāpimā || jānāti maü Vajirā bhikkhunã
ti || dukkhã dummano tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||
Bhikkhunã-saüyuttaü samattaü || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
âëavikā\<5>/ ca Somā ca || Gotamã Vijayā saha\<6>/ ||
Uppalavaõõā ca Cālā\<7>/ || Upacālā Sãsupacālā\<8>/ ||
Selā\<9>/ Vajirāya te dasā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. kvaü always.
     2 S1-2 ajjhabhāsi.
    3 SS. sattosi.
     4 S1-2 seem to have hatannute.
     5 SS. āëaviyā.
     6 B. sāmā (perhaps sq…ū.
     7 SS. Cālāyā sattamaü.
     8 B. Sãsåpacālā; SS. Sãsappa-.
     9 S3 Sesā; omitted by S1.
>/
#<[page 136]>#
%<136>%


********************************************

#<BOOK VI. -- BRAHMA-SAũYUTTAM.>#


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER I. PAōHAMO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.6,1.1. âyācanam.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Uruvelāyaü
viharati najjā Nera¤jarāya tãre Ajapāla-nigrodha-måle\<*<1>*>/ pa-
thamābhisambuddho || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa patisallãnassa evaü
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || ||
3. Adhigato kho myāyaü dhammo gambhãro duddaso
duranubodho santo paõãto atakkāvacaro nipuõo paõķita-
vedanãyo || || âlayarāmā kho panāyaü pajā ālayaratā ālaya-
samuditā || ālayarāmāya kho pana pajāya ālayaratāya ālaya-
samuditāya duddasaü\<*<2>*>/ idaü ņhānam || yad idam idappacca-
yatā paņiccasamuppādo || || Idam pi\<*<3>*>/ kho\<*<4>*>/ ņhānaü dudda-
saü || yad idaü sabbasaīkhārasamatho sabbupadhipaņinissaggo
taõhakkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaü\<*<5>*>/ || || Aha¤ceva kho
pana dhammaü deseyyaü || pare ca me na ājāneyyuü\<*<6>*>/ ||
so mamassa kilamatho || sā mamassa vihesā ti || ||
4. Apissudaü\<*<7>*>/ Bhagavantam imā\<*<8>*>/ acchariyā\<*<9>*>/ gāthāyo
paņibhaüsu pubbe assutapubbā || ||
Kicchena me adhigataü || halandāni pakāsituü ||
rāgadosaparetehi || nāyaü dhammo susambuddho || ||
paņisotagāmiü nipuõaü || gambhãram duddasam aõuü ||
rāgarattā na dakkhinti\<*<10>*>/ || tamokkhandhena āvutā ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. ajapālanigrodhe.
     2 B. sududdasam.
     3 SS. hi.
     4 S2 omits kho.
     5 SS. nibbānanti.
     6 SS. ajāneyyuü.
     7 S2 and C. apissu; B. apisu.
     8 S3 imāya; S1 imā imā.
     9 So S1-2; B. anacchariyā; C. anacchiriyā (explaining anu acchariyā).
    10 B. dakkhanti always.
    11 S2 āvatā-; S3 āvaņā-; C. āvuttā-; S1 -kkhandho na āvarā ti.
>/
#<[page 137]>#
%<VI. 1. 1.]                   PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                  137>%
5. Iti\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavato paņisa¤cikkhato appossukkatāya cittaü
namati no dhammadesanāya || ||
6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa Bhagavato cetasā
ceto parivitakkam a¤¤āya etad ahosi || || Nassati vata bho
loko vinassati vata bho loko || yatra hi nāma Tathāgatassa
arahato sammāsambuddhassa appossukkatāya cittaü namati
no dhamma-desanāyā ti || ||
7. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammi¤jitaü vā bāhaü pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bāhaü
sammi¤jeyya || evam evaü brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato
purato pātur ahosi || ||
8. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaüsaü uttarāsaīgaü
karitvā dakkhiõa-jānu-maõķalaü pathaviyaü nihantvā yena
Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü pamāmetvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Desetu bhante\<*<2>*>/ Bhagavā dhammaü desetu Sugato
dhammaü || Santi\<*<3>*>/ sattā apparajakkhajātikā\<*<4>*>/ assavanatā\<*<5>*>/
dhammassa parihāyanti\<*<6>*>/ bhavissanti dhammassa a¤¤ātāro
ti || ||
9. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idaü vatvā athāparam
etad avoca || ||
Pātur' ahosi Magadhesu pubbe ||
dhammo asuddho samalehi cintito ||
avāpur-etaü\<*<7>*>/ amatassa dvāraü ||
suõantu dhammaü vimalenānubuddhaü || ||
Sele yathā pabbata-muddhani ņhito ||
yathā pi passe janataü\<*<8>*>/ samantato ||
tathåpamaü dhammamayaü sumedha -- ||
pāsādam āruyha samantacakkhu ||
sokāvatiõõaü janatam\<*<9>*>/ apetasoko ||
avekkhassu jātijarābhibhåtan ti || ||
[Uņņhehi vãra vijitasaīgāma ||
satthavāha anaõa vicara loke ||
Desetu Bhagavā dhammam || a¤¤ātāro bhavissantã ti\<*<10>*>/] || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. adds ha.
     2 B. omits bhante.
     3 B. adds dha.
     4. S3 -rajakkhi-.
     5 SS. assavantā (see above, Māra-S. I. 5).
     6 S2 pahāyanti.
     7 B. C. apāpure-.
     8 S1-2 jantum; S3 jantam corrected into janataü.
     9 S1 jataü; S2 taü.
    10 This gāthā is to be found in B. only.
>/
#<[page 138]>#
%<138                       BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.             [VI. 1. 1.>%
10. Atha kho Bhagavā Brahmuno ca ajjhesanaü viditvā
sattesu ca kāru¤¤ataü paņicca buddhacakkhunā lokaü volo-
kesi || ||
11. Addasā kho Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaü volokento
satte apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye\<*<1>*>/
svākāre dvākāre suvi¤¤āpaye duvi¤¤āpaye\<*<2>*>/ appekacce para-
loka-vajja-bhaya-dassāvino viharante || ||
12. Seyyathāpi nāma uppaliniyaü vā paduminiyaü vā
puõķarãkiniyaü vā appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā
puõķarãkāni vā udake jatāni udake {saüvaddhāni}\<*<3>*>/ udakā-
nuggatāni anto-nimuggaposãni\<*<4>*>/ || appekaccāni uppalāni vā
padumāni vā puõķarikāni vā udake jātāni udake {saüvaddhāni}
samodakam ņhitāni || appekaccāni uppalāni vā padumāni vā
puõķarãkāni vā udake jātāni udake {saüvaddhāni} udakā\<*<5>*>/
accuggamma tiņņhanti\<*<6>*>/ anupalittāni udakena || Evam eva
Bhagavā buddhacakkhunā lokaü volokento addasa satte
apparajakkhe mahārajakkhe tikkhindriye mudindriye svākāre
dvākāre suvi¤¤āpaye duvi¤¤āpaye appekacce paralokavajja-
bhayadassāvino viharante || ||
13. Disvāna Brahmānam sahampatiü gāthāya pacca-
bhāsi || ||
Apārutā tesam amatassa dvārā\<*<7>*>/ ||
ye sotavanto pamuccantu saddhaü ||
vihiüsasa¤¤ã\<*<8>*>/ paguõam na bhāsiü\<*<9>*>/ ||
dhammaü paõitam manujesu Brahme ti || ||
14. Atha kho\<*<10>*>/ Brahmā sahampati || katāvakāso kho mhi
Bhagavato dhammadesanāyā ti || Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-antaradhāyã ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.6,1.2. Gāravo.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Uruvelāyaü
viharati najjā Nera¤jarāya tãre Ajapāla-nigrodhe pathamā-
bhisambuddho || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 mutindriye.
     2 B. omits dvākāre duvi¤¤āpaye here and further on.
     3 S3 samvaņņāni here and further on.
     4 So C.; S2 -posinã; S1 -lepāsinã; B. -āpesini.
     5 SS. udakaü-.
     6 B. thitāni.
     7 SS. add Brahmā.
     8 S1-2 vihi¤¤āsa¤¤ã.
     9 B. C nabhāsi.
    10 S2-3 omit kho.
    11 The same text is to be found in the Mahāvaggo of the Vinaya at
        the beginning where it is entitled: Brahmāyācana-gāthā.
>/
#<[page 139]>#
%<VI. 1. 2.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                    139>%
2. Atha kho Bhagavato rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü
cetaso parivitakko udapādi || || Dukkhaü kho agāravo viha-
rati appatisso || kannu\<*<1>*>/ khvāham samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā
sakkatvā garukatvā\<*<2>*>/ upanissāya vihareyyan ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavato etad ahosi || || Aparipuõõassa
kho sãlakkhandhassa paripåriyā a¤¤aü samaõaü vā brāhma-
õaü vā sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaü || na kho
panāham passami sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassa-
maõa-brāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā sãla-
sampannataram a¤¤aü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā yam
ahaü sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihāreyyaü ||
4. Aparipuõõassa kho\<*<3>*>/ samādhikkhandhassa pāripuriyā
a¤¤aü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā sakkatvā gurukatvā
upanissāva vihareyyamo || ||
5. Aparipuõõassa kho pa¤¤akkhandhassa pāripåriyā- || ||
6. Apāripuõõassa kho vimuttikkhandhassa pāripuriyā ||
pe ||
7. Aparipuõõassa kho vimutti¤āõa-dassanakkhandhassa
pāripåriyā a¤¤aü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā sakkatvā
garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaü || na kho panāhaü passāmi
sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamanabrāhmaõiyā
pajāya sadevamanussāya attanā vimutti¤¤āõa-dassana-
sampannataram a¤¤aü samaõaü vā brāhmaõaü vā yam
ahaü sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya vihareyyaü || ||
8. Yaü nånāhaü yvāyaü\<*<4>*>/ dhammo mayā abhisambuddho
tam eva dhammaü sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viha-
reyyan ti || ||
9. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato cetasā cetopa-
rivitakkam a¤¤āya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammi¤ji-
taü vā bāhaü pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bāhaü sammi¤jeyya ||
evam evam Brahmaloke antarahito Bhagavato purato pātur
ahosi || ||
10. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati ekaüsam uttarāsaīgam
karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā Bhagavantam
etad avoca || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. kathaü nu.
     2 B. garuü- always.
     3 SS. omit kho.
     4 SS. svāyaü.
>/
#<[page 140]>#
%<140                       BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.               [VI. 1. 2.>%
11. Evam etaü Bhagavā evam etaü Sugata || ye pi te
bhante ahesuü atãtam addhānaü arahanto sammāsambuddhā ||
te pi bhagavanto dhamma¤¤eva sakkatvā garukatvā upa-
nissāya vihariüsu || || Ye pi te bhante bhavissanti anāgatam
addhānam arahanto sammāsambuddhā || te pi bhagavanto
dhamma¤¤eva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viharissanti || ||
Bhagavā pi bhante etarahi\<*<1>*>/ arahaü sammāsambuddho dham-
ma¤¤eva sakkatvā garukatvā upanissāya viharatå ti || ||
12. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idam vatvāna athā-
param etad avoca || ||
Ye ca atãtā\<*<2>*>/ sambuddhā || ye ca buddhā anāgatā ||
yo c-etarahi\<*<3>*>/ sambuddho || bahunnaü sokanāsano || ||
sabbe saddhammagaruno || vihariüsu\<*<4>*>/ viharanti ca ||
atho\<*<5>*>/ pi viharissanti || esā buddhānaü\<*<6>*>/ dhammatā || ||
tasmā hi atthakāmena || mahattam abhikaīkhatā ||
saddhammo garukātabbo || saraü buddhānasāsananti || ||


#<SN_1.6,1.3. Brahmadevo.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤atarissā brāhmaõiyā
Brahmadevo nāma putto Bhagavato santike agārasmā\<*<7>*>/
anagāriyaü pabbajito hoti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Brahmadevo eko våpakaņņho appa-
matto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirasseva yassatthāya
kulaputtā\<*<8>*>/ sammad-eva agārasmā anagāriyaü pabbajanti ||
tadanuttaram brahmacariya-pariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme
sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || || Khãõā
jāti våsitaü brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam
itthattāyā ti abbha¤¤āsi || || A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Brahma-
devo arahatam ahosi\<*<9>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Brahmadevo pubbaõhasamayaü nivā-
setvā pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiyaü piõķāya pāvisi ||
Sāvatthiyaü sapadānam piõķāya caramāno yena saka-mātu-
nivesanaü ten-upasaīkami || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2 etthaki.
     2 S2-3 ye cabbhatãtā; S1 ye cabahatãtā.
     3 S1-2 yo (S2 ye) carecarahi.
     4 B. vihaüsu.
     5 B. athā.
     6 SS. buddhāna-.
     7 SS. agārasmā.
     8 S3 kulaputto.
     9 SS. ahosãti.
>/
#<[page 141]>#
%<VI. 1. 3.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                 141>%
5. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Brahmadevassa
mātā brāhmaõã Brahmuno āhutiü niccaü paggaõhāti ||
6. Atha kho Brahmuno sahampatissa etad ahosi || || Ayaü
kho āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātā brāhmaõã Brahmuno
āhutiü niccaü paggaõhāti || yaü nånāhaü tam\<*<1>*>/ upasaīka-
mitvā saüvejeyyan ti || ||
7. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammi¤jitaü vā bāhaü pasāreyya || pasāritaü vā
bāhaü sammi¤jeyya || evam evaü Brahmaloke antarahito
āyasmato Brahmadevassa mātu nivesane pātur ahosi || ||
8. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati vehāsaü ņhito āyasmato
Brahmadevassa mātaraü brāhmaõiü gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Dåre ito brāhmaõi brahmaloko\<*<2>*>/ ||
yassāhutiü paggaõhāsi niccaü ||
n-etādiso\<*<3>*>/ brāhmaõi brahmabhakkho ||
kiü jappasi brahmapatham ajānantã\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Eso hi te brāhmaõi brahmadevo ||
nirupadhiko atidevapatto\<*<5>*>/ ||
aki¤cano bhikkhu ana¤¤aposiyo\<*<6>*>/ ||
te so\<*<7>*>/ piõķāya gharaü paviņņho || ||
âhuneyyo\<*<8>*>/ vedagå bhāvitatto ||
narānaü devānaü ca dakkhiõeyyo ||
bāhitvā\<*<9>*>/ pāpāni anupalitto\<*<10>*>/ ||
ghāsesanaü iriyati sãtibhåto || ||
Na tassa pacchā na purattham atthi ||
santo vidhåmo anigho nirāso\<*<11>*>/ ||
nikkhittadaõķo tasathāvaresu ||
so tyāhutiü\<*<12>*>/ bhu¤jatu aggapiõķaü || ||
Visenibhåto upasantacitto ||
nāgo va danto carati anejo\<*<13>*>/ ||
bhikkhu susãlo suvimuttacitto ||
so tyāhutiü bhu¤jatu aggapiõķaü || ||
Tasmiü pasannā avikampamānā ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S2-3 omit taü; S1 yannånāhaü.
     2 S1-2 -loke.
     3 S1-2 paggaõhātisiniccannodiso (S1 niccantādiso).
     4 B. kã-; S2 (perhaps S3) jappasã; S3 B. ajānanti.
     5 S2 nirupadhi: S1-3nirupadhiü; S1-3 atidevo ca patto;
        C. attidevaputto.
     6 C. -posã yo; S2 posiü.
     7 S2-3 to se.
     8 S3 C. āhuõeyyo.
     9 SS. bāhetvā.
    10 S2 anåpalitto; S1 anålitto.
    11 S1-2 nivāso.
    12 S1 sotāhutiü, further on sottā-.
    13 S1-2 anojo; C. anejjo.
>/
#<[page 142]>#
%<142                        BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.           [VI.1.3.>%
patiņņhapehi dakkhiõaü dakkhiõeyye\<*<1>*>/ ||
karohi pu¤¤aü sukham āyatikaü || ||
disvā muniü brāhmaõi oghatiõõan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
9. Tasmiü pasannā avikampamānā ||
patiņņhapesi dakkhiõaü dakkhiõeyye ||
akāsi\<*<3>*>/ pu¤¤aü sukham āyatikaü ||
disvā munim\<*<4>*>/ brāhmaõã\<*<5>*>/ oghatiõõan ti || ||


#<SN_1.6,1.4. Bako brahmā.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bakassa brahmuno\<*<6>*>/ evaråpaü
pāpakaü diņņhigataü uppannaü hoti || || Idaü niccaü idaü
dhuvaü || idaü sassataü idaü kevalaü idam acavana-
dhammaü || idaü hi na jāyati na jãyati na mãyati na cavati
na uppajjati\<*<7>*>/ || ito ca\<*<8>*>/ pan-a¤¤am uttariü nissaraõaü\<*<9>*>/
natthãti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā Bakassa brahmuno cetasā cetopari-
vitakkam a¤¤āya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammi¤jitaü
vā bāhaü pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bāhaü sammi¤jeyya || evam
eva Jetavane antarahito tasmiü brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
4. Addasā kho Bako brahmā Bhagavantam dårato va
āgacchantaü || disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Ehi kho mārisa svāgataü te mārisa\<*<10>*>/ cirassaü kho mārisa
imaü pariyāyam akāsi yad idaü idhāgamanāya || || Idaü
hi mārisa niccam idaü dhuvam idaü sassatam idaü kevalam
idam acavanadhammaü || idaü hi na jāyati na jãyati na
mãyati na cavati na uppajjati || ito ca pan-a¤¤aü uttariü
nissaraõaü natthã ti || ||
5. Evaü vutte Bhagavā Bakam brahmānam idam\<*<11>*>/ avoca || ||
Avijjāgato vata bho Bako brahmā avijjāgato vata bho
Bako brahmā || || Yatra hi nāma aniccam yeva samānaü
niccan ti vakkhati || adhuvaü yeva samānaü dhuvan-ti
vakkhati || Asassataü yeva\<*<12>*>/ samānaü sassatan ti vakkhati ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 dakkhiõeyyaü.
     2 SS. omit ti.
     3 B. karoti.
     4 SS. munã.
     5 S1-2 brāhmaõi; B. brahmaõaü.
     6 S3 brahmuõo always.
     7 B. upapajjati always.
     8 SS. omit ca.
     9 B. uttari always; S1-2 nissaraõiü always.
    10 S1 kho instead of te; S2-3 omit svāgataü te mārisa.
    11 B. etad.
    12 SS. anicca¤¤eva- addhuva¤¤eva- asassata¤¤eva-, further on
        -dhamma¤¤eva.
>/
#<[page 143]>#
%<VI. 1. 4.]                PATHAMA-VAGGA I.                     143>%
akevalaü yeva samānaü kevalan ti vakkhati || cavana-
dhammaü yeva samānaü acavana-dhamman ti vakkhati || ||
Yattha ca pana jayati ca jãyati ca mãyati ca cavati ca
uppajjati ca taü ca tathā\<*<1>*>/ vakkhati idaü hi na jāyati na
jãyati na mãyati na cavati na uppajjati santa¤ ca pan-a¤¤am
uttariü nissaraõaü n-atth-a¤¤aü uttariü nissaraõan-ti
vakkhatã ti || ||
6. Dvāsattati Gotama pu¤¤akammā ||
vasavattino jātijaram\<*<2>*>/ atãtā ||
ayam antimā vedagå brahmuppatti ||
asmābhijappanti\<*<3>*>/ janā anekā ti || ||
7. Appaü hi etaü na hi dãgham āyu\<*<4>*>/ ||
yaü tvaü Baka ma¤¤asi dãgham āyu ||
sataü sahassānam nirabbudānaü ||
āyu\<*<5>*>/ pajānāmi tavāham\<*<6>*>/ brahme ti || ||
8. Anantadassã Bhagavāham asmi ||
jātijaraü sokam upātivatto ||
kiü me purāõaü vata sãlavattaü\<*<7>*>/ ||
ācikkha me taü yam ahaü vija¤¤ā\<*<8>*>/ || ||
9. Yaü tvam apāyesi bahå manusse ||
pipāsite ghammani samparete\<*<9>*>/ ||
tan-te purāõaü vata sãlavattaü ||
suttappabuddho va\<*<10>*>/ anussarāmi || ||
Yam eõikålasmiü\<*<11>*>/ janaü gahãtaü ||
amocayã gayhakaü niyyamānaü ||
tan te purāõaü vata sãlavattaü ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
Gaīgāya sotasmiü gahãta-nāvaü ||
luddhena nāgena\<*<12>*>/ manussakamyā\<*<13>*>/ ||
pamocayitthā\<*<14>*>/ balasā\<*<15>*>/ pasayha ||
tan-te purāõaü vata sãlavattaü ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. taü ca vata (S1 omits ca).
     2 B. jātiü-.
     3 C. tasmā-.
     4 S2-3 āyuü here and further on.
     5 B. and C. āyuü.
     6 SS. tvāhaü.
     7 C. sãlavatam; S1 sãlavantaü (?) always.
     8 B. vija¤¤aü.
     9 S1 adds na.
    10 B. inserts m here and further on.
    11 S2 eõã-; S3 vaõi-.
    12 S1-3 C. luddhena; S2 ludovānnāgena.
    13 C. manussakappā.
    14 So B.; S1-2 amocayittha; S3 amocayi tvaü.
    15 S3 balāsā; B. balavā.
>/
#<[page 144]>#
%<144                      BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.                [VI. 1. 4.>%
Kappo ca te baddhacaro ahosiü\<*<1>*>/ ||
sambuddhivantaü\<*<2>*>/ va ti nam ama¤¤iü\<*<3>*>/ ||
tan-te purāõaü vata sãlavattaü ||
suttappabuddho va anussarāmi || ||
10. Addhā pajānāsi mam-etam āyuü ||
a¤¤am\<*<4>*>/ pi jānāsi tathā\<*<5>*>/ hi buddho ||
tathā hi tyāyam\<*<6>*>/ jalitānubhāvo ||
obhāsayaü tiņņhati brahmalokan ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.6,1.5. Aparā diņņhi.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤atarassa brahmuno eva-
råpaü pāpakaü diņņhigatam uppannaü hoti || || Natthi so
samaõo vā brāhmaõo vā yo idha āgaccheyyā ti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tassa brahmuno cetasā ceto-parivi-
takkam a¤¤āya seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pe || tasmiü
brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaü
pallaīkena nisãdi tejodhātuü samāpajjitvā || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmato Mahā-Moggallānassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaü nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatã ti || ||
6. Addasā kho Mahā-Moggallāno Bhagavantam dibbena
cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tassa brahmuno
upari vehāsaü pallaīkena nisinnam tejodhātuü samāpannaü ||
disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammi¤jitaü vā
bāham pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bāham sammi¤jeyya evam
evaü Jetavane antarahito tasmim brahmaloke pātur ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno puratthimaü disaü
nissāya\<*<8>*>/ tassa brahmuõo upari vehāsam pallaīkena nisãdi tejo-
dhātuü samāpajjitvā nãcataram\<*<9>*>/ Bhagavato || ||
8. Atha kho āyasmato Mahā-Kassapassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaü nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatãti || || Addasā kho
āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo Bhagavantam dibbena cakkhunā || pa ||
Disvāna seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evaüū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 C. paņņhacaro; B. ahosi.
     2 S1-3 -vattaü.
     3 B. ama¤¤a; C. ma¤¤aü.
     4 B. C. a¤¤e.
     5 S1-2 jānāsitthā.
     6 B. tāyaü.
     7 The MS. of the British Museum (S2) could not be used further on;
        henceforth the notation S2 will not be met with, nor SS. except
        in a few instances.
     8 S1-2 upanissāya.
     9 S1-2 nãcatarakaü always.
>/
#<[page 145]>#
%<VI. 1. 5.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                    145>%
Jetavane antarahito tasmiü brahmaloke pātur ahosi || Atha
kho āyasmā Mahā-Kassapo dakkhiõaü disaü nissāya tassa
brahmuno upari vehāsaü pallaīkena nisãdi tejodhātuü samā-
pajjitvā nãcataraü Bhagavato || ||
9. Atha kho Mahā-Kappinassa etad ahosi || Kahaü nu kho
Bhagavā etarahi viharatã ti || ||
10. Addasā kho āyasmā Mahā-Kappino Bhagavantaü
dibbena cakkhunā || pa || tejodhātuü samāpannaü || || Disvāna
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam evaü Jetavane
antarahito tasmiü brahmaloke pātur ahosi || || Atha kho
āyasmā Mahā-Kappino pacchimam disam nissāya tassa
brahmuno upari vehāsaü pallaīkena nisãdi tejodhātum samā-
pajjitvā nãcataraü Bhagavato || ||
11. Atha kho āyasmato Anuruddhassa etad ahosi || ||
Kahaü nu kho Bhagavā etarahi viharatã ti || || Addasā kho
āyasmā Anuruddho || pa || tejodhātuü samāpannaü || Disvāna
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || tasmiü brahmaloke
pātur ahosi || || Atha kho āyasmā Anuruddho uttaraü disaü
nissāya tassa brahmuno upari vehāsaü pallaīkena nisãdi
tejodhātuü samāpajjitvā nãcataraü Bhagavato || ||
12. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggalāno tam brahmānam
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ajjāpi te āvuso sā diņņhi || yā te diņņhi pure ahu ||
passasi vãtivattantam || brahmaloke pabhassaran ti || ||
13. Na me mārisa sā diņņhi || yā me diņņhi pure ahu ||
passāmi vãtivattantam || brahmaloke pabhassaraü ||
svāhaü\<*<1>*>/ ajja kathaü vajjaü || ahaü nicco mhi sassato ti || ||
14. Atha kho Bhagavā tam brahmānaü {saüvejetvā} seyya-
thāpi nāma balavā puriso sammi¤jitaü vā bāhaü pasāreyya ||
pasāritaü vā bāhaü sammi¤jeyya || evam evaü tasmiü
brahmaloke antarahito Jetavane pātur ahosi || ||
15. Atha kho so brahmā a¤¤ataraü brahmapārisajjam
āmantesi || || Ehi tvaü mārisa yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggall-
āno ten-upasaīkama || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantaü Mahā-
Moggallānam evaü vadehi || || Atthi nu kho mārisa
Moggalāna a¤¤e pi tassa Bhagavato sāvakā evam mahiddhikāū
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-2 sohaü.
>/
#<[page 146]>#
%<146                      BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.               [VI. 1. 5.>%
evam mahānubhāvā seyyathāpi bhavaü Moggallāno Kassapo
Kappino Anuruddho ti || ||
16. Evam mārisā ti kho so brahmapārisajjo tassa brah-
muno paņissutvā\<*<1>*>/ yenāyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno ten-upasaī-
kami || ||
17. Upasaīkamitvā Mahā-Moggallānam etad avoca || ||
Atthi nu kho mārisa Moggalāna a¤¤e pi tassa Bhagavato
sāvakā evam-mahiddhikā evam mahānubhāvā seyyathāpi
bhavam Moggallāno Kassapo Kappino Anuruddho ti || ||
18. Atha kho āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno taü brahma-
pārisajjaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca || ceto-pariyāya-kovidā ||
khãõāsavā arahanto || bahå buddhassa sāvakā ti || ||
19. Atha kho brahmapārisajjo āyasmato Mahā-Moggallā-
nassa bhāsitam abhininditvā anumoditvā yena so Mahā-
Brahmā ten-upasaīkami || Upasaīkamitvā tam brahmānam
etad avoca || || âyasmā mārisa Mahā-Moggallāno evam āha || ||
Tevijjā iddhippattā ca || ceto-pariyāya-kovidā ||
khãõāsavā arahanto || bahå buddhassa sāvakā ti || ||
20. Idam avoca so brahmapārisajjo || attamano ca so brahmā
tassa brahmapārisājjassa bhāsitam abhinandã ti || ||


#<SN_1.6,1.6. Pamādam.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paņisallãno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca
paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || || Upa-
saīkamitvā pacceka\<*<2>*>/-dvārabāham upanissāya\<*<3>*>/ aņņhaüsu || ||
4. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā Suddhavāsaü
paccekabrahmānam etad avoca || || Akālo kho tāva mārisa
Bhagavantam payiråpāsituü || divāvihāragato Bhagavā paņi-
sallãno ca asuko ca\<*<4>*>/ brahmaloko iddho c-evā phãto ca ||
brahmā ca tatra pamāda-vihāraü viharati || || âyāma mārisa
yena so brahmaloko ten-upasaīkamissāma || upasaīkamitvā
tam brahmānaü saüvejeyyāmā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. paņissuõitvā.
     2 S1-3 paccekaü.
     3 S1-3 upanissāya.
     4 S1-3 asuka, omitting ca before and after.
     5 S1-3 -jessāmā-.
>/
#<[page 147]>#
%<VI. 1. 6.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                  147>%
5. Evam mārisā ti kho Suddhavāso paccekabrahmā Su-
brahmuno paccekabrahmuno paccassosi || ||
6. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca
paccekabrahmā seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso || pa || evam
evam Bhagavato purato antarahitā tasmiü loke pātur ahe-
suü\<*<1>*>/ || ||
7. Addasā kho so brahmā te brahmāno dårato va āgac-
chante || || Disvāna te brahmāno\<*<2>*>/ etad avoca || || Handa
kuto nu tumhe mārisā āgacchathā ti || ||
8. Atha kho mayaü\<*<3>*>/ mārisa āgacchāma tassa Bhagavato
arahato sammāsambuddhassa santikā\<*<4>*>/ || gaccheyyāsi\<*<5>*>/ pana
tvaü mārisa tassa Bhagavato upaņņhānam arahato sammā-
sambuddhassā ti || ||
9. Evam vutto\<*<6>*>/ kho so brahmā taü vacanaü anadhivā-
sento sahassakkhattuü attānam abhinimminitvā Subrahmā-
nam paccekabrahmānam etad avoca || || Passasi me no\<*<7>*>/ tvam
mārisa evaråpam iddhānubhāvan ti || ||
10. Passāmi no\<*<8>*>/ tyāham mārisa evaråpam iddhānubhā-
van ti ||
11. So khvāham mārisa evam mahiddhiko evam mahānu-
bhāvo kassa a¤¤assa samaõassa vā brāhmaõassa vā upaņņhā-
naü gamissāmãti || ||
12. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā dvisahassak-
khattum attānam abhinimminitvā taü brahmānam etad
avoca || || Passasi me no tvam mārisa evaråpam iddhānu-
bhāvan ti || ||
13. Passāmi kho tyāham mārisa evaråpam iddhānubhāvan-
ti || ||
14. Tayā ca kho mārisa mayā ca sveva Bhagavā mahiddhi-
kataro c-eva mahānubhāvataro ca || gaccheyyāsi tvam mārisa
tassa Bhagavato upaņņhānam arahato sammāsaübuddhassā
ti || ||
15. Atha kho so brahmā Subrahmānam paccekabrahmā-
naü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 ahaüsu.
     2 S1-3 brahmuno.
     3 S3 ato
     4 S1-3 Bhagavato santikā arahato-.
     5 B gacchasi.
     6 S1-3 vutte.
     7 S1-3 omit no.
     8 S1-3 kho instead of no.
>/
#<[page 148]>#
%<148                      BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.                 [VI. 1. 6.>%
Tayo ca supaõõā caturo ca haüsā ||
vyagghãnisā pa¤casatā ca jhāyino ||
tayidaü vimānaü jalate va brahme ||
obhāsayaü uttarassaü disāyan ti || ||
16. Ki¤cāpi te taü jalate vimānaü ||
obhāsayaü uttarassaü disāyaü ||
råpe raõaü disvā sadā pavedhitaü ||
tasmā na råpe ramati sumedho ti || ||
17. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso
ca paccekabrahmā taü brahmānaü saüvejetvā tatth-ev-anta-
radhāyiüsu || ||
18. Agamāsi ca kho so brahmā aparena samayena Bhagavato
upaņņhānam arahato sammāsambuddhassā ti || ||


#<SN_1.6,1.7. Kokālikā (or Kokāliya).>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paņisallãno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhāvāso ca
paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upa-
saīkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaü nissāya aņņhaüsu || ||
4. Atha kho Subrahmā paccekabrahmā kokālikaü bhi-
kkhum ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Appameyyam paminanto || ko dha vidvā vikappaye\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Appameyyam pamāyinaü\<*<2>*>/ || nivutam\<*<3>*>/ ma¤¤e puthujjanan-
ti || ||

#<SN_1.6,1.8. Tissako.>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paņisallãno || ||
3. Atha kho Subrahmā ca paccekabrahmā Suddhavāso ca-
paccekabrahmā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upa-
saīkamitvā paccekadvārabāhaü nissāya aņņhaüsu || ||
4. Atha kho Suddhāvāso. paccekabrahmā Katamodaka-
Tissakaü\<*<4>*>/ bhikkhum ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 vikampaye always.
     2 S1-3 pamāyãnaü; B. pamāyitaü (always).
     3 B. nivuttantam always; C. nidhu (or cu) tantam.
     4 S1-3 -morakā-.
>/
#<[page 149]>#
%<VI. 1. 9.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                  149>%
Appameyyam paminanto || ko dha vidvā vikappaye ||
appameyyaü pamāyinam || nivutam ma¤¤e akissavan ti\<*<1>*>/ ||


#<SN_1.6,1.9. Tudu brahmā.>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Kokāliko\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhu ābādhiko
hoti dukkhito bāëhagilāno || ||
3. Atha kho Tudu\<*<3>*>/ paccekabrahmā abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena
Kokāliko bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā vehāsaü ņhito Kokālikaü bhikkhum
etad avoca || || Pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputtā-Moggallānesu
cittaü || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti || ||
5. Ko si tvam āvuso ti || ||
6. Ahaü Tudu paccekabrahmā ti || ||
7. Nanu tvam āvuso Bhagavatā anāgāmã byākato || atha\<*<4>*>/
ki¤carahi idhāgato || passa yāva¤ca te idam aparaddhan ti || ||
Purisassa hi jātassa || kuņhārã\<*<5>*>/ jāyate mukhe ||
yāya chindati attānaü || bālo dubbhāsitaü bhaõaü || ||
Yo nindiyaü pasaüsati ||
tam vā nindati yo pasaüsiyo ||
vicināti mukhena so kaliü ||
kalinā tena sukhaü na vindati || ||
Appamattako\<*<6>*>/ ayam kali ||
yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo ||
sabbassāpi\<*<7>*>/ sahāpi\<*<8>*>/ attanā ||
ayam eva mahantataro\<*<9>*>/ kali ||
yo Sugatesu manaü padosaye || ||
Sataü sahassānaü nirabbudānam ||
chattiüsati pa¤ca abbudāni ||
yam ariyagarahã\<*<10>*>/ nirayam upeti ||
vācaü māna¤ca paõidhāya pāpakan ti || ||\<*<11>*>/
\<*<10>*>/. Kokāliko (\<*<2>*>/).
\<*<1>*>/. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu yena Bhagavā ten-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 nivutaü tamaü aki-.
     2 S3 Kokāliyo always; S1 further on.
     3 B. turu always.
     4 S1 attha.
     5 B. C. kudhārã.
     6 S1-3 appamatto.
     7 C. sabbasāpi.
     8 S1-3 sabhā-.
     9 S1 mahattaro; C. mahantaro.
    10 B. -garahaü.
    11 All these gāthas recur in the next sutta,
        which = Sutta-nipāta III. 10.
>/
#<[page 150]>#
%<150                      BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.                 [VI. 1. 10.>%
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdi ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho Kokāliko\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Pāpicchā bhante Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānam
icchānaü vasaü gatā ti || ||
4. Evaü vutte Bhagavā Kokālikaü bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Mā h-evam Kokālika avaca mā h-evaü Kokā-
lika avaca\<*<2>*>/ || pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputta-Moggallānesu
cittam || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti ||
5. Dutiyam pi kho Kokāliko\<*<3>*>/ bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Ki¤cāpi me bhante Bhagavā saddhāyiko paccayi-
ko || atha kho pāpicchā va Sāriputta-Moggallānā pāpikānam
icchānaü vasaü gatā ti || ||
6. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokalikam bhikkhum etad
avoca || || Mā hevam Kokālika avaca mā hevaü Kokālika
avaca || pasādehi Kokālika Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittaü ||
pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallānā ti || ||
7. Tatiyam pi kho Kokāliko bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || la || icchānaü vasaü gato ti || ||
8. Tatiyam pi kho Bhagavā Kokālikaü bhikkhum etad
avoca || pa || pesalā Sāriputta-Moggallanā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
9. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu uņņhāyāsanā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā pakkāmi || ||
10. Acirapakkantassa ca Kokālikassa bhikkhuno sāsapa-
mattãhi piëakāhi sabbo kāyo puto ahosi || ||
Sāsapamattiyo hutvā muggamattiyo ahesuü || mugga-
mattiyo hutvā kaëāyamattiyo ahesuü || kaëāyamattiyo hutvā
kolaņņhimattiyo ahesuü || kolaņņhimattiyo hutvā kolamattiyo
ahesuü || kolamattiyo hutvā āmalakamattiyo ahesuü || āma-
lakamattiyo hutvā beluvasalāņukamattiyo ahesuü || beluvasalā-
ņukamattiyo hutvā billamattiyo ahesuü || billamattiyo hutvā
pabhijjiüsu pubba¤ca lohita¤ca pagghariüsu || ||
11. Atha kho Kokāliko bhikkhu ten-eva ābādhena kālamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 Kokāliyo always.
     2 S1-3 omit avaca.
     3 S1-3 Kokaliko also here only.
     4 These abridgments are those of B.; those of S1-3 are
        little different.
>/
#<[page 151]>#
%<VI. 1. 10.]                PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                    151>%
akāsi || kālaīkato\<*<1>*>/ ca Kokāliko bhikkhu Paduma-nirayam\<*<2>*>/
uppajji Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā || ||
12. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappam Jetavanam obhāsetvā yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
13. Ekaü antaü ņhito kho Brahmā sahampati Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kokāliko bhante bhikkhu kālama-
kāsi\<*<3>*>/ || kālaīkato ca bhante Kokāliko bhikkhu Paduma-
nirayaü uppanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam āghātetvā
ti || ||
14. Idam avoca Brahmā sahampati || idam vatvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-antaradhā-
yãti || ||
15. Atha kho Bhagavā tassā rattiyā accayena bhikkhå
amantesi || ||
Imam bhikkhave rattiü Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya
rattiyā abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Jetavanam obhāsetvā
yenāhaü ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā maü abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhāsi || || Ekam antaü ņhito kho bhikkhave
Brahmā sahampati mam etad avoca || || Kokāliko bhante
bhikkhu kālāmakāsi || kālaīkato ca bhante Kokāliko bhikkhu
Padumam nirayam uppanno Sāriputta-Moggallānesu cittam
āghātetvā ti || || Idam avoca bhikkhave Brahmā sahampati ||
idaü vatvā mam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā tatth-ev-
antaradhāyã ti || ||
16. Evaü vutte a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kãvadãghaü nu kho bhante\<*<4>*>/ Paduma-niraye
āyuppamānan ti || ||
17. Dãgham kho\<*<5>*>/ bhikkhu paduma-niraye āyuppamāõaü ||
na\<*<6>*>/ sukaraü saīkātum ettakāni vassāni iti vā ettakāni
vassasatāni iti vā ettakāni vassasahassāni itivā ettakāni vassa-
satasahassāni iti vā ti || ||
18. Sakkā pana bhante upamā\<*<7>*>/ kātun ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 kālakato.
     2 B. padumaü-.
     3 B. kālaü kato here and further on.
     4 B. omits bhante.
     5 S1-3 omit kho.
     6 S1 and B. taü na.
     7 B. upamaü.
>/
#<[page 152]>#
%<152                    BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.                  [VI. 1. 10>%
19. Sakkā bhikkhå ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
Seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsatikhāriko kosalako tilavāho || tato
puriso vassasatassa vassasahassa\<*<1>*>/ accayena ekam ekaü tilam
uddhareyya || khippataraü kho so bhikkhu vãsatikhāriko
kosalako tilavāho iminā upakkamena parikkhayaü pariyādā-
nam\<*<2>*>/ gaccheyya || na tveva eko Abbudo nirayo || seyyathāpi
bhikkhu vãsati abbudā nirayā\<*<3>*>/ evam eko\<*<4>*>/ Nirabbudanirayo ||
seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsati nirabbudā nirayā evam eko Ababo
nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsati ababā nirayā evam eko
Aņaņo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsati aņaņā nirayā evam
eko Ahaho nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsati ahahā nirayā
evam eko Kumudo nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsati kumudā
nirayā evam eko Sogandhiko nirayo || seyyathāpi bhikkhu
vãsati sogandhikā nirayā evam eko Uppalanirayo\<*<5>*>/ || seyya-
thāpi bhikkhu vãsati uppalakā nirayā evam eko Puõķarãko
nirayo || || Seyyathāpi bhikkhu vãsati puõķarãkā nirayā
evam eko Padumo nirayo || || Padumake pana bhikkhu
niraye\<*<6>*>/ Kokāliko bhikkhu uppanno Sāriputta-Moggalānesu
cittam āghātetvā ti || ||
20. Idaü avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam
etad avoca satthā || ||
Purisassa hi jātassa || kuņhārã jayate\<*<7>*>/ mukhe ||
yāya chindati attānaü || bālo dubbhāsitaü bhaõam || ||
yo nindiyaü pasaüsati || taü vā nindati yo pasaüsiyo ||
vicināti mukhena so kaliü || kalinā tena sukhaü na vinda-
ti || ||
Appamattako ayam kali ||
yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo ||
sabbassāpi sahāpi\<*<8>*>/ attanā ||
ayam eva mahantataro kali ||
yo Sugatesu manaü padosaye || ||
Sataü sahassānam nirabbudānaü ||
chattiüsati pa¤ca ca\<*<9>*>/ abbudāni ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. -satassa.
     2 S. pariyosānaü.
     3 B. abbudo nirayo, and so always -o nirayo.
     4 S1-3 evam evam (or eva) kho (S1 twice; S3 always).
     5 S1 uppalakonirayo.
     6 S1-3 padumaü kho pana- nirayaü.
     7 S1-3 jāyatã.
     8 B. saühāpi.
     9 B. S1-3 va.
>/
#<[page 153]>#
%<VI. 2. 2.]                  PAĨCAKA-VAGGA 2.                   153>%
yam ariyagarahã nirayam upeti ||
vācaü mana¤ca paõidhāya pāpakan ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Pathamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
âyācanaü Gāravo Brahmadevo Bako ca brahmā ||
Aparā ca diņņhi Pamādaü Kokaliya Tissako ||
Tudu ca\<*<2>*>/ brahmā aparo ca Kokāliko ti || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO <OR PAĨCAKA>.>#


#<SN_1.6,2.1. Sanaükumāro.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Sappinã\<*<3>*>/-tãre || ||
2. Atha kho brahmā Sanaükumāro abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Sappinã-tãram obhāsetvā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhaga-
vantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhito kho brahmā Sanaükumāro Bhaga-
vato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Khattiyo seņņho jane tasmiü || ye gottapaņisārino ||
vijjācaraõasampanno || so seņņho devamānuse ti || ||
4. Idam avoca brahmā Sanaükumāro || samanu¤¤o satthā
ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho brahmā Sanaükumāro samanu¤¤o me\<*<4>*>/
satthā ti Bhagavantam abhivādetvā padakkhiõaü katvā
tatth-ev-antaradhāyãti || ||


#<SN_1.6,2.2. Devadatta.>#
1. Ekaü damayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjha-
kåņe pabbate acirapakkante Devadatte || ||
2. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Gijjhakåņam pabbatam
obhāsetvā yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 See the preceding sutta. Same varieties of reading besides those
        here noticed.
     2 B. Turu ca; S1 Tuducca; S3 Kuducca.
     3 So S1; B. Sabbini; C. Sappini; S3 Sappãnã.
     4 S1-3 omit me.
>/
#<[page 154]>#
%<154                      BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.               [VI. 2. 2.>%
3. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Brahmā sahampati Devadattam
ārabbha Bhagavato santike imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Phalaü ve kadaliü hanti || phalam veëu\<*<1>*>/ phalaü nalaü || ||
sakkāro kāpurisam hanti || gabbho assatarim\<*<2>*>/ yathā ti || ||


#<SN_1.6,2.3. Andhakavinda.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Andha-
kavinde || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattandhakāratimi-
sāyam ajjhokāse nisinno hoti devo ca ekam ekaü phusāyati || ||
3. Atha kho Brahmā sahampati abhikkantāya rattiyā
abhikkantavaõõo kevalakappaü Andhakavindam obhāsetvā
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavan-
tam abhivādetvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
4. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Brahmā sahampati Bhagavato
santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Sevetha pantāni senāsanāni\<*<3>*>/ ||
careyya saüyojanavippamokkhā ||
sa ce\<*<4>*>/ ratiü nādhigacchaye tattha ||
saīghe vase rakkhitatto satimā || ||
Kulā kulaü piõķikāya caranto ||
indriyagutto nipako satimā ||
sevetha pantāni senāsanāni ||
bhayā pamutto abhaye vimutto || ||
Yattha bheravā siriüsapā ||
vijju sa¤carati thaneti\<*<5>*>/ devo ||
andhakāra-timisāya rattiyā ||
nisãdi tattha bhikkhu vigatalomahaüso || ||
Idaü hi jātu me diņņham || na yidam iti hãtihaü\<*<6>*>/ ||
ekasmiü brahmacariyasmiü || sahassam maccuhāyinam\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Bhãyo pa¤casatā sekhā || dasā ca dasadhā sataü\<*<8>*>/ || ||
sabbe sotasamāpannā || atiracchānagāmino ||
Athāyam itarā pajā || pu¤¤abhāgā ti me mano ||
saīkhātuü no pi sakkomi\<*<9>*>/ || musāvādassa ottappeti\<*<10>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 S1 veëum; S3 velå.
     2 B. S1 assatarã.
     3 B. sayanāsanāni here and further on.
     4 S1 yo ve; S3 so ve.
     5 B. thanayati.
     6 B. vātihaü.
     7 S1-3 -bhāsinaü.
     8 B. -dasa.
     9 B. nāpi-; S1-3 no visakkemi (S3 -āmi).
    10 B. musāvādāya; B. otappeti; S1-3 ottapeti.
>/
#<[page 155]>#
%<VI. 2. 4.]                 PAĨCAKA-VAGGA 2.                     155>%


#<SN_1.6,2.4. Aruõavatã.>#
1. Evaü me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati || la ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca ||
5. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave rājā ahosi Aruõavā nāma ||
Ra¤¤o kho pana bhikkhave Aruõavato Aruõavatã nāma rāja-
dhānã ahosi || Aruõavatiyaü kho pana bhikkhave rājadhāni-
yam\<*<1>*>/ Sikhã bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho upanissāya
vihāsi || ||
6. Sikkhissa kho pana bhikkhave Bhagavato arahato
sammāsambuddhassa Abhibhå-Sambhavaü nāma sāvaka-
yugam ahosi aggaü bhaddayugaü || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhã bhagavā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhuü bhikkhuü āmantesi || || âyāma
brāhmaõa || yena a¤¤ataro brahmaloko ten-upasaīkamissāma
yāva\<*<2>*>/ bhattassa kālo bhavissatã ti || ||
8. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhå bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paccassosi || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhã bhagavā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhå ca bhikkhu seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammi¤jitaü va bāhaü pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bāhaü
sammi¤jeyya || evam eva Aruõavatiyā rājadhaniyā antarahitā
tasmiü brahmaloke pātur ahesuü\<*<3>*>/ || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhã bhagavā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhum bhikkhum āmantesi || || Paņibhātu
brāhmaõa taü brahmuno ca brahmaparisāya\<*<4>*>/ ca brahma-
pārisajjānaü ca dhammikathā ti || ||
11. Evaü bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhå bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa pattissutvā
brahmāna¤ca brahmaparisa¤ca brahmapārisajje ca dhammiyā
kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaüsesi || ||
12. Tatra sudaü bhikkhave brahmā ca brahmaparisā caū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 B. rājaņņhāniyaü; S1-3 rājadhāniü.
     2 S1-3 tāva.
     3 S1-3 ahaüsu.
     4 S1-3 -parisāyā.
>/
#<[page 156]>#
%<156                      BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.                 [VI. 2. 4>%
brahmapārisajjā ca ujjhāyanti khãyanti vipācenti || || Accha-
riyaü vata bho abbhutaü vata bho kathaü hi nāma satthari
sammukhãbhåte sāvako dhammaü desessatã ti || ||
13. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhã bhagavā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhuü bhikkhum āmantesi || || Ujjhāyanti
kho te brāhmaõa brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca brahmapārisajjā
ca || || Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutam vata bho kathaü
hi nāma satthari sammukhãbhåte sāvako dhammam desessatã
ti || || Tena hi tvaü brāhmaõa bhiyyosomattāya brahmā-
na¤ ca brahmaparisa¤ ca brahmapārisajje ca saüvejehã
ti || ||
14. Evaü bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhå bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paņissutvā
dissamānena pi kāyena dhammaü desesi || adissamānena pi
kāyena dhammaü desesi || dissamānena heņņhimena upaķķha-
kāyena adissamānena uparimena upaķķhakāyena dhammaü
desesi || dissamānena pi uparimena\<*<1>*>/ upaķķhakāyena adissa-
mānena\<*<2>*>/ heņņhimena upaķķhakāyena dhammaü desesi || ||
15. Tatra sudaü bhikkhave brahmā ca brahmaparisā ca
brahmapārisajjā ca acchariyabbhutacittajātā ahesuü || ||
Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutaü vata bho samaõassa mahid-
dhikatā mahānubhāvatā ti || ||
16. Atha kho Abhibhå bhikkhu Sikhiü bhagavantam
arahantam sammāsambuddham etad avoca || || Abhijānāmi
khvāhaü bhante bhikkhusaīghassa majjhe evaråpaü vācaü
bhāsitā pahomi khvāham āvuso brahmaloke ņhito sahassãloka-
dhātuü sarena vi¤¤āpetun ti || ||
17. Etassa brāhmaõa kālo etassa brāhmaõa kālo yaü tvaü
brāhmaõa brahmaloke ņhito sahassãlokadhātuü sarena vi¤¤ā-
peyyāsã ti || ||
18. Evam bhante ti kho bhikkhave Abhibhå bhikkhu
Sikhissa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa paņissutvā
brahmaloke ņhito imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
ârabbhatha nikkhamatha || yu¤jatha buddhasāsane ||
dhunātha maccuno senaü || naëāgāraü va ku¤jaro || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 purimena.
     2 S1-3 add pi.
>/
#<[page 157]>#
%<VI. 2. 5.]                PAĨCAKA-VAGGA 2.                     157>%
yo imasmim dhammavinaye || appamatto vihassati\<*<1>*>/ ||
pahāya jātisaüsāraü || dukkhassantaü karissatã ti || ||
19. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhã ca bhagavā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho Abhibhå ca bhikkhu brahmāna¤ ca brahmapari-
sa¤ ca brahmapārisajje ca saüvejetvā || seyyathāpi nāma ||
pa || tasmim brahmaloke antarahitā Aruõavatiyā\<*<2>*>/ pātur
ahesuü || ||
20. Atha kho bhikkhave Sikhã bhagavā arahaü sammā-
sambuddho bhikkhå āmantesi || || Assuttha no tumhe bhi-
kkhave Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ņhitassa gāthāyo
bhāsamānassā ti || ||
21. Assumha kho\<*<3>*>/ mayaü bhante Abhibhussa bhikkhuno
brahmaloke ņhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassā ti || ||
22. Yathā kathaü pana tumhe bhikkhave assuttha Abhi-
bhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ņhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamā-
nassā ti || ||
23. [Evaü kho mayam bhante assumha Abhibhussa bhi-
kkhuno brahmaloke ņhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamānassa\<*<4>*>/ || ||]
ârabbhatha nikkhamatha || yu¤jatha buddhasāsane ||
dhunātha maccuno senaü || naëāgāraü va ku¤jaro || ||
yo imasmiü dhammavinaye || appamatto vihassati ||
pahāya jātisaüsāraü || dukkhassantam karissatãti || ||
24. Evam eva kho mayaü bhante assumha Abhibhussa
bhikkhuno brahmaloke ņhitassa gāthāyo bhāsamanassā ti || ||
25. Sādhu sādhu bhikkhave || sādhu kho tumhe bhikkhave
assuttha Abhibhussa bhikkhuno brahmaloke ņhitassa gāthāyo
bhāsamānassā ti || ||
26. Idam avoca Bhagavā || attamanā te bhikkhå Bhaga-
vato bhāsitam abhinandun ti || ||


#<SN_1.6,2.5. Parinibbāna.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Kusinārāyaü viharati Upa-
vattane Mallānaü sālavane antarena yamakasālānaü pari-
nibbānasamaye || ||
2. \<*<5>*>/ Atha kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Handa dāniū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 vihessati here and further on.
     2 B. adds rājaņņhāniyā.
     3 S1-3 no.
     4 This paragraph is missing in S1-3.
     5   2-7 = M.Pú. VI. 10-18.
>/
#<[page 158]>#
%<158                     BRAHMA-SAũYUTTA VI.               [VI. 2. 5.>%
bhikkhave āmantayāmi vo appamādena sampādetha vaya-
dhammā saīkhārā ti || ayam Tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pathamaü jhānaü samāpajji || ||
Pathamajhānā vuņņhahitvā dutiyaü jhānaü samāpajji || || Duti-
yajhānā vuņņhahitvā tatiyaü jhānaü samāpajji || || Tatiya-
jhānā vuņņhahitvā catutthaü jhānaü samāpajji || Catuttha-
jhānā vuņņhahitvā ākāsāna¤cāyatanaü samāpajji || || âkāsā-
na¤cāyatanā vuņņhahitvā vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanaü samāpajji || ||
Vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanā vuņņhahitvā āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü samā-
pajji || || âki¤ca¤¤āyatanā vuņņhahitvā nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āya-
tanaü samāpajji || ||
4. Nevasa¤¤ānāsa¤¤āyatanā vuņņhahitvā āki¤ca¤¤āyatanaü
samāpajji || âki¤ca¤¤āyatanā vuņņhahitvā vi¤¤āõa¤cāyata-
naü samāpajji || || Vi¤¤āõa¤cāyatanā vuņņhahitvā ākāsā-
na¤cāyatanaü samāpajji || || âkāsāna¤cāyatanā vuņņhahitvā
catutthaü jhānaü samāpajji || || Catutthajhānā vuņņhahitvā
tatiyaü jhānaü samāpajji || || Tatiyajhānā vuņņhahitvā
dutiyaü jhānaü samāpajji || || Dutiyajhānā vuņņhahitvā
pathamaü jhānaü samāpajji || ||
Paņhamajhānā vuņņhahitvā dutiyaü jhānaü samāpajji || ||
Dutiyajhānā vuņņhahitvā tatiyaü jhānaü samāpajji || ||
Tatiyajhānā vuņņhahitvā catutthaü jhānaü samāpajji || || Ca-
tutthajhānā vuņņhahitvā samanantarā Bhagavā parinibbāyi || ||
5. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Brahmā sa-
hampati imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Sabbeva nikkhipissanti || bhåtā loke samussayaü ||
yathā etādiso satthā || loke\<*<1>*>/ appaņipuggalo ||
Tathāgato balappatto || sambuddho parinibbuto ti || ||
6. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā Sakko devānam
indo imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Aniccā vata saīkhārā || uppadavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaü våpasamo sukho ti || ||
7. Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ânando
imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Tadāsi yam bhiüsanakaü || tadāsi lomahaüsanaü ||
sabbākāravaråpete || sambuddhe parinibbute ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. inserts m.
>/
#<[page 159]>#
%<VI. 2. 5.]                PAĨCAKA-VAGGA 2.                     159>%
Parinibbute Bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā Anuruddho
imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Nāhu assāsapassāso ņhita-cittassa\<*<1>*>/ tādino ||
anejo santim ārabbha || cakkhumā parinibbuto || ||
asallãnena cittena || vedanam ajjhavāsayi ||
pajjotass-eva nibbānaü || vimokkho cetaso ahå ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Brahma-saüyuttaü || ||
Pa¤cakaü || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Brahmā-Sanaü Devadatto Andhakavindo Aruõavatã
Parinibbānena ca desitam idaü Brahma-pa¤cakaü\<3>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 S1-3 passāsā-; S3 -ņhitaü-.
     2 S1-3 vimokho āhu cetaso ti.
     3 So S1-3; in B. the end is thus:
                            Brahmā-saüyuttaü || ||
                          Tatr-uddānam bhavati || ||
        Brahmāyācanaü Agārava¤ca || Brahmadevo Bako ca brahmā ||
        A¤¤ataro ca brahmā Kokaliya¤ca || Tissaka¤ ceva Turu ca ||
        Brahmā Kokaliya-bhikkhu || Sanaükumārena Devadattaü ||
        Andhakavindam Aruõavatã Parinibbānena pannarasā ti || ||
>/
#<[page 160]>#
%<160>%


********************************************

#<BOOK VII. -- BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTAM.>#


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER I. ARAHANTA-VAGGO PAōHAMO.>#


#<SN_1.7,1.1. DHANAĨJANä.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekam samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤atarassa bhāradvājagotta-
brāhmāõassa\<*<1>*>/ Dhana¤jānã\<*<2>*>/ nāma brāhmaõã abhippasannā
hoti buddhe ca dhamme ca saīghe ca || ||
3. Atha kho\<*<3>*>/ Dhana¤jānã brāhmaõã bhāradvājagottassa
brāhmaõassa bhattam upasaüharantã\<*<4>*>/ upakkamitvā\<*<5>*>/ ti-
kkhattum udānam udānesi || || Namo tassa Bhagavato
arahato sammāsambuddhassa || pe || ||
4. Evaü vutte bharadvājagotto brāhmaõo Dhana¤jānim
etad avoca || || Evam eva panāyam vasalã yasmiü vā tasmiü
vā tassa muõķakassa samaõassa vaõõaü bhāsati || idāni
tyāhaü\<*<6>*>/ vasali tassa satthunovādam āropessāmã ti || ||
5. Na khvāhan-tam brāhmaõa passāmi sadevake loke samā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaõabrāhmaõiyā pajāya sedevakama-
nussāya yo tassa Bhagavato vādam āropeyya arahato sammā-
sambuddhassa || api ca tvaü brāhmaõa gaccha || gantvā vijā-
nissasã ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo kupito anattamano
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā
saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisā-
retvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 -gotassa.
     2 So S1; B. dhana¤janã; S3 dhāna¤jāni.
     3 S1-3 omit atha kho.
     4 S1-3 upaharantã.
     5 B. upakkhalitvā.
     6 S1-3 idānissaham.
     7 So B. (correction of vijānissatãti); S1-3 pivedissatãti.
>/
#<[page 161]>#
%<VII. 1. 2.]               ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1.                      161>%
7. Ekam antaü nisinno kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo
Bhagavantaü gāthaya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiüsu chetvā\<*<1>*>/ sukhaü seti || kiüsu chetvā na socati || ||
kissassa\<*<2>*>/ ekadhammassa || vadhaü rocesi\<*<3>*>/ Gotamā ti\<*<4>*>/ ||
8. Kodhaü chetvā sukhaü seti || kodhaü chetvā na socati || ||
kodhassa visamålassa || madhuraggassa brāhmaõa ||
vadham ariyā pasaüsanti || taü hi chetvā na socatãti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
9. Evaü vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || || Seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaü vā
akkujjeyya || paņicchannaü vā vivareyya || måëhassa vā
maggam ācikkheyya || andhakāre vā telapajjotam dhāreyya
cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhinti || evam evaü bhotā Gotamena
anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Esāhaü bhagavantaü
Gotamaü saraõaü gacchāmi || dhamma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤-
ca || || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaü
labheyyaü upasampadan ti || ||
10. Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo Bhagavato
santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaü\<*<6>*>/ || ||
11. Aciråpasampanno kho\<*<7>*>/ panāyasmā bhāradvājo eko
våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva
yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā anagāriyaü
pabbajanti || tad anuttaraü brahmacariya-pariyosānam diņņhe-
va dhamme sayaü abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi ||
khãõā jāti vusitaü brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyam nāparam
itthattāyā ti abbha¤¤āsi || ||
12. A¤¤ataro ca Bhāradvājo arahatam ahosãti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.2. Akkosa.>#
1. Ekam samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhāradvāja-
gotto kira brāhmaõo Samaõassa Gotamassa santike agārasmā
anagāriyaü pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. jhatvā always.
     2 B. kissassu.
     3 SS. rocehi.
     4 B. Gotamo ti; S1 Gotamāhi; S2 -māhãti; S3 mātãhi.
     5 These gāthas, already met with in Devatā-S. VIII. 1 and
        Devaputta-S. I . 3, will be found again once more in
        Sakka-S. III. 1.
     6 S1-3 add ti alattha upasampadā.
     7 S1-3 ca.
>/
#<[page 162]>#
%<162                     BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.              [VII. 1. 2.>%
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi
akkosati paribhāsati || ||
4. Evaü vutte Bhagavā akkosaka-bhāradvājaü brāhmaõam
etad avoca || || Taü kiü ma¤¤asi brāhmaõa || api nu kho te
āgacchanti mittāmaccā ¤ātisālohitā atithiyo ti || ||
5. Appekadā me bho Gotama āgacchanti mittāmaccā ¤ātisā-
lohitā atithiyo ti || ||
6. Taü kiü ma¤¤asi brāhmaõa || api nu tesam anuppadesi
khādanãyaü bhojanãyam sāyanãyan ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
7. Appekadā nesāhaü bho Gotama anuppademi khādanã-
yaü bhojanãyaü sāyanãyan ti || ||
8. Sace kho pana te brāhmaõa na patigaõhanti kassa taü
hoti || ||
9. Sace te\<*<2>*>/ bho Gotama na patigaõhanti amhākam eva
taü hotã ti || ||
10. Evam eva kho\<*<3>*>/ brāhmaõa yaü tvaü amhe anakkosante
akkosasi || arosante rosesi\<*<4>*>/ || abhaõķante bhaõķasi || taü te
mayaü na paņigaõhāma [tav-ev-etaü brāhmaõa hoti] \<*<5>*>/ tav-
ev etam brāhmaõa hotã ti || || Yo kho brāhmaõa akkosantaü
paccakkosati || rosentaü paņiroseti || bhaõķantaü paņibhaõķa-
ti || ayam vuccati brāhmaõa sambhu¤jati vãtiharati || te mayam
tayā neva sambhu¤jāma || na vãtiharāma || tav-ev-etam
brāhmaõa hoti tav-ev-etam brāhmaõa hotã ti || ||
11. Bhavantaü kho Gotamaü sarājikā parisā evaü jānā-
ti || Arahaü samaõo Gotamo ti || || Atha ca pana bhavaü
Gotamo kujjhatã ti || ||
12. Akkodhassa kuto kodho || dantassa samajãvino ||
sammada¤¤āvimuttassa || upasantassa tādino || ||
tasseva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaü paņikujjhati ||
kuddham appaņikujjhanto || saīgāmaü jeti dujjayaü || ||
ubhinnam atthaü carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraü saīkupitaü ¤atvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnaü tikicchantānam\<*<6>*>/ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā ma¤¤anti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. khādanãyaü vā bho- vā sā- vā ti.
     2 S1-2 me.
     3 B. evamevaü.
     4 B. rosasi and further on -rosati.
     5 In B. only.
     6 So B.; C. notices the readings tikicchantānam and tikicchatam;
        S1-3 tikicchantaü.
     7 These gāthās are repeated in the next sutta.
>/
#<[page 163]>#
%<VII. 1. 3.]                ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1.                    163>%
13. Evaü vutte akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pe ||
Esāham bhavantaü Gotamaü saraõam gacchāmi dhamma¤ca
bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || || Labheyyāham bhoto Gotamassa santike
pabbajjaü labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
14. Alattha kho akkosaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavato
santike pabbajjaü alattha upasampadaü ||
15. Aciråpasampanno kho panāyasmā akkosaka-bhāradvājo
eko våpakaņņho appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na
cirasseva yassatthāya kulaputtā sammad eva agārasmā ana-
gāriyaü pabbajanti || tad anuttaram brahmacariyapariyosā-
naü diņņhevadhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja
vihāsi || khãnā jāti vusitaü brahmacariyaü kataü karanãyaü
nāparaü itthattāyā ti abbha¤¤āsi\<*<1>*>/ || ||
16. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā Bhāradvājo arahatam ahosã ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.3. Asurinda.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo || || Bhā-
radvājagotto brāhmaõo kira samaõassa Gotamassa santike
agārasmā anagāriyam pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam asabbhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi
akkosati paribhāsati || ||
4. Evaü vutte Bhagavā tuõhã ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Jito si samaõa || jito si samaõā ti || ||
6. Jayaü ve ma¤¤ati bālo || vācāya pharusaü bhaõaü ||
jaya¤c-ev-assa taü hoti || yā titikkhā vijānato || ||
tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaü paņikujjhati ||
kuddham appaņikujjhanto || saīgāmaü jeti dujjayaü ||
ubhinnam atthaü carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraü saīkupitaü ¤atvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnam tikicchantānaü || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā ma¤¤anti bālo ti || ye dhammassa akovidā ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 All this passage from Evāhaü- is suppressed in S1-3 by abbreviation.
     2 See the preceding sutta.
>/
#<[page 164]>#
%<164                      BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.              [VII. 1. 3.>%
7. Evaü vutte asurindaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama abhikkantaü
bho Gotama || pa || abbha¤¤āsi || ||
8. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataü ahosã ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.4. Bilaīgika.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Assosi kho bilaīgika-bhāradvājo\<*<1>*>/ brāhmaõo || Bhā-
radvājagotto kira brāhmaõo samaõassa Gotamassa santike
agārasmā anagāriyaü pabbajito ti || ||
3. Kupito anattamano yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā tuõhãbhåto ekam antaü aņņhāsi || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā bilaīgikassa\<*<2>*>/ bhāradvājassa brāh-
maõassa cetasā cetoparivitakkam a¤¤āya bilaīgikaü\<*<3>*>/ bhā-
radvāja-brāhmaõaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yo appaduņņhassa narassa dussati ||
suddhassa posassa anaīgaõassa ||
tam eva bālam pacceti pāpaü ||
sukhumo rajo paņivātaü va khitto ti\<3>/ || ||
5. Evaü vutte bilaīgika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhi-
kkantaü bho Gotama || pa || Esāhaü bhavantaü Gotamaü
saraõaü gacchāmi dhamma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Labheyyā-
ham bhoto Gotamassa santike pabbajjaü || pa || tad anuttaram
brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme sayam abhi¤¤ā
sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati || || Khãõā jāti vusitaü
brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyā ti
abbha¤¤āsi || ||
6. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataü ahosãti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.5. Ahiüsaka.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho ahiüsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü
sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā
ekam antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 C. vilaīgika-; S1-3 bilaīgaka-.
     2 S1-3 bilaīgakā-.
     3 Repetition of Devatā- S. III.2.
>/
#<[page 165]>#
%<VII. 1. 7.]              ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1.                   165>%
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho ahiüsaka-bhāradvājo brāh-
maõo Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahiüsakāhaü bho
Gotama ahiüsakāham bho Gotamā ti || ||
4. Yathā nāmaü tathā c-assa || siyā kho tvaü ahiüsako ||
yo ca kāyena vācāya || manasā ca na hiüsati ||
sa ce ahiüsako hoti || yo paraü na vihiüsatãti || ||
5. Evam vutte ahiüsaka-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavan-
tam etad avoca || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || pa || abbha¤¤āsi || ||
6. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosãti || ||

#<SN_1.7,1.6. Jaņā.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho jaņā-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sam-
modi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi || ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinno jaņā-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Antojaņā bahijaņā || jaņāya jaņitā pajā ||
taü taü Gotama pucchāmi || ko imaü vijaņaye jaņan ti || ||
4. Sãle patiņņhāya naro sapa¤¤o || cittaü pa¤¤a¤ca bhāvayaü ||
ātāpã nipako bhikkhu || so imam vijaņaye jaņaü || ||
Yesaü rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khãõāsavā arahanto || tesaü vijaņitā jaņā || ||
Yattha nāma¤ca råpa¤ca || asesam uparujjhati ||
paņighaü råpasa¤¤ā ca\<*<1>*>/ || ettha sā chijjate jaņā ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
5. Evaü vutte jaņā-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama || pa ||
6. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataü ahosãti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.7. Suddhika.>#
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sam-
modi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyam vãtisāretvā ekam
antaü nisãdi ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. -sa¤¤a¤ca.
     2 B. etthesā chindate-. These gathās are the same as those of
        Devatā-S. III.3.
>/
#<[page 166]>#
%<166                     BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.            [VII. 1. 7.>%
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho suddhika-bhāradvājo brāh-
maõo Bhagavato santike imaü gātham ajjhabhāsi || ||
Na brāhmaõo sujjhati koci loke ||
sãlavā pi tapo karaü ||
vijjācaraõasampanno so sujjhati ||
na a¤¤ā itarā pajā ti || ||
4. Bahum pi palapaü jappaü || na jaccā hoti\<*<1>*>/ brāhmaõo ||
anto kasambhu\<*<2>*>/-saükiliņņho || kuhanam\<*<3>*>/ upanissito\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Khattiyo brāhmaõo vesso || suddo caõķālapukkuso ||
āraddhaviriyo pahitatto || niccaü daëhaparakkamo ||
pappoti paramaü suddhiü || evam jānāhi brāhmaõā ti || ||
5. Evam vutte suddhika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhi-
kkantam bho Gotama || pa ||
6. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosãti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.8. Aggika.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena aggika-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maõassa sappinā pāyāso sannihito\<*<5>*>/ hoti || || aggiü juhissāmi
aggihuttaü paricarissāmãti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā patta-
cãvaram ādāya Rājagahaü piõķāya pāvisi || Rājagahe sapadā-
naü piõķāya caramāno yena aggika-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maõassa nivesanaü ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā ekam
antam aņņhāsi || ||
4. Addasā kho aggika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavantaü
piõķāya carantaü || disvāna Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Tãhi vijjāhi sampanno || jātimā sutavā bahu ||
vijjācaraõasampanno || so-maü bhu¤jeyya pāyāsan ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||
5. Bahum pi palapaü jappaü || na jaccā\<*<7>*>/ hoti brāhmaõo ||
anto kasambusaükiliņņho\<*<8>*>/ || kuhanā parivārito || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. najacco.
     2 So S1 and C. ; B. puti; S3 sa (or si) kambu.
     3 B. kuhanā.
     4 S1-3 add ti. This gāthā will be found again in the next sutta.
     5 S3 santito; S1 sāttito.
     6 S1-3 so imaü- pāyasanti here and further on.
     7 B. jacco as above.
     8 S1-3 as above (preceding sutta); B. -kasapamusaükliņņho.
>/
#<[page 167]>#
%<VII. I. 9]                    ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1.                    167>%
pubbenivāsaü yo vedi || saggāpāya¤ ca passati ||
atho\<*<1>*>/ jātikkhayaü patto || abhi¤¤āvosito muni\<*<2>*>/ || ||
etāhi tãhi vijjāhi || tevijjo hoti brāhmaõo ||
vijjācaraõasampamo || so mam bhu¤jeyya pāyāsan ti || ||
6. Bhu¤jatu bhavaü bho\<*<3>*>/ Gotamo brāhmaõo bhavan ti || ||
7. Gāthābhigãtaü me abhojanãyaü\<*<4>*>/ ||
sampassatam brāhmaõa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigãtaü panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaõa vuttir esā || ||
A¤¤ena ca\<*<5>*>/ kevalinam mahesiü ||
khãõāsavaü kukkuccavåpasantaü\<*<6>*>/ ||
annena pānena upaņņhahassu ||
khettaü hi taü\<*<7>*>/ pu¤¤apekkhassa hotã ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
8. Evam vutte aggika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa ||
9. A¤¤antaro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosãti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.9. Sundarika.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagava Kosalesu viharati Sundarikāya
nadiyā tãre || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena sundarika-bhāradvājo brāh-
maõo Sundarikāya nadiyā tãre aggiü juhati aggihuttaü
paricarati || ||
3. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo aggiü juhitvā
aggihuttaü paricaritvā uņņhāyāsanā samantā catuddisā anuvi-
lokesi || || Ko nu kho imaü havyasesam bhu¤jeyyāsãti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
4. Addasā kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam a¤¤atarasmiü rukkhamåle sãsam\<*<10>*>/ pārutaü\<*<11>*>/ nisin-
naü || disvāna vāmena hatthena havyasesaü gahetvā dakkhi-
õahatthena kamaõķaluü gahetvā\<*<12>*>/ yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saīkami || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā sundrika-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maõassa padasaddena sãsaü vivari ||
6. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo || muõķo\<*<13>*>/ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 atha.
     2 S1-3 -vositavo-. This gātha will be found again in II. 3.
     3 B. omits bho.
     4 B. abhojaneyyaü here and further on.
     5 S1-3 ca here and further on.
     6 S1-3 kukkuca- here and further on.
     7 S1-3 hetaü.
     8 These gāthās will be found again in the next sutta.
     9 B. bhuījeyyāti.
    10 B. C. sasãsaü.
    11 S1-3 pāråpitaü.
    12 S1-3 gahetvāna.
    13 S1-3 muõķako.
>/
#<[page 168]>#
%<168                    BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.                [VII. 1. 9.>%
ayaü bhavaü muõķako ayam bhavan ti || tato ca puna
nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājassa brāhmaõassa etad
ahosi || || Muõķā pi hi\<*<1>*>/ idh-ekacce brāhmaõā bhavanti ||
yaü nunāhaü upasaīkamitvā jātim puccheyyan ti || ||
8. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo yena Bha-
gavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Kim jacco bhavan ti || ||
9. Mā jātim puccha caraõa¤ca puccha ||
kaņņhā have jāyati jātavedo ||
nãcākulãno pi muni dhitimā ||
ājānãyo hoti hirãnisedho || ||
saccena danto damasā upeto ||
vedantagå våsita-brahmacariyo ||
ya¤¤upanãto\<*<2>*>/ tam upavhayetha\<*<3>*>/ ||
kālena so juhati\<*<4>*>/ dakkhiõeyyo ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
10. Addhā suyiņņhaü suhutaü\<*<6>*>/ mama yidaü ||
yaü tādisaü vedagum addasāmi\<*<7>*>/ ||
tumhādisānaü hi adassanena ||
a¤¤o jano bhu¤jati havyasesan ti || ||
Bhu¤jatu bhavaü Gotamo brāhmaõo bhavan ti || ||
11. Gāthābhigãtaü me abhojaniyaü ||
sampassataü brāhmaõa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigãtaü\<*<8>*>/ panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaõa vuttir esā || ||
A¤¤ena ce kevalinaü mahesiü ||
khãõāsavaü kukkuccavåpasantaü ||
annena pānena upaņņhahassu ||
khettaü hi tam\<9>/ pu¤¤apekkhassa hotã ti\<10>/ || ||
12. Atha kassa cāhaü bho Gotama imaü havyasesaü
dammã ti || ||
13. Na khvāhaü brāhmaõa passāmi sadevake loke samā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaõa-brāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevama-
nussāya yass-eso\<*<11>*>/ havyaseso bhutto sammāpariõāmaüū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 add ca.
     2 B.ya¤¤o-.
     3 S1 upavuhayetha.
     4 S1-3 duhati.
     5 B. dakkhineyyeti.
     6 S1-3 ahutaü.
     7 B. addasāma.
     8 S1-3 vācābhigãtaü.
     9 S1-3 tena (or te taü) hite.
    10 For these two gāthās (text and notes) see the preceding sutta.
    11 B. yena.
>/
#<[page 169]>#
%<VII. 1. 9.]               ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1.                   169>%
gaccheyya || a¤¤atra brāhmaõa Tathāgatassa vā Tathāgatasā-
vakassa vā || tena hi tvaü brāhmaõa taü havyasesam appa-
harite vā chaņņehi appāõake vā udake opilāpehã ti || ||
14. Atha kho sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo taü havya-
sesaü appāõake udake opilāpesi || ||
15. Atha kho so havyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciņāyati ciņici-
ņāyati sandhåpāyati sampadhåpāyati || || Seyyathāpi nāma
phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciņāyati ciņiciņāyati
sandhåpāyati sampadhåpāyati || evam eva so havyaseso udake
pakkhitto cicciņāyati ciņiciņāyati sandhåpāyatisampadhåpāyati ||
16. Atha kho sundarika-bharadvājo brāhmaõo saüviggo
lomahaņņhajāto yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
17. Ekam antaü ņhitaü kho sundarika-bhāradvājam
brāhmaõaü Bhagavā gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Mā\<1>/ brāhmaõa dāru samādahāno ||
suddhim\<2>/ ama¤¤i bahiddhā hi etaü ||
na hi tena suddhiü kusalā vadanti ||
yo bāhirena parisuddhim\<3>/ icche || ||
Hitvā ahaü brāhmaõa dārudāhaü ||
ajjhattam eva jalayāmi\<4>/ jotiü ||
niccagginã niccasamāhitatto\<5>/ ||
arahaü\<*<6>*>/ ahaü brahmacariyaü carāmi || ||
Māno hi te brāhmaõa\<7>/ khāribhāro ||
kodho dhåmo bhasmani mosavajjaü\<8>/ ||
jivhā sujā hadayam jotiņņhānaü ||
attā sudanto purisassa joti || ||
Dhammo rahado brāhmaõa sãlatittho ||
anāvilo sabbhi sataü pasattho\<9>/ ||
yattha\<10>/ have vedaguno\<11>/ sinātā\<12>/ ||
anallãnagattā\<13>/ va taranti pāraü\<14>/ || ||
Saccaü dhammo saüyamo brahmacariyaü ||
majjhesitā brāhmaõa brahmapatti ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 add vā.
     2 S1-3 suddham.
     3 S3 balavena-; Bųuddhim.
     4 B. ajjhattamevujjalayāmi.
     5 S1-3 niccaggi niccamasāhitatto.
     6 B. omits araham.
     7 S1-3 hito (S1 -te) brāhmanā.
     8 C. -nimmo-.
     9 B. pasaņņho.
    10 S1-3 yatthā.
    11 B. vedagåno; SSūavedaguno.
    12 So S3; B. sinhatā; S1-2 sinānanda (S2 daü) tā.
    13 SS. anallagattā.
    14 This gāthā will be found again in II. 11.
>/
#<[page 170]>#
%<170                    BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII                    [VII. 1. 9.>%
satujjubhåtesu namo karohi ||
tam ahaü naraü dhammasārã ti\<1>/ bråmã ti || ||
18. Evaü vutte sundarika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhi-
kkantam bho gotama || pa ||
19. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahataü ahosã ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,1.10. Bahudhiti.>#
1. Ekam samayaü Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati a¤¤ata-
rasmiü vanasaõķe ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤atarassa bharadvāja-
gottassa brāhmaõassa catuddasa balivaddā naņņhā honti || ||
3. Atha kho bhāradvāja-gotto brāhmaõo te balivadde
gavesanto yena so pana vanasaõķo ten-upasaīkami || upa-
saīkamitvā addasā Bhagavantaü tasmiü vanasaõķe nisinnaü
pallaīkaü ābhujitvā ujuü kāyam paõidhāya parimukhaü
satim upaņņhapetvā || ||
4. Disvāna yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavato santike imā gāthayo abhāsi || ||
Na hi\<*<2>*>/ nån-imassa samaõassa || balivaddā catuddasa ||
ajjasaņņhiü na dissanti || tenāyaü samaõo sukhã || ||
na hi nån-imassa samaõassa || tilā khettasmiü pāpikā\<*<3>*>/ ||
ekapaõõā dvipannā\<*<4>*>/ ca || tenāyam samaõo sukhã || ||
na hi nån-imassa samaõassa || tuccha-kotthasmiü musikā ||
ussoëhikaya naccanti || tenāyaü samaõo sukhã || ||
na hi nån-imassa samaõassa || santhāro\<*<5>*>/ sattamāsiko ||
uppāņakehi\<*<6>*>/ saüchanno || tenāyaü samaõo sukhã || ||
na hi nån-imassa samaõassa || vidhavā sattadhãtaro ||
ekaputtā dviputtā cā\<*<7>*>/ || tenāyaü samaõo sukhã || ||
na hi nån-imassa samaõassa || piīgalā tilakā hatā ||
sottam pādena bodheti || tenāyaü samaõo sukhã || ||
na hi nån-imassa samaõassa || paccåsamhi iõāyikā ||
detha dethā ti codenti || tenāyaü samaõo sukhã ti || ||
5. Na hi mayham brāhmaõa || balivaddā catuddasa ||
ajjasaņņhiü na dissanti || tenāhaü brāhmaõa sukhã || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. sātã.
     2 S1-3 ha always.
     3 B. pāpakā.
     4 B dupaõõā.
     5 All the MSS. sandharo; but further on S1-3 santhāro.
     6 C. uppādakehi.
     7 B. duputtā; S1 viputtā; S3 ekaputtavi (or ci) puttāca.
>/
#<[page 171]>#
%<VII. 1. 10.]                  ARAHANTA-VAGGA 1.                         171>%
na hi mayham brāhmaõa || tilā khettasmiü pāpikā ||
ekapaõõā dvipaõõā ca || teõāhaü brāhmaõa sukhã || ||
na hi mayham brāhmaõa || tucchā-koņņhasmiü musikā ||
ussoëhikāya naccanti || tenāhaü brāhmaõa sukhã || ||
na hi mayhaü brāhmaõa || santhāro\<*<1>*>/ sattamāsiko ||
uppāņakehi saüchanno || tenāham brāhmaõa sukhã || ||
na hi mayham brāhmaõa || vidhavā sattadhãtaro ||
ekaputtā driputtā ca || tenāhaü brāhmaõa sukhã || ||
na hi mayhaü brāhmaõa || piīgalā tilakā hatā ||
sottam pādena bodheti || tenāhaü brāhmaõa sukhã || ||
na hi mayhaü brāhmaõa || paccåsamhi iõāyikā ||
detha dethāti codenti || tenāhaü brāhmaõa sukhã ti || ||
6. Evam vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho
Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikujjitam va ukkujjeyya
paņicchannaü vā vivareyya || måëhassa vā maggam ācikkheyya ||
andhakāre telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto rupāni dak-
khinti || evam evam bhotā\<*<2>*>/ Gotamena anekapariyāyena dhammo
pakāsito || esāhaü Bhagavantam saraõaü gacchāmi dham-
ma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || Labheyyāhaü bhoto\<*<3>*>/ Gotamassa
santike pabbajjaü labheyyam upasampadan ti || ||
7. Alattha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo Bhagavato
santike pabbajjam alattha upasampadaü || ||
8. Aciråpasampanno panāyasmā bharadvājo eko våpakaņņho
appamatto ātāpã pahitatto viharanto na cirass-eva yassattāya
kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaü pabbajanti || tad
anuttaraü brahmacariyapariyosānaü diņņheva dhamme sayam
abhi¤¤ā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi || khãnā jāti vusitaü
brahmacariyaü kataü karaõãyaü nāparam itthattāyā ti
abbha¤¤āsi || ||
9. A¤¤ataro ca panāyasmā bhāradvājo arahatam ahosãti || ||
Arahanta-vaggo pathamo || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Dhana¤jānã ca Akkosaü || Asurinda\<*<4>*>/ Bilaīgikaü ||
Ahiüsakaü Jaņā c-eva || Suddhikaü c-eva Aggikā ||
Sundarikaü Bahudhãti || yena ca te dasā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 santhāro; B. sandharo.
     2 S1-3 bho.
     3 S1-3 bho
     4 S1-3 asundarikaü.
>/
#<[page 172]>#
%<172                    BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.            [VII.2.1.>%


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. UPâSAKA-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.7,2.1. Kasi.1>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Magadhesu
viharati Dakkhiõāgirismiü Ekanālāyam brāhmaõa-gāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bhāradvājassa\<*<2>*>/ brāh-
maõassa pa¤camattāni naīgalasatāni payuttāni honti vappa-
kāle || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā patta-
cãvaram ādāya yena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāhmaõassa kam-
manto ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena kasi-bhāradvājassa brāh-
maõassa parivesanā vattati || ||
5. Atha kho Bhagavā yena parivesanā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
6. Addasā kho kasi-bharadvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
piõķāya ņhitaü || disvāna Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Ahaü
kho samaõa kasāmi ca vapāmi\<*<3>*>/ ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca
bhu¤jāmi || || Tvam pi samaõa kasassu ca vapassu ca ||
kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhu¤jassãti || ||
7. Aham pi kho brāhmaõa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā
ca vapitvā ca bhu¤jāmãti || ||
8. Na kho mayam passāma bhoto\<*<4>*>/ Gotamassa yugaü vā
vā naīgalaü vā phālaü vā pācanam vā balivadde vā || atha
ca pana bhavaü Gotamo evam āha || || Aham pi kho brāh-
maõa kasāmi ca vapāmi ca || kasitvā ca vapitvā ca bhu¤jā-
mãti || ||
9. Atha kho kasi-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kassako paņijānāsi || na ca passāmi te kasiü ||
kassako\<*<5>*>/ pucchito bråhi || kathaü jānemu taü kasin ti || ||
10. Saddhā bãjaü tapo vuņņhi || pa¤¤ā me yuganaīgalaü ||
hirã isā mano yottaü || sati me phāla-pācanaü || ||
kāyagutto vacãgutto || āhāre udare yato ||
saccaü karomi niddānaü || soraccam me pamocanaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 This sutta recurs in the Sutta-Nipāta I.4.
     2 S3 kasã- always.
     3 B. vapp- always.
     4 S1-3 bho.
     5 S1 kasine; S3 kasane.
>/
#<[page 173]>#
%<VII. 2. 2]                 UPâSAKA-VAGGA 2.                   173>%
viriyam me dhuradhorayhaü || yogakkhemādhivāhanaü ||
gacchati anivattantaü || yattha gantvā na socati || ||
Evam esā kasã kaņņhā || sā hoti amatapphalā ||
etaü kasiü kasitvāna || sabbadukkhā pamuccatã ti || ||
11. Bhu¤jatu bhavaü Gotamo kassako bhavaü Gotamo\<*<1>*>/ ||
yaü hi Gotamo amatapphalam pi kasiü kasatã ti || ||
12. Gāthābhigãtam me abhojanãyaü ||
sampassataü brāhmaõa n-esa dhammo ||
gāthābhigãtaü panudanti buddhā ||
dhamme sati brāhmaõa vuttir esā || ||
a¤¤ena ce kevalinaü mahesiü ||
khãõāsavaü kukkuccavåpasantaü ||
annena pānena upaņņhahassu ||
khetta¤hi taü pu¤¤apekkhassa hotã ti\<*<2>*>/ ||
\<*<3>*>/Evaü vutte kasi-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantaü bho
Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikkujjitaü vā ukkujjeyya
paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa vā maggaü ācikkheyya
andhakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya cakkhumanto råpāni
dakkhinti || evam evam bho Gotamena anekapariyāyena
dhammo pakāsito || esāhaü bhagavantaü Gotamaü saraõaü
gacchāmi dhamma¤ca bhikkhusaīgha¤ca || upāsakaü maü
bhavaü Gotamo dharetu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü
gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.2. Udayo.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā patta-
cãvaram ādāya yena Udayassa brāhmaõassa nivesanaü ten-
upasaīkami || ||
3. Atha kho Udayo brāhmaõo Bhagavato pattam odanena
påresi || ||
4. Dutiyam pi kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā
pattacãvaram ādāya yena Udayassa brāhmaõassa nivesanaü
ten-upasaīkami || pa ||
5. Tatiyam pi kho Udayo brāhmaõo Bhagavato pattamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. has not Gotamo.
     2 See above I. 8, 9.
     3 Here the Sutta Nipāta inserts another episode.
>/
#<[page 174]>#
%<174                      BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.            [VII. 2. 2.>%
odanena påretvā Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Pakaņņhako\<*<1>*>/
yaü samaõo Gotamo punappunam āgacchatã ti || ||
Punappunam ceva vapanti bãjaü ||
punappunaü vassati\<*<2>*>/ devarājā ||
punappunam khettam kasanti kassakā\<*<3>*>/ ||
punappunam a¤¤am\<*<4>*>/ upeti raņņhaü || ||
Punappunaü yācakā yācayanti\<*<5>*>/ ||
punappunam dānapatã dadanti ||
punappunam dānapatã daditvā ||
punappunam saggam upeti ņhānaü || ||
Punappunaü khãranikā duhanti ||
punappunaü vaccho upeti\<*<6>*>/ mātaraü ||
punappunaü kilamati phandati ca ||
punappunaü gabbham upeti mando || ||
punappunaü jāyati miyyati ca ||
punappunaü sãvathikaü haranti ||
magga¤ca laddhā apunabbhavāya ||
na\<*<7>*>/ punappunam jāyati bhåripa¤¤o ti || ||
7. Evam vutte Udayo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || Upāsakam maü bhavaü
Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.3. Devahito.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā vātehi ābādhiko
hoti || āyasmā ca Upavāno\<*<8>*>/ Bhagavato upaņņhāko hoti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā āyasmantam Upavānam āmantesi || ||
Iīgha me tvaü Upavāna uõhodakaü jānāhãti || ||
4. Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Upavāno Bhagavato
paņissutvā nivāsetvā pattacãvaram ādāya yena Devahitassa
brāhmaõassa nivesanaü ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
tuõhãbhåto\<*<9>*>/ ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
5. Addasā kho Devahito brāhmaõo āyasmantam Upavānam
tuõhãbhutam\<*<9>*>/ ekam antam ņhitaü || disvāna āyasmantam
Upavānaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 pagaõķako.
     2 S1-3 vassanti.
    3 S1-3 kassako.
     4 B. ma¤¤am; S1-3 ya¤¤aü.
     5 S1-3 yācanakā caranti.
     6 S1-3 vacchā upenti.
     7 B. S3 omit na.
     8 S1-3 Upavāõ-o always.
     9 S1-3 omit tuõhãbhåto (-taü).
>/
#<[page 175]>#
%<VII. 2. 4.]               UPâSAKA-VAGGA 2.                    175>%
Tuõhãbhåto bhavaü tiņņhaü || muõķo saīghāņipāruto ||
kiü patthayāno kim esaü || kiü nu yācitum āgato ti || ||
6. Arahaü Sugato loke || vātehābadhiko muni ||
sace uõhodakam atthi || munino dehi brāhmaõa ||
påjito påjaneyyānaü || sakkareyyānam sakkato ||
apacito apaceyyānaü\<*<1>*>/ || tassa icchāmi hātave\<*<2>*>/ ti || ||
7. Atha kho Devahito brāhmaõo uõhodakassa kājam\<*<3>*>/ puri-
sena gāhāpetvā phāõitassa ca puņam āyasmato Upavānassa
pādāsi || ||
8. Atha kho āyasmā Upavāno yena Bhagavā ten-upasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam uõhodakena nahāpetvā
uõhodakena phāõitam āloëetvā Bhagavato pādāsi || ||
9. Atha kho Bhagavato so ābādho paņippassambhi || ||
10. Atha kho Devahito brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhim sammodi ||
sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vitisāretvā ekam antaü
nisãdi || ||
11. Ekam antaü nisinno kho Devahito brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kattha dajjā deyyadhammam || kattha dinnaü mahappha-
laü ||
kathaü hi yajamānassa || katham ijjhati\<*<4>*>/ dakkhiõā ti || ||
12. Pubbe nivāsam yo vedi\<*<5>*>/ || saggāpāya¤ca passati ||
atho jātikkhayaü patto || abhi¤¤āvosito muni\<*<6>*>/ || ||
ettha\<*<7>*>/ dajjā deyyadhammam || ettha dinnam mahap-
phalaü ||
evaü hi yajamānassa || evam ijjhati dakkhiõā ti || ||
13. Evaü vutte Devahito brāhmaõo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaü maü
bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü
gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.4. Mahāsāla (or Låkhapāpuraõa).>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho a¤¤ataro brāhmaõa-mahāsālo låkho låkhapā-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 -pujaniyyānaü-; S1-3 sakkateyyānaü; B. paceyyānaü.
     2 S1-3 bhātave.
     3 S1-3 kācaü.
    4 S1-3 ijjhanti here and further on.
     5 So B. S1-3; C. vede, but notices the reading vedi.
     6 S1 abhi¤¤a-; S1-3 -vositavo-. See I. 8.
     7 B. tattha.
>/
#<[page 176]>#
%<176                     BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.             [VII. 2. 4.>%
puraõo yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārā-
õãyam vãtisāretvā ekam antam nisãdi ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho taü brāhmaõa-mahāsālaü
Bhagavā etad avocā || || Kinnu tvaü brāhmaõa låkho
låkhapāpuraõo ti || ||
4. Idha me bho Gotama cattaro puttā || te maü dārehi
sampuccha gharā nikkhamentãti\<*<1>*>/ || ||
5. Tena hi tvaü brāhmaõa imā gāthāyo pariyāpuõitvā
sabhāyaü mahājanakāye sannipatite puttesu ca sannisinnesu
bhāsassu || ||
Yehi jātehi nandissaü || yesa¤ ca bhavam icchisaü\<*<2>*>/ ||
te maü dārehi sampuccha || sā va vārenti såkaraü || ||
Asantā kira maü jammā || tāta tātā ti bhāsare ||
rakkhasā puttaråpena || te jahanti vayogataü || ||
Asso va jiõõo nibbhogo || khādanā apanãyati ||
bālakānam pitā thero || parāgāresu bhikkhati || ||
Daõķo va kira me seyyo || ya¤ ce puttā anassavā ||
caõķam pi gonam vāreti || atho caõķam pi kukkuraü || ||
andhakāre pure hoti || gambhãre gādham edhati ||
daõķassa ānubhāvena || khalitvā paņitiņņhatãti || ||
6. Atha kho so brāhmaõa-mahāsālo Bhagavato santike
imā gāthāyo pariyāpuõitvā sabhāyaü mahājanakāye sanni-
patite puttesu ca sannisinnesu abhāsi || ||
Yehi jātehi nandissam || yesa¤ ca bhavam icchisaü ||
te maü dārehi sampuccha || sā va vārenti såkaram || ||
Asantā kira maü jammā || tāta tātā ti bhāsare ||
rakkhasā puttaråpena || te jahanti vayogataü || ||
Asso va jiõõo nibbhogo || khādanā apanãyati ||
bālakānam pitā thero || parāgāresu bhikkhati || ||
Daõķo va kira me seyyo || ya¤ ce puttā anassavā ||
caõķam pi goõaü vāreti || atho caõķam pi kukkuraü || ||
andhakāre pure hoti || gambhãre gādham edhati ||
daõķassa ānubhāvena || khalitvā patitiņņhatã ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 C. nikkamantãti; S3 nikkhantãti.
     2 S1-3 icchasaü.
     3 S1-3 sampucchā-; S1-3 C. vādenti.
>/
#<[page 177]>#
%<VII. 2. 5.]                UPâSAKA-VAGGA 2.                    177>%
7. Atha kho naü brāhmaõa-mahāsālaü puttā gharaü
netvā nahāpetvā paccekaü dussayugena acchādesuü || ||
8. Atha kho so brāhmaõa-mahāsālo ekaü dussayugam
ādāya yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bha-
gavatā saddhiü sammodi || sammodanãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü
vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
9. Ekam antaü nisinno kho brāhmaõa-mahāsālo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Mayam bho Gotama brāhmaõā nāma
ācariyassa ācariyadhanam pariyesāma || patiggaõhatu me bha-
vaü Gotamo ācariyadhanan ti || ||
10. Paņiggahesi\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavā anukampam upādāya || ||
11. Atha kho so brāhmaõa-mahāsālo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaü mam
bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü
gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.5. Mānatthaddo.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Mānatthaddho\<*<2>*>/ nāma brāhmaõo
Sāvatthiyaü pativasati || so n-eva mātaram abhivādeti || na
pitaram abhivādeti || na ācariyam abhivādeti || na jeņņha-
bhātaram abhivādeti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā mahatiya parisāya
parivuto dhammaü desesi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho Mānatthaddhassa brāhmaõassa etad ahosi || ||
Ayaü kho samaõo Gotamo mahatiyā parisāya parivuto
dhammaü deseti || yaü nånāham yena samaõo Gotamo ten-
upasaīkameyyaü || sace maü samaõo Gotamo ālapissati aham
pi tam ālapissāmi || no ce maü samaõo Gotamo ālapissati
aham pi taü nālapissāmã ti || ||
5. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā tuõhãbhåto ekam antam aņņhā-
si || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā taü nālapi || ||
7. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaõo || nāyaü samaõo
Gotamo ki¤ci jānātã ti || tato\<*<4>*>/ puna-nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 patigaõhāsi.
     2 B. Mānathaddho always.
     3 S1 deseti.
     4 B. adds va.
>/
#<[page 178]>#
%<178                   BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.              [VII. 2. 5.>%
8. Atha kho Bhagavā Mānatthaddhassa brāhmaõassa ceta-
sā ceto-parivitakkam a¤¤āya Mānatthaddhaü brāhmaõaü
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Na mānaü brāhmaõa\<*<1>*>/ sādhu || atthi kassãdha brāhmaõa ||
yena atthena āgacchi\<*<2>*>/ || tam evam anubråhaye ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
9. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaõo || cittam me samaõo
Gotamo jānātã ti || tatth-eva Bhagavato pādesu\<*<4>*>/ sirasā
nipativā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāõãhi
ca parisambāhati nāma¤ ca sāveti Mānatthaddhāham bho
Gotama Mānatthaddhāham bho Gotamā ti || ||
10. Atha kho sā parisā abbhutacittajātā\<*<5>*>/ ahosi || ||
Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutam vata bho || ayaü hi
Mānatthaddho brāhmaõo n-eva mātaram abhivādeti || na
pitaram abhivādeti || na ācariyam abhivādeti || na jeņņha-
bhātaram abhivādeti || atha ca pana samaõe Gotame evaråpaü
paramaü nipaccākāraü\<*<6>*>/ karotã ti || ||
11. Atha kho Bhagavā Mānatthaddhaü brāhmaõaü etad
avoca || || Alaü brāhmaõa uņņhehi sake āsane nisãda yato
te mayi cittaü pasannan ti || ||
12. Atha kho Mānatthaddho brāhmaõo sake āsane nisãditvā
Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kesu na mānaü\<*<7>*>/ kayirātha\<*<8>*>/ || kesu assa\<*<9>*>/ sagāravo ||
Kyassa\<*<10>*>/ apacitā\<*<11>*>/ assu || kyāssu sādhu supåjitā ti\<*<12>*>/ || ||
13. Mātari pitari vāpi || atho jeņņhamhi bhātari ||
ācariye catutthamhi || tesu na mānaü kayirātha || ||
tesu assa sagāravo || tyassa apacitā assu ||
tyassu sādhu supåjitā\<*<13>*>/ || ||
arahante sãtibhåte || katakicce anāsave ||
nihacca mānam atthaddho || te namassa\<*<14>*>/ anuttare ti || ||
14. Evaü vutte {Mānatthaddho} brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaü mam bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu
ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 bråhanā.
     2 S1-3 āga¤chi.
     3 S1-3 anubråhasãti.
     4 S1-3 pāde.
     5 So C. only; B. and S3 vitta-; S1 is doubtful.
     6 B. S1 nippacca-.
     7 S1-3 mānam na here and further on.
     8 B. kayirā.
     9 S1-3 kesvassa.
    10 S1-3 kyāssa.
    11 S1 apacitaü; C. apacitiü.
    12 S1-3 kesvassu sādhu supåjitāti, and further on tesvassu-.
    13 One pada ought to have been omitted in all the MSS.
    14 B. namasse.
>/
#<[page 179]>#
%<VII. 2. 7.]               UPâSAKA-VAGGA 2.                     179>%


#<SN_1.7,2.6. Paccanãka.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Paccanãkasāto\<*<1>*>/ nāma brāhmaõo
Sāvatthiyaü pativasati || ||
3. Atha kho Paccanãkasātassa brāhmaõassa etad ahosi || ||
Yaü nånāhaü yena samaõo Gotamo ten-upasaīkameyyaü ||
yaü yad eva samaõo Gotamo bhāsissati || taü tad ev-assā-
haü\<*<2>*>/ paccanãkassan ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā ajjhokāse caīka-
mati || ||
5. Atha kho Paccanãkasāto brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā
ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam caīkaman-
tam anucaīkamamāno Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Bhaõa
samaõa dhamman ti || ||
6. Na Paccanãkasātena || suvijānaü subhāsitaü ||
upakkiliņņhacittena || sārabbhabahulena ca\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Yo ca vineyya sārabbhaü || appasāda¤ ca cetaso ||
āghātaü paņinissajja || sa ve ja¤¤ā subhāsitan ti || ||
7. Evaü vutte Paccanãkasāto brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || pa || Upāsakam
mam bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü
gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.7. Navakammika.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati a¤¤ataras-
miü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena navakammika-bhāradvājo
brāhmaõo tasmiü vanasaõķe kammantaü kārāpeti || ||
3. Addasā kho navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bha-
gavantam a¤¤atarasmiü sāla-rukkhamåle nisinnaü pallaīkam
ābhujitvā ujuü kāyaü paõidhāya parimukhaü satim upaņņha-
petvā || ||
4. Disvān-assa etad ahosi || || Ahaü kho imasmiü vana-
saõķe kammantaü kārāpento ramāmi || ayaü samaõo Gotamo
kiü kārāpento ramatã ti || ||
5. Atha kho navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo yenaū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. paccanika- always.
     2 S1-3 evasāsahaü (S3 -bhaü).
     3 B. paccanikasātanti.
     4 C. sārambha.
>/
#<[page 180]>#
%<180                  BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.            [VII. 2. 7.>%
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ke nu kammantā kayiranti\<*<1>*>/ || bhikkhu sālavane tava ||
yad ekako ara¤¤asmiü || ratiü vindati Gotamo\<*<2>*>/ ti || ||
6. Na me vanasmiü karaõãyam atthi ||
ucchinnamålaü\<*<3>*>/ me vanaü visukaü\<*<4>*>/ ||
so-haü\<*<5>*>/ vane nibbanatho visallo ||
eko rame aratiü vippahāyā ti || ||
7. Evaü vutte navakammika-bhāradvājo brāhmaõo Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama || abhi-
kkantaü bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaü maü bhavaü Gotamo
dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.8. Kaņņhahāra.>#
1. Ekam samayaü Bhagavā Kosalesu viharati a¤¤ata-
rasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤atarasmim bhāradvāja-
gottassa brāhmaõassa sambahulā antevasikā kaņņhahārakā
māõavakā yena vaõasaõķo ten-upasaīkamiüsu || ||
3. Upasaīkamitvā addasaüsu Bhagavantaü tasmiü vana-
saõķe nisinnaü pallaīkam ābhujitvā ujuü kāyaü paõidhāya
parimukhaü satim upaņņhapetvā || || disvāna yena bhā-
radvājagotto brāhmaõo ten-upasaīkamiüsu || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā bhāradvājagottam brāhmaõam etad
avocuü || || Yagghe bhavaü jāneyya asukasmiü\<*<6>*>/ vanasaõķe
samaõo nisinno pallaīkam ābhujitvā ujuü kāyaü paõidhāya
parimukhaü satim upaņņhapetvā || ||
5. Atha kho bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo tehi māõavakehi
saddhiü yena so vanasaõķo ten-upasaīkami || addasā\<*<7>*>/ kho
Bhagavantaü tasmiü vanasaõķe nisinnaü pallaīkam ābhu-
jitvā ujuü kāyaü paõidhāya parimukhaü satim upaņņha-
petvā || disvāna yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīka-
mitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Gambhãraråpe\<8>/ bahubherave vane ||
su¤¤am ara¤¤aü vijanaü vigāhiya\<9>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 kammantatā (S1 kammantakātā) kayira.
     2 S1-3 vindasi Gotamāti.
     3 S1-3 ubhinna-
     4 S1-3 visukkhaü.
     5 B. svāhaü; S1 yohaü.
     6 S1-3 amuka-.
     7 S1-2 addasa.
     8 C. gambhirasabhāve.
     9 S1-3 vigāhiyaü.
>/
#<[page 181]>#
%<VII. 2.9.]                 UPâSAKA-VAGGA 2.                  181>%
ani¤jamānena ņhitena vaggunā ||
sucārurupaü\<*<1>*>/ vata bhikkhu jhāyasi || ||
Na yattha gãtaü na pi yattha\<*<2>*>/ vāditaü ||
eko ara¤¤e\<*<3>*>/ vanavasito\<*<4>*>/ muni ||
accheraråpaü paņibhāti mam idaü ||
yad ekako pãtimano vane vase || ||
Ma¤¤e-haü\<*<5>*>/ lokādhipati-sahavyataü ||
ākaīkhamāno tidivam anuttaraü ||
kasmā\<*<6>*>/ bhavaü vijanam ara¤¤am assito ||
tapo idha kubbasi brahmapattiyā ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
6. Yā kāci kaīkhā abhinandanā vā ||
anekadhātåsu puthå sadā sitā ||
a¤¤āõamålappabhavā pajappitā ||
sabbā mayā vyantikatā samålikā || ||
so ham akaīkho apiho\<*<8>*>/ anupayo\<*<9>*>/ ||
sabbesu dhammesu visuddhadassano ||
pappuyya sambodhim anuttaraü sivaü ||
jhāyām-ahaü brāhmaõa\<*<10>*>/ raho visārado ti ||
7. Evaü vutte bhāradvājagotto brāhmaõo Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam
bho Gotama || pa || ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.9. Mātuposako.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho mātuposako brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammo-
danãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vitisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho mātuposako brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Ahaü hi bho Gotama dhammena
bhikkham pariyesāmi || dhammena bhikkhaü pariyesitvā
mātāpitaro posemi || kaccāhaü\<*<11>*>/ bho Gotama evaükārã kicca-
kārã homãti || ||
4. Taggha tvaü brāhmaõa evaükārã kiccakārã hosi || yo
kho brāhmaõa dhammena bhikkhaü pariyesati || dhammenaū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 -råpo; B. sundararåpaü.
     2 S1-3 ettha- ettha-.
     3 B. ara¤¤a-.
     4 So C.; B. vanam avassito (given by C. as explanation);
        S. 1-3 vanam assito.
     5 B. ma¤¤āmahaü.
     6 S1-2 tasmā.
     7 S1 brahmåppattiyā ti.
     8 B. asito.
     9 So C.; B. anuppayo; S1-3 anåpayo.
    10 B. brahe.
    11 S1-3 kiccāhaü.
>/
#<[page 182]>#
%<182                    BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.               [VII. 2. 9.>%
bhikkhaü pariyesitvā mātāpitaro poseti || bahu so\<*<1>*>/ pu¤¤am
pasavatã ti || ||
Yo mātaraü pitaraü vā || macco dhammena poseti ||
tāya naü paricariyāya || mātāpitåsu paõķitā ||
idh-eva naü pasaüsanti || pecca sagge pamodatã ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
5. Evaü vutte mātuposako brāhmaõo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama abhikkantaü bho
Gotama || pa || upāsakaü maü bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu
ajjatagge pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.10. Bhikkhako.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Atha kho bhikkhako brāhmaõo Bhagavā ten-upasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi sammo-
danãyaü kathaü sārāõãyaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
3. Ekam antaü nisinno kho bhikkhako brāhmaõo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Aham pi bho Gotama bhikkhako
bhavam pi bhikkhako || idha no kiü nānākaraõan ti || ||
4. Na tena bhikkhako\<*<3>*>/ hoti || yāvatā bhikkhavo\<*<4>*>/ pare ||
visaü\<*<5>*>/ dhammam samādāya || bhikkhu hoti na tāvatā || ||
Yo dha\<*<6>*>/ pu¤¤ān ca pāpa¤ ca || bāhitvā brahmacariyaü\<*<7>*>/ ||
saīkhāya loke carati || sa ve\<*<8>*>/ bhikkhåti vuccatã ti || ||
5. Evaü vutte bhikkhako brāhmaõo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || Abhikkantam bho Gotama abhikkantam bho Gotama ||
pa || upāsakaü maü bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge
pāõupetaü saraõaü gatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.7,2.11. Saīgārava.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Saīgāravo nāma brāhmaõo Sā-
vatthiyaü paņivasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhim pacce-
ti || sāyapātam udakorohaõānuyogam anuyutto viharati\<*<9>*>/ || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā ânando pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā
pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthim piõķāya pāvisi || Sāvatthiyaü
piõķāya caritvā pacchābhattam piõķapātapaņikkanto yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam
abhivādetvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. bahuüso.
     2 S1-3 ca modatãti.
     3 S1-3 bhikkhu.
     4 S1-3 bhikkhate.
     5 S1-3 vissaü.
     6 B. ca.
     7 S3 bhāhetvā; C. vāhetvā; S1-3 brahmacariyavā.
     8 B. and C. sa ce.
     9 See Puggala, IV. 24. 1.
>/
#<[page 183]>#
%<VII. 2. 11.]               UPâSAKA-VAGGA 2.                   183>%
4. Ekam antaü nisinno kho āyasmā ânando Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Idha bhante Saīgāravo nāma brāhmaõo
Sāvatthiyaü paņivasati udaka-suddhiko udakena suddhiü
pacceti || sāyapātaü udakorohaõānuyogam anuyutto viharati ||
sādhu bhante Bhagavā yena Saīgāravassa brāhmaõassa ni-
vesanaü ten-upasaīkamatu anukampam upādāyā ti || ||
5. Adhivāsesi Bhagavā tuõhãbhāvena || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõha-samayaü nivāsetvā patta-
cãvaram ādāya yena Saīgāravassa brāhmaõassa nivesanaü
ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā pa¤¤atte āsane nisãdi || ||
7. Atha kho Saīgāravo brāhmaõo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavatā saddhiü sammodi ||
sammodanãyaü kathaü vãtisāretvā ekam antaü nisãdi || ||
8. Ekam antaü nisinnaü kho Saīgāravaü brāhmaõam
Bhagavā etad avoca || || Saccaü kira tvaü brāhmaõa udaka-
suddhiko udakena suddhiü paccesi || sāyapātam udakorohaõā-
nuyogam anuyutto viharasã ti || ||
9. Evam bho Gotama\<*<1>*>/ || ||
10. Kam\<*<2>*>/ pana tvam brāhmaõa atthavasaü sampassamāno
udakasuddhiko udakasuddhim paccesi || sāyapātam udakoro-
haõānuyogam anuyutto viharasã ti || ||
11. Idha me bho Gotama ahaü yaü divā pāpakammaü
kataü hoti\<*<3>*>/ taü sāyam nahānena pavāhemi || yaü rattiü
pāpakammam kataü hoti taü pātaü nahānena pavāhemi ||
Imaü\<*<4>*>/ khvāhaü bho Gotama atthavasaü sampassamāno
udakasuddhiko udakena suddhiü paccemi || sāyapātam uda-
korohaõānuyogam anuyutto viharāmã ti || ||
12. Dhammo rahado brāhmaõa sãlatittho ||
anāvilo sabbhi sataü pasattho ||
yattha have vedaguno sinātā ||
anallagattā va taranti pāran ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
13. Evaü vutte Saīgāravo brāhmaõo Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama || pa || upāsakaü
maü bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge pāõupetam saraõam
gatan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 -viharatãti evaü bhoti
     2 S1-3 kim.
     3 S1-3 hessati.
     4 S1-3 add ca.
     5 See above I.9, text and notes.
>/
#<[page 184]>#
%<184                     BRâHMAöA-SAũYUTTA VII.             [VII. 2. 12.>%


#<SN_1.7,2.12. Khomadussa.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekam samayaü Bhagavā Sakkesu
viharati Khomadussaü nāma\<*<1>*>/ Sakyānaü nigame\<*<2>*>/ || ||
2. Atha kho Bhagavā pubbaõhasamayaü nivāsetvā patta-
cãvaram ādāya Khomadussam nigamam\<*<3>*>/ piõķāya pāvisi || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena Khomadussakā brāhmaõa-
gahapatikā sabhāyaü sannipatitā honti kenacid eva karaõã-
yena || devo ca ekam ekaü phusāyati || ||
4. Atha kho Bhagavā yena sā sabhā ten-upasaīkami || ||
5. Addasaüsu\<*<4>*>/ Khomadussakā\<*<5>*>/ brāhmaõa-gahapatikā
Bhagavantam dårato va āgacchantam || ||
6. Disvā etad avocuü || || Ke ca muõķakā samaõakā ke
ca sabhādhammaü jānissantã ti || ||
7. Atha kho Bhagavā Khomadussake- brāhmaõa-gaha-
patike gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
N-esā sabhā yattha na santi santo ||
santo na te ye na vadanti dhammaü ||
rāga¤ ca dosa¤ ca pahāya mohaü ||
dhammaü vadantā va bhavanti santo ti || ||
8. Evaü vutte Khomadussakā\<*<7>*>/ brāhmaõa-gahapatikā
Bhagavantam etad avocuü || || Abhikkantaü bho Gotama
abhikkantam bho Gotama || seyyathāpi bho Gotama nikujji-
taü vā ukujjeyya paņicchannaü vā vivareyya måëhassa
vā maggam ācikkheyya andhakāre vā telapajjotaü dhāreyya
cakkhumanto råpāni dakkhinti || evam eva bhotā Gotamena
anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito || || Ete mayam Bhaga-
vantaü Gotamaü saraõaü gacchāma dhamma¤ ca bhikkhu-
saīgha¤ ca || upāsake no bhavaü Gotamo dhāretu ajjatagge
pāõupete saraõaü gate ti || ||
Upāsakā-vaggo dutiyo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Kasi Udayo Devahito || a¤¤atara-Mahāsālaü\<*<8>*>/ ||
Mānatthaddhaü Paccanãkaü || Navakammi Kaņņhahāraü ||
Mātuposakaü Bhikkhako || Saīgāravo Khomadussena dvādasāti || ||
Brāhmaõa-saüyuttaü samattaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 Khomadussadannāma; S3 -dussantānāma.
     2 S3 nigamo.
     3 S1-3 -dussadam piõķaya (omitting nigamam).
     4 S1-3 addasāsuü.
     5 S1-3 -dussadakā (in S3 da being superadded).
     6 S1 dussadake.
     7 S1-3 dussadaka-.
     8 S1-3 Låkhapāpureõa.
>/
#<[page 185]>#
%<185>%


********************************************

#<BOOK VIII. -- VAđGäSA-THERA-SAMYUTTAũ.1>#


#<SN_1.8.1. Nikkhantaü.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam āyasmā Vaīgãso
âëaviyaü viharati Aggāëave\<*<2>*>/ cetiye āyasmatā Nigrodha-
Kappena upajjhāyena saddhiü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaīgãso\<*<3>*>/ navako hoti
acirapabbajito ohiyyako vihārapālo || ||
3. Atha kho sambahulā itthiyo samalaīkaritvā yenārāmo\<*<4>*>/
ten-upasaīkamiüsu vihārapekkhikāyo\<*<5>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa tā itthiyo disvā anabhi-
rati upajji || rāgo cittam anuddhaüsesi || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā
vata me na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaü vata ve na vata me
suladdhaü || yassa me anabhirati uppannā rāgo cittam
anuddhaüseti || taü kut-ettha labbhā yam me paro anabhi-
ratiü vinodetvā abhiratiü uppādeyya\<*<6>*>/ || yaü nånāham
attanā va attano anabhiratiü vinodetvā abhiratim uppā-
deyyan ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso attanā va attano anabhiratiü
vinodetvā abhiratim uppādetvā tāyaü yelāyam imā gāthāyo
abhāsi || ||
\<*<7>*>/Nikkhantam vata maü santaü || agārasmānagāriyaü ||
vitakkā upadhāvanti || pagabbhā kaõhato ime || ||
uggaputtā mahissāsā || sikkhitā daëhadhammino ||
samantā parikireyyuü || sahassam\<*<8>*>/ apalāyinaü || ||
sace pi ettato bhãyo || āgamissanti itthiyo ||
n-eva maü vyādhayissanti | dhamme s-amhi\<*<9>*>/ patiņņhito\<*<10>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 The verses in this Saüyutta are all found in the Mahā-nipāta
        of the Theragāthā.
     2 B. aggāëavake.
     3 B. vaīgiso always.
     4 B. yena aggaëāvako ārāmo.
     5 B. -pekkhakāyo.
     6 S1-3 -pare- -uppādeyyuü.
     7 = Thera-g. 1209-1213.
     8 S1-3 sangassaü.
     9 S1 seems to have sabbhi.
    10 B. and C. patiņņhitaü.
>/
#<[page 186]>#
%<186                    VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.        [VIII. 1.>%
sakkhã hi me sutam etaü\<*<1>*>/ || buddhassādiccabandhuno ||
nibbānagamanaü maggaü || tattha me nirato mano || ||
Eva¤ ce maü viharantaü || pāpima upagacchasi\<*<2>*>/ ||
tathā maccu karissāmi || na me maggam pi dakkasã ti || ||


#<SN_1.8.2. Arati.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü || la ||
2. âyasmā Vaīgãso âëaviyaü viharati Aggāëave cetiye
āyasmatā Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhāyena saddhiü || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Nigrodha-Kappo
pacchābhattam piõķapātapaņikkanto vihāram pavisati sāyaü
vā nikkhamati aparajju vā kāle || ||
4. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaīgãsassa anabhi-
rati uppannā hoti rāgo cittam anuddhaüseti || ||
5. Atha kho Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā vata me
na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaü vata me na vata me sulad-
dhaü || yassa me anabhirati uppannā rāgo cittam anuddhaü-
seti || || Taü kut-ettha labbhā yaü me paro anabhiratiü
vinodetvā abhiratiü uppādeyyan ti || yaü nånāham attanā
va attano anabhiratiü vinodetvā abhiratim uppādeyyan ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso attanā va attano anabhiratiü
vinodetvā abhiratim uppādetvā tāyam velāyam imā gāthāyo
abhāsi || ||
Arati¤ ca rati¤ ca pahāya ||
sabbaso gehasita¤ ca vitakkaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
vanathaü na\<*<4>*>/ kareyya kuhi¤ci ||
nibbanatho anato\<*<5>*>/ sa hi bhikkhu || ||
Yam idha puthavi¤ca vehāsaü\<*<6>*>/ ||
råpagata¤ca jagatogadhaü ||
ki¤ci parijãyati sabbam aniccaü\<*<7>*>/ ||
evaü samecca caranti mutattā\<*<8>*>/ || ||
upadhãsu janā gadhitā\<*<9>*>/ ||
diņņhasute paņighe ca mute ca\<*<10>*>/ ||
ettha vinodãya\<*<11>*>/ chandam anejo\<*<12>*>/ ||
yo tattha\<*<13>*>/ na limpati tam munim āhu || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. evam.
     2 S1-3 pāpimā upaga¤chisi.
     3 S3 vitakkā.
     4 S1-3 omit na.
     5 B. arato.
     6 S1-3 puthavã ca; S3 vehāsa.
     7 S1-3 anicca.
     8 So B. and C.; S1-3 muttatā.
     9 S1-3 gamitā.
    10 S1-3 omit ca.
    11 B. vinodaya.
    12 S1-3 cha (S3 ja) nāmane (S1 no )jo.
    13 B. ettha.
>/
#<[page 187]>#
%<VIII. 3.]              VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.           187>%
Atha saņņhitasitā vitakkā\<*<1>*>/ ||
puthujanatāya adhammā niviņņhā ||
na ca vaggagat-assa kuhi¤ci ||
no pana duņņhullabhāõã sa bhikkhu || ||
dabbo\<*<2>*>/ cirarattasamāhito ||
akuhako nipako apihālu ||
santapadam\<*<3>*>/ ajjhagamā muni-paņicca ||
parinibbuto kaīkhati kālan ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.3. Pesalā-atima¤¤anā.>#
1. Ekaü samayam āyasmā Vaīgãso âëaviyaü viharati
Aggāëave cetiye āyasmatā Nigrodha-Kappena upajjhāyena
saddhiü || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaīgãso attano paņi-
bhānena a¤¤e pesale bhikkhå atima¤¤ati || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Alābhā
vata me || na vata me lābhā || dulladdhaü vata me || na vata
me suladdhaü || yvāhaü attano paņibhānena a¤¤e pesale
bhikkhå atima¤¤āmã ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso attanā va attano vippaņisāram
uppādetvā tāyaü velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Mānaü pajahassu Gotama ||
mānapatha¤ ca\<*<5>*>/ jahassu ||
asesaü\<*<6>*>/ mānapathasmiü samucchito\<*<7>*>/ ||
vippaņisārahuvā\<*<8>*>/ cirarattaü || ||
Makkhena makkhitā pajā ||
mānagatā nirayam papatanti\<*<9>*>/ ||
socanti janā cirarattaü ||
mānagatā nirayam upapannā || ||
Na hi socati bhikkhu kadāci ||
maggajino sammāpaņipanno || ||
kitti¤ ca sukha¤ c' anubhoti ||
dhammarato\<*<10>*>/ ti tam āhu tathattam\<*<11>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. and C. saņņhisitā-; S1 saņņhisatātasitā; C. -savitakkā;
        S1 -parivitakkā.
     2 S1-3 daõdo.
     3 B. santaü padam.
     4 Thera-g. 1214-1218.
     5 S1-3 mānåpathava (or ca).
     6 S1-3 add mā.
     7 S1-3 pamu (S3 mi)cchito.
     8 C. vippaņisānã āhuvā.
     9 B. mānahatā- (here and further on) -patanti.
    10 S1-3 -daso.
    11 B. vitatakkam.
>/
#<[page 188]>#
%<188                  VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.            [VIII. 3.>%
Tasmā akhilo dha padhānavā\<*<1>*>/ ||
nãvaraõāni pahāya visuddho ||
māna¤ ca pahāya asesaü ||
vijjāyantakaro samitāvã ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.4. ânanda.>#
1. Ekaü samayam āyasmā ânando Sāvatthiyaü viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā ânando pubbaõha-samayaü nivāsetvā
pattacãvaram ādāya Sāvatthiü piõķāya pāvisi āyasmatā
Vaīgãsena pacchāsamaõena || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmato Vaīgãsassa anabhi-
rati uppannā hoti || rāgo cittam anuddhaüseti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso āyasmantam ânandam
gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kāmarāgena ķayhāmi || cittam me pariķayhati ||
sādhu nibbāpanaü\<*<3>*>/ bråhi || anukampāya Gotamā ti || ||
5. Sa¤¤āya vipariyesā || cittan-te pariķayhati ||
nimittam parivajjehi || subhaü rāgåpasaühitaü ||
Saīkhāre parato passa || dukkhato mā ca attato ||
nibbāpehi mahārāgaü || mā ķayhittho punappunaü || ||
asubhāya cittaü bhāvehi || ekaggaü susamāhitaü ||
sati kāyagatā ty-atthu\<*<4>*>/ || nibbidā-bahulo bhava || ||
animittaü ca bhāvehi || mānānusayam ujjaha ||
tato mānābhisamayā || upasanto carissasã ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.5. Subhāsitā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti ||
3. Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
Catåhi bhikkhave aīgehi samannāgatā vācā subhāsitā hoti
na dubbhāsitā || anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca vi¤¤ånaü || kata-
mehi catuhi ||
5. Idha bhikkhave bhikkhu subhāsitaü yeva bhāsati no
dubbhāsitam || dhammaü yeva bhāsati no adhammaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 ya padhānaü vā.
     2 S1 smitāvã ti S3 smitādvãti; Thera-gāthā 1219-1222.
     3 S1-3 nibbāpana.
     4 S1 -gattātthu; S3 gantyatthu.
     5 Thera-g. 1223-1226.
>/
#<[page 189]>#
%<VII. 6.]              VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VII.             189>%
piyaü yeva bhāsati no appiyam || saccaü yeva bhāsati no
alikaü || Imehi kho bhikkhave catåhi aīgehi samannāgatā
vācā subhāsitā hoti no dubbhāsitā anavajjā ca ananuvajjā ca
vi¤¤ånan ti || ||
6. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idam vatvāna Sugato athāparam
etad avoca satthā || ||
Subhāsitam uttamam āhu santo ||
dhammaü bhaõe nādhammam taü dutiyaü ||
piyaü bhaõe nāppiyam taü tatiyaü ||
saccaü bhaõe nālikam tam catutthan ti || ||
7. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam uttarā-
saīgaü karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paņibhāti maü Bhagavā paņibhāti
maü Sugatā ti || ||
8. Paņibhātu taü Vaīgãsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
9. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso Bhagavantam sammukhā
saråpāhi\<*<1>*>/ gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Tam eva vācam bhāseyya || yāy-attānaü na tāpaye ||
pare ca na vihiüseyya || sā ve vācā subhāsitā || ||
piyavācam va\<*<2>*>/ bhāseyya || yā vācā paņinanditā ||
yaü anādāya pāpāni || paresaü bhāsate piyaü || ||
saccaü ve\<*<3>*>/ amatā vācā || esa dhammo sanantano ||
sacce\<*<4>*>/ atthe ca dhamme ca || āhu santo patiņņhitā || ||
yam buddho\<*<5>*>/ bhāsate vācaü || khemaü nibbānapattiyā ||
dukkhassantakiriyāya || sā ve vācānamuttamā ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.6. Sāriputta.>#
1. Ekaü samayam āyasmā Sāriputto Sāvatthiyaü viharati
Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhå
dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampa-
haüseti || poriyā\<*<7>*>/ vācāya vissaņņhāya anelagaëāya atthassa
vi¤¤āpaniyā || te ca bhikkhå aņņhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-
cetaso\<*<8>*>/ samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaü suõanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Ayamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. sāråpāhi here and further on.
     2 S1-3 -vācam eva.
     3 S1-3 te.
     4 S1-3 sabbe.
     5 S1-3 sambuddho.
     6 Thera-g. 1227-1230.
     7 S1-3 poriyāya, and further on S1 only.
     8 See p. 112, notes 1. 2.
>/
#<[page 190]>#
%<190                VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.            [VIII. 6.>%
āyasmā Sāriputto bhikkhå dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti
samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaüseti|| poriyā vācāya visaņņhā-
ya anelagaëāya atthassa vi¤¤āpaniyā || te ca bhikkhå aņņhi-
katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā
dhammaü suõanti || || Yaü nånāham āyasmantaü Sāriputtaü
sammukhā saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso uņņhayāsanā ekaüsam utta-
rāsaīgaü karitvā yenāyasmā Sāriputto tenā¤jalim panā-
metvā āyasmantaü Sāriputtam etad avoca || || Paņibhāti
mam āvuso Sāriputta paņibhāti mam āvuso Sāriputtā ti || ||
5. Paņibhātu tam āvuso Vaīgãsā ti || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso āyasmantaü Sāriputtaü
sammukhā saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Gambhãra-pa¤¤o medhāvã || maggāmaggassa kovido || ||
Sāriputto mahāpa¤¤o || dhammaü deseti bhikkhunaü || ||
sakhittena pi deseti || vitthārena pi bhāsati ||
sālikāy-iva\<*<1>*>/ nigghoso || paņibhānam udãrayi || ||
tassa tam desayantassa || suõanti madhuraü giraü ||
sarena rajanãyena || savanãyena vaggunā ||
udaggacittā muditā || sotam odhenti bhikkhavo ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.7. Pavāraõā.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Pubbā-
rāme Migara-mātu-pāsāde mahatā bhikkhu-saīghena saddhiü
pa¤camattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā tad-ahuposathe
pannarase pavāraõāya bhikkhusaīghaparivuto ajjhokāse ni-
sinno hoti || ||
3. Atha kho Bhagavā tunhãbhåtaü bhikkhusaīgham
anuviloketvā bhikkhå āmantesi || ||
4. Handa dāni bhikkhave pavārayāmi vo\<*<3>*>/ na\<*<4>*>/ ca me
ki¤ci garahatha kāyikaü vā\<*<5>*>/ vācasikaü vā || ||
5. Evaü\<*<6>*>/ vutte āyasmā Sāriputto uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam
uttarāsaīgam karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā
Bhagavantam etad avoca || || Na kho mayaü bhante Bha-
gavato ki¤ci garahāma kāyikaü vā vācasikaü vā || Bhagavāū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 sālikāya ca.
     2 Thera-g. 1231-1233.
     3 B. pavāressāmi, omitting vo.
     4 C. adds vā.
     5 S1-3 omit vā here and further on.
     6 S1-3 ti instead of evaü.
>/
#<[page 191]>#
%<VIII. 7.]              VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.            191>%
hi bhante anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā asa¤jātassa
maggassa sa¤janetā anakkhātassa maggassa akkhātā magga¤¤å
maggavidå maggakovido maggānugā ca bhante etarahi sāvakā
viharanti pacchā samannāgatā || ahaü ca kho bhante Bhaga-
vantaü pavāremi || na ca me Bhagavā ki¤ci garahati kāyi-
kaü vā vācasikaü vā ti || ||
6. Na khvāhaü te Sāriputta ki¤ci garahāmi kāyikaü vā
vācasikaü vā || Paõķito tvam Sāriputta mahāpa¤¤o tvaü
Sāriputta puthupa¤¤o tvam Sāriputta hāsapa¤¤o\<*<1>*>/ tvaü
Sāriputta javanapa¤¤o tvaü Sāriputta tikkhapa¤¤o tvaü
Sāriputta nibbedhikapa¤¤o tvaü Sāriputta || seyyathāpi
Sāriputta ra¤¤o cakkavattissa jeņņhaputto pitarā pavattitaü
cakkaü sammadeva anupavatteti || evam eva kho tvaü
Sāriputta mayā anuttaraü dhammacakkaü pavattitaü samma-
deva anupavattesã ti || ||
7. No ce kira me bhante Bhagavā ki¤ci garahati kāyikaü
vā vācasikaü vā || imesam pana bhante Bhagavā pa¤cannaü
bhikkhusatānaü na ki¤ci garahati kāyikaü vā vācasikaü vā
ti || ||
8. Imesam pi khvāhaü Sāriputta pa¤cannaü bhikkhusatā-
naü na ki¤ci garahāmi kāyikaü vā vācasikaü vā || imesam
pi Sāriputta pa¤cannaü bhikkhusatānaü saņņhi bhikkhå te-
vijjā saņņhi bhikkhå chaëabhi¤¤ā saņņhi bhikkhå ubhato bhā-
gavimuttā athā itare pa¤¤āvimuttā ti || ||
9. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam utta-
rāsaīgaü karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā Bha-
gavantam etad avoca || ||
10. Paņibhāti maü Bhagavā paņibhāti maü Sugatā ti || ||
11. Patibhātu taü Vaīgãsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
12. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso Bhagavantaü sammukhā
saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Ajja pannarase\<2>/ visuddhiya ||
bhikkhu-pa¤casatā samāgatā ||
saüyojanabandhanacchidā ||
anãghā khãõa-punabbhavā isã || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 hāsu-.
     2 S3 pannaraso.
>/
#<[page 192]>#
%<192                VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.            [VIII. 7.>%
Cakkavatti yathā rājā || amacca-parivārito ||
samantā anupariyeti || sāgarantaü mahiü imaü || ||
evam vijitasaīgāmaü || satthavāham anuttaraü ||
sāvakā payiråpāsanti || tevijjā maccuhāyino || ||
sabbe Bhagavato puttā || palāp-ettha\<*<1>*>/ na vijjati ||
taõhāsallassa hantāraü || vande ādiccabandhunan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.8. Parosahassaü.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhiü
aķķhatelasehi bhikkhusatehi || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhå nibbāna-
paņisaüyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti
samuttejeti sampahaüseti || te ca bhikkhå aņņhi-katvā manasi
katvā sabba-cetaso samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammam su-
õanti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaü
kho Bhagavā bhikkhå nibbāna-paņisaüyuttāya dhammiyā
kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaüseti || te
ca bhikkhå aņņhi-katvā manasi katvā sabba-cetaso samannā-
haritvā ohitasotā dhammaü suõanti || || Yaü nånāhaü
Bhagavantam sammukhā saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan-
ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam uttarā
saīgaü karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paņibhāti maü Bhagavā paņibhāti
mam Sugatā ti || ||
5. Paņibhātu taü Vaīgãsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso Bhagavantaü sammukhā
saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Parosahassaü bhikkhånaü || Sugataü payiråpāsati ||
desentaü virajaü dhammaü || nibbānam akutobhayam || ||
suõanti dhammaü vimalaü || sammāsambuddha-desitaü ||
sobhati vata sambuddho || bhikkhusaīgha-purakkhato || ||
Nāganāmo si Bhagavā || isãnam isisattamo ||
mahāmegho va hutvāna || sāvake\<*<3>*>/ abhivassati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. palāsettha.
     2 Thera-g. 1234-1237.
     3 S1 sāvako.
>/
#<[page 193]>#
%<VIII. 9.]           VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.              193>%
Divāvihārā nikkhamma || satthudassanakamyatā\<*<1>*>/ ||
sāvako te mahāvãra || pāde vandati Vaīgãso ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
7. Kinnu te Vaīgãsa imā gāthāyo pubbe parivitakkitā
udāhu ņhānaso va taü\<*<3>*>/ paņibhantã ti || ||
8. Na kho me bhante imā gāthāyo pubbe parivitakkitā
atha kho ņhānaso va maü\<*<4>*>/ paņibhantã ti || ||
9. Tena hi taü Vaīgãsa bhiyyosomattāya pubbe aparivi-
takkitā gāthāyo patibhantå ti || ||
10. Evam bhante ti kho āyasmā Vaīgãso Bhagavato
paņissutvā bhiyyosomattāya Bhagavantam pubbe aparivi-
takkitāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Ummaggapatham\<*<5>*>/ Mārassa abhibhuyya ||
carasi pabhijja khilāni ||
tam passatha bandhapamu¤cakaraü ||
asitaü bhāgaso pavibhajjaü || ||
Oghassa hi\<*<6>*>/ nittharaõatthaü ||
anekavihitaü maggam akkhāsi ||
tasmiü te\<*<7>*>/ amate akkhāte ||
dhammaddasā ņhitā asaühãrā || ||
Pajjotakaro ativijjha ||
sabbaņņhitãnam atikkamam addasa\<*<8>*>/ ||
¤atvā ca sacchikatvā ca ||
aggaü so desayi dasaņņhānaü\<*<9>*>/ || ||
Evaü sudesite\<*<10>*>/ dhamme ||
ko pamādo vijānataü dhammaü ||
tasmā hi tassa Bhagavato sāsane ||
appamatto sadā namassam anusikkhe ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.9. Koõķa¤¤o.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharat: Veëuvane
kalaõķakanivāpe || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmā A¤¤āsi\<*<12>*>/-Koõķa¤¤o sucirasseva yena
Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu\<*<13>*>/
sirasā nipativā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbatiū
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 So B. S1; S3 -kāmatā.
     2 Thera-g. 1238-1241.
    3 S3 omits va.
     4 S3 omits va maü.
     5 S1 ummaīga-; S1-3 and C. -sataü.
     6 B. omits hi.
     7 B. ce.
     8 S1-3 atikkammaddā.
     9 B. dasaddhānaü.
    10 S1-3 sute desite.
    11 Thera-g 1242-1245.
    12 S1 and C. a¤¤ā; S3 a¤¤o (always).
    13 S1-3 pāde always.
>/
#<[page 194]>#
%<194                 VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.           [VIII. 9.>%
pāõãhi ca parisambāhati || nāma¤ ca sāveti Koõķa¤¤o-haü
Bhagavā Koõķa¤¤o-ham Sugatā ti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaü
kho āyasmā A¤¤āsi-Koõķa¤¤o sucirasseva yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato pādesu sirasā nipa-
titvā Bhagavato pādāni mukhena ca paricumbati pāõãhi ca
parisambāhati || nāma¤ ca sāveti Koõķa¤¤o haü Bhagavā
Koõķa¤¤o haü Sugatā ti || || Yaü nånāham āyasmatam
A¤¤āsi-Konda¤¤aü Bhagavato sammukhā saråpāhi gāthāhi
abhitthaveyyan ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso utthāyāsanā ekaüsam uttarā-
saīgaü karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jalim paõāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paņibhāti maü Bhagavā paņibhāti
maü Sugatā ti || ||
5. Paņibhātu taü Vaīgãsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
6. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso āyasmantam A¤¤āsi-Koõķa¤-
¤aü Bhagavato sammukhā sāråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Buddhānubuddho so\<*<1>*>/ thero || Koõķa¤¤o tibbanikkamo ||
lābhã sukhavihārānaü || vivekānam abhiõhaso || ||
yaü sāvakena pattabbam || satthusāsana-kārinā ||
sabb-assa tam anuppattaü || appamattassa sikkhato\<*<2>*>/ || ||
mahānubhāvo tevijjo || cetopariyāya-kovido ||
Koõķa¤¤o buddha-sāvako\<*<3>*>/ || pāde vandati satthuno ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.10. Moggallāna.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Isigili-
passe Kāëasilāyaü mahatā bhikkhusaīghena saddhim pa¤ca-
mattehi bhikkhusatehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || tesaü sudam
āyasmā Mahā-Moggallāno cetasā cittaü samannesati vippa-
muttaü nirupadhiü || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaü
kho Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Isigili-passe Kāëasilāyaü
mahatā bhikkhu-saīghena saddhiü pa¤camattehi bhikkhu-
satehi sabbeh-eva arahantehi || tesaü sudaü āyasmā Mahā-
Moggallāno cetasā cittaü samannesati vippamuttaü niru-
padhiü || || Yaü nånāham āyasmantam Mahā-Moggallānaü
Bhagavato sammukhā saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthaveyyan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 omit so.
     2 S1-3 sikkhito.
     3 S1-3 -dāyādo.
     4 Thera-g. 1246-1248.
>/
#<[page 195]>#
%<VIII. 11.]          VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.              195>%
3. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam uttarā-
saīgaü karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jaliü paõāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paņibhāti maü Bhagavā paņibhati
maü Sugatā ti || ||
4. Paņibhātu taü Vaīgãsā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgãso āyasmantam Mahā-Moggallā-
nam Bhagavato sammukhā saråpāhi gāthāhi abhitthavi || ||
Nagassa passe āsãnaü || muniü dukkhassa pāraguü ||
sāvakā payiråpāsanti\<*<1>*>/ || tevijjā maccuhāyino\<*<2>*>/ || ||
te cetasā anupariyeti\<*<3>*>/ || Moggalāno mahiddhiko ||
cittan-nesaü samannesaü || vippamuttam nirupadhiü || ||
evaü sabbaīgasampannaü || muniü dukkhassa pāraguü ||
anekākārasampannaü || payiråpāsanti Gotaman ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.11. Gaggarā.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Campāyaü viharati Gaggarāya
pokkharaõiyā tãre mahatā bhikkhu-saīghena saddhiü pa¤ca-
mattehi bhikkhu-satehi sattahi ca\<*<5>*>/ upāsaka-satehi sattahi ca
upāsika-satehi\<*<6>*>/ anekehi ca devatā-sahassehi || tyāssudaü Bha-
gavā atirocati\<*<7>*>/ vaõõena c-eva yasasā ca || ||
2. Atha kho āyasmato Vaīgãsassa etad ahosi || || Ayaü
kho Bhagavā Campāyaü viharati Gaggarāya pokkharaõiyā
tãre mahatā bhikkhu-saīghena saddhiü pa¤camattehi
bhikkhusatehi sattahi ca upāsakasatehi sattahi ca upāsika-
sattehi anekehi ca devatā-sahassehi || tyāssudaü Bhagavā
atirocati vaõõena c-eva yasasā ca || || Yaü nånāhaü
Bhagavantaü sammukkā saråpāya gāthāya abhitthaveyyan-
ti || ||
3. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgiso uņņhāyāsanā ekaüsam uttarā-
saīgaü karitvā yena Bhagavā ten-a¤jalim paõāmetvā Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Paņibhāti maü Bhagavā paņibhāti
maü Sugatā ti || ||
4. Paņibhātu taü Vaīgisā ti Bhagavā avoca || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Vaīgiso Bhagavato sammukhā sarå-
pāya gāthāya abhitthavi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 nāgassa- -payiråpanti.
     2 S1 -bhāyino; S3 -haüsino.
     3 S3 omits te; S1 -pariyenti; S3 pariyesanti.
    4 Thera-g. 1249-1251.
     5 S1-3 omit ca.
     6 S1-3 omit sattahi ca upāsikasatehi here and further on.
     7 B. ativirocati.
>/
#<[page 196]>#
%<196                 VAđGäSA-THERA-SAũYUTTA VIII.           [VIII. 11.>%
Cando yathā vigatavalāhake nabhe ||
virocati vãtamalo\<*<1>*>/ va bhāõumā ||
evam pi Aīgãrassa tvaü mahāmuni ||
atirocasi yasasā sabbalokan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.8.12. Vaīgãsa.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā\<*<3>*>/ Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jeta-
vane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Vaīgãso acira\<*<4>*>/-
arahattappatto hutvā\<*<5>*>/ vimutti-sukha\<*<6>*>/-{paņisaüvedã} tāyaü
velāyaü imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kāveyyamattā vicarimha pubbe || gāmāgamam purāpu-
raü || ||
ath-addasāma sambuddhaü ||saddhā no udapajjatha || ||
So me dhammam adesesi || khandhe āyatānāni || dhātuyo ca ||
tassāhaü dhammaü sutvāna || pabbajiü anagāriyaü || ||
Bahunnam vata atthāya || bodhim ajjhagamā muni ||
bhikkhånaü bhikkhunãna¤ ca || ye niyāmagataddasā\<*<7>*>/ || ||
Svāgataü vata me asi || mama buddhassa santike ||
tisso vijjā anuppattā || kataü buddhassa sāsanan ti || ||
Pubbe-nivāsaü jānāmi || dibbacakkhuü visodhitaü ||
tevijjo iddhippattomhi || cetopariyāya-kovido ti || ||
Vaīgãsa-thera-saüyuttaü || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Nikkhantam Arati c-eva || Pesalā-atima¤¤anā ||
ânandena Subhāsitā || Sāriputta Pavāraõā ||
Parosahassaü Konda¤¤o ||
Moggalānena Gaggarā || Vaīgãsena dvādasāti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 vigatamalo.
     2 Thera-g. 1252.
     3 B. āyasmā Vaīgiso.
     4 B. aciram.
     5 S1-3 arahattam patto hoti.
     6 S1 vimutta-; B. -sukhaü.
     7 S1-3 -hata-.
     8 Comp. Thera-g. 1253-1262.
>/
#<[page 197]>#
%<197>%


********************************************

#<BOOK IX. -- VANA-SAũYUTTAũ.>#


#<SN_1.9.1. Viveka.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro bhikkhu
Kosalesu viharati a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena- so bhikkhu divāvihāragato
pāpake akusale vitakke vitakketi gehanissite
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taü bhikkhuü saüvejetu-
kāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā taü bhikkhuü gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Vivekakāmo si vanaü paviņņho ||
atha te mano niccharati bhahiddhā ||
jano janasmiü\<1>/ vinayassu chandaü ||
tato sukhã bohisi vãtarāgo || ||
Aratim pajahāsi so\<2>/ sato ||
bhavāsi sataü taü sārayāmase\<3>/ ||
pātālarajo hi duruttamo\<4>/ ||
mā tam kāmarajo avāhari\<5>/ || ||
Sakuõo yathā paüsukuõķito\<6>/ ||
vidhånaü pātayati sitaü rajaü ||
evam bhikkhu padhānavā satimā ||
vidhånaü pātayati\<7>/ sitam rajan ti || ||
5. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saüvejito saüvegam
āpādã ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.2. Upaņņhāna.>#
1. Ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 vanasmiü.
     2 S1-3 omit so.
     3 So B. and C.; S1-3 bhavāsi bhavataü sataü taü (S3 omits taü)
        sāra (S1 rā) mayāmase.
     4 B. dukkaro.
     5 S1-3 avaü hari.
     6 S1-3 sakuõã-; B. -kuntito; S1-3 -kuõķitā; C. kuõņhito.
     7 S1-3 sāņayati.
>/
#<[page 198]>#
%<198                       VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                   [IX. 2.>%
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato
supati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taü bhikkhuü saüvejetu-
kāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā taü bhikkhuü gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Uņņhehi bhikkhu kiü sesi || ko attho supitena te ||
āturassa hi kā\<*<1>*>/ niddā || sallaviddhassa ruppato\<*<2>*>/ ||
yāya saddhāya\<*<3>*>/ pabbajito || agārasmānagāriyaü ||
tam eva saddhaü bråhehi\<*<4>*>/ || mā niddāya vasaü gamãti || ||
5. Aniccā addhuvā kāmā || yesu mando samucchito\<*<5>*>/ ||
bandhesu\<*<6>*>/ muttam asitaü || kasmā pabbajitaü tape || ||
chandarāgassa vinayā || avijjāsamatikkamā ||
taü ¤āõam pariyodātaü\<*<7>*>/ || kasmā pabbajitaü tape || ||
bhetvā avijjaü vijjāya || āsavānaü parikkhayā ||
asokam anupāyāsaü || kasmā pabbajitaü tape || ||
āraddhaviriyam pahitattaü || niccaü daëhaparakkamaü ||
nibbānaü abhikaīkhantaü || kasmā\<*<8>*>/ pabbajitaü tapeti || ||


#<SN_1.9.3. Kassapagotta <or Cheta>.>#
1. Ekaü samayam āyasmā Kassapagotto Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Kassapagotto divāvi-
hāragato a¤¤ataraü chetaü\<*<9>*>/ ovadati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā āyas-
mato Kassapagottassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaü
Kassapagottaü {saüvejetukāmā} yenāyasmā Kassapagotto ten-
upasaīkami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā āyasmantaü Kassapagottaü gāthāhi
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Giriduggacaraü chetaü || appapa¤¤am acetasaü ||
akāle ovādaü bhikkhu || mando va paņibhāti maü || ||
suõoti\<*<10>*>/ na vijānāti || āloketi na passati ||
dhammasmiü bha¤¤amānasmiü || atthaü bālo na buj-
jhati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 hite; S3 kāsi.
     2 S1-2 ruppatā.
     3 S1-3 saddhā.
     4 S1-3 bråhesi.
     5 B. adhuvā; S1-3 -pamucchito.
     6 S1-3 baddhesu.
     7 So S1 and C.; S3 -dānaü; B. paramodānam.
     8 S1-2 abhikkantam tasmā-.
     9 S1-3 cetam.
    10 B. suõāti.
>/
#<[page 199]>#
%<IX. 5.]                VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                     199>%
sace pi dasa pajjote\<*<1>*>/ || dhārayissasi Kassapa ||
n-eva dakkhiti råpāni\<*<2>*>/ || cakkhu hi-ssa na vijjatã ti || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Kassapagotto tāya devatāya saüve-
jito saüvegam āpādãti || ||


#<SN_1.9.4. Sambahulā <or Cārika>.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü sambahulā bhikkhå Kosalesu viharanti
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Atha kho te bhikkhå vassaü vutthā temāsaccayena
cārikaü pakkamiüsu || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā te
bhikkhå apassantã paridevamānā tāyaü velāyaü imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Arati viya me-jja\<3>/ khāyati ||
bahuke disvāna vivitte\<4>/ āsane ||
te cittakathā bahussutā ||
ko-me Gotama-savakā gatā ti || ||
4. Evaü vutte a¤¤atarā devatā taü devataü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Magadhaü gatā Kosalaü gatā ||
ekacciyā pana Vajja-bhåmiyā\<5>/ ||
magā viya asaīgacārino\<6>/ ||
aniketā viharanti bhikkhavo ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.5. ânando.>#
1. Ekaü samayam āyasmā ânando Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ânando ativelaü
gihisa¤¤attibahulo viharati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā
āyasmato ânandassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantam
ânandam saüvejetukāmā yenāyasmā ânando ten-upasaīka-
mi || upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam ânandaü gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Rukkhamålagahanaü\<*<7>*>/ pasakkiya ||
nibbānaü\<*<8>*>/ hadayasmiü opiya ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 pajjoto.
     2 B. dakkhati-; S3 dakkhijaccandho.
     3 S1-3 majjaü.
     4 S2 vicitte.
     5 B. vajji-; S1-3 bhåmiyaü gatā.
     6 C. makaņā viya-; S1-3 maīgakāviyasaīgacārino.
     7 B. gahaõaü; S1-3 gahana.
     8 S1-3 nibbāna-.
>/
#<[page 200]>#
%<200                    VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                     [IX. 5.>%
jhāya\<*<1>*>/ Gotama mā ca\<*<2>*>/ pamādo ||
kiü te biëibiëikā\<*<3>*>/ karissatã ti || ||
4. Atha kho āyasmā ânando tāya devatāya saüvejito
saüvegam āpādã ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.6. Anuruddho.>#
1. Ekaü samayam āyasmā Anuruddho Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Atha kho a¤¤atarā Tāvatiüsa-kāyikā devatā Jālinã
nāma āyasmato Anuruddhassa purāõa-dutiyikā yenāyasmā
Anuruddho ten-upasaīkami || ||
3. Upasaīkamitvā āyasmantam Anuruddhaü gāthāya
ajjhabhāsi || ||
Tattha cittam paõidhehi || yattha te vusitaü pure ||
Tāvatiüsesu devesu || sabbakāmasamiddhisu ||
purakkhato parivuto || devaka¤¤āhi sobhasi || ||
4. Duggatā devaka¤¤āyo || sakkāyasmiü patiņņhitā ||
te cāpi\<*<4>*>/ duggatā sattā\<*<5>*>/ || devaka¤¤ābhipattikā\<*<6>*>/ || ||
5. Na te sukham pajānanti || ye na passanti Nandanaü ||
āvāsaü naradevānaü || tidasānam yasassinan ti || ||
6. Na tvam bāle vijānāsi || yathā arahataü vaco ||
aniccā sabbe\<*<7>*>/ saīkhārā || uppadavayadhammino ||
uppajjitvā nirujjhanti || tesaü våpasamo sukho\<*<8>*>/ || ||
natthidāni punāvāso || devakāyasmiü Jālinã ||
vikkhãõo\<*<9>*>/ jātisaüsāro || natthi dāni punabbhavo ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.7. Nāgadatta.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Nāgadatto\<*<10>*>/ Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Nāgadatto atikālena
gāmaü pavisati atidivā paņikkamati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā āyas-
mato Nāgadattassa anukampikā atthakāmā āyasmantaü Nā-
gadattam saüvejetu-kāmā yenāyasmā Nāgadatto ten-upa-
saīkami || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 -jjhāya; B. jhāyã.
     2 B. omits ca.
     3 S3 biëikā; C. piëipiëikā. Comp. Thera-g. 119.
     4 S1-3 vāpi-.
     5 B. pattā.
     6 B. ka¤¤āhi; S1-3 sattikā.
     7 S1-3 sabba-.
     8 For this and the preceding gātha see Devatā-S. II. 1.
     9 S1-3 vikkhiõā.
    10 S1-3 seems to have Nāgadanto.
>/
#<[page 201]>#
%<IX. 9.]                   VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                   201>%
4. Upasaīkamitvā āyasmantaü Nāgadattaü gāthāhi ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Kāle pavissa\<1>/ Nāgadatta
divā ca āgantvā ativela-||
cārã\<2>/ saüsaņņho gahaņņhehi ||
samānasukhadukkho || ||
bhāyāmi Nāgadattaü suppagabbhaü ||
kulesu vinibandhaü ||
mā heva maccura¤¤o balavato ||
antakassa vasam eyyā ti\<3>/ || ||
5. Atha kho āyasmā Nāgadatto tāya devatāya saüvejito
{saüvegam} āpādã ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.8. Kulagharaõã (or Ogāëho).>#
1. Ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu a¤¤atarasmiü
kule ativelam ajjhogāëhappatto viharati || ||
3. Atha kho tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā tam bhikkhuü saüveje-
tu-kāmā yā tasmiü kule kulagharaõã tassā vaõõam abhi-
nimminitvā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā taü bhikkhuü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Nadãtãresu saõņhāne\<4>/ sabhāsu rathiyāsu ca ||
janā saīgamma mantenti || ma¤ ca ta¤ ca kim\<5>/ antaran-
ti || ||
5. Bahå hi saddā paccåhā || khamitabbā tapassinā ||
na tena maīkuhotabbo\<6>/ || na hi tena kilissati || ||
yo ca\<7>/ saddaparittāsã || vane vātamigo yathā ||
lahucitto ti tam āhu || nāssa sampajjate vatan ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.9. Vajjiputto <or Vesālã>.>#
1. Ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro Vajjiputtako\<*<8>*>/ bhikkhu Vesali-
yaü viharati a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Vesāliyaü sabbaratti-cāro\<*<9>*>/
hoti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. pavãsasi.
     2 S3 ativelaü; B. cāri.
     3 B. vasaümesãti.
     4 S3 santhāne (or satthāne).
     5 S1-3 nir-.
     6 B. -tabbaü.
     7 S1-3 yāva.
     8 B. vajjã-.
     9 S1-3 Vesaliyā-; B- rattiü; S1 rattã-, alias -vāro.
>/
#<[page 202]>#
%<202                     VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                   [IX. 9.>%
3. Atha kho so bhikkhu Vesāliyaü\<*<1>*>/ turiya-tāëita-vādita-
nighosa-saddaü sutvā paridevamāno tāyaü velāyaü imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Ekakā mayam ara¤¤e viharāma ||
apaviddhaü va vanasmiü\<*<2>*>/ dārukaü ||
etadisikāya rattiyā\<*<3>*>/ ||
ko sunāma amhehi pāpiyo ti || ||
4. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taü bhikkhuü saüvejetu-
kāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
5. Upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhuü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ekako\<4>/ tvaü ara¤¤e viharasi ||
apaviddhaü va vanasmiü\<2>/ dārukaü ||
tassa te bahukā pihayanti ||
nerayikā viya saggagaminan ti\<5>/ || ||
6. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saüvejito {saüvegam}
apādãti || ||


#<SN_1.9.10. Sajjhāya (or Dhamma).>#
1. Ekaü samayaü a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so\<*<6>*>/ bhikkhu yaü sudaü pubbe
ativelaü sajjhāya bahulo viharati || so aparena samayena
appossukko tuõhãbhåto saīkasāyati || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno dhammam asuõantã yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaī-
kami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā taü bhikkhuü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kasmā tuvaü dhammapadāni bhikkhu ||
nādhãyasi bhikkhåhi saüvasanto ||
sutvāna dhammaü labhati-ppasādaü ||
diņņheva dhamme labhati-ppasaüsan ti || ||
5. Ahu pure dhammapadesu chando ||
yāva virāgena\<*<7>*>/ samāgamimha\<*<8>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B3 Vesaliyā.
     2 B; C. apaviņņhaü; B. pavana-.
     3 In S3 the first t of rattiyā is erased.
     4 B. eko va.
     5 Cf. Fausboll's Dhammapada p. 391-2.
     6 S1-3 ceso (or veso).
     7 B. adds na.
     8 S1-3 -gamamhi; next pada -gamimhi.
>/
#<[page 203]>#
%<IX. 12.]                  VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                  203>%
yato virāgena samāgamimha ||
yaü ki¤ci diņņhaü\<*<1>*>/ va sutaü va mutaü\<*<2>*>/ ||
a¤¤āya nikkhepanam āhu santo ti || ||


#<SN_1.9.11. Ayoniso (or Vitakkita).>#
1. Ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu divāvihāragato
pāpake akusale vitakke vitakketi || seyyathãdaü kāma-
vitakkaü vyāpāda-vitakkaü vihiüsa-vitakkaü || ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā tam bhikkhuü saüveje-
tukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā tam bhikkhuü gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Ayoniso manasikārā || bho vitakkehi majjasi\<*<3>*>/ ||
ayoniü paņinissajja || yoniso anuvicintaya\<*<4>*>/ || ||
Satthāraü dhammam ārabbha || saīgham sãlānivattano ||
adhigacchasi pāmojjaü || pãtisukham asaüsayaü ||
tato pāmojjabahulo || dukkhass-antaü karissasãti || ||
5. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya saüvejito saüvegam
āpādãti || ||


#<SN_1.9.12. Majjhantiko (or Saõika).>#
1. Ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā yena
so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
3. Upasaīkamitvā tassa bhikkhuno santike imaü gātham
abhāsi || ||
ōhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu\<*<5>*>/ pakkhisu ||
saõateva mahāra¤¤aü\<*<6>*>/ || taü bhayaü paņibhāti maü || ||
4. ōhite majjhantike kāle || sannisinnesu pakkhisu ||
saõateva mahāra¤¤aü || sā rati patibhāti man ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.9.13. Pākatindriya <or Sambahulā bhikkhå>.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü sambahulā bhikkhå Kosalesu viharanti
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe uddhatā uõõaëā capalā mukharāū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 yiņņhaü.
     2 S3 muta¤ca; S1 kemuta¤ca.
     3 S1-3 so vi-; B. -khajjasi.
     4 B. anucintaya.
     5 B. sannisãvesu.
     6 B. brahāra¤¤aü.
     7 Repetition of Devatā-S. II. 5, where the title Sakamāno (given by B.)
        is to be read Saõamāno.
>/
#<[page 204]>#
%<204                    VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                      [IX. 13.>%
vikiõõavācā muņņhassatino asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhanta-
cittā pākatindriyā || ||
2. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tesam
bhikkhånaü anukampikā atthakāmā te bhikkhå saüvejetu-
kāmā yena te bhikkhå ten-upasaīkami || ||
3. Upasaīkamitvā te bhikkhå gāthāhi ajjhabhāsi || ||
Sukhajãvino pure āsuü || bhikkhå Gotama-sāvakā ||
anicchā piõķam esanā || anicchā sayanāsanaü ||
loke aniccataü ¤atvā || dukkhass-antam akaüsu te || ||
dupposaü katvā attānam || gāme gāmaõikā viya ||
bhutvā bhutvā nipajjanti || parāgāresu mucchitā ||
saīghassa a¤jaliü katvā || idh-ekacce vadām\<*<1>*>/-ahaü || ||
appaviddhā\<*<2>*>/ anāthā te || yathā petā tath-eva te ||
ye kho pamattā viharanti || te me sandhāya bhāsitaü ||
ye appamattā viharanti || namo tesaü karom-ahan-
ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
4. Atha kho te bhikkhå tāya devatāya saüvejitā saüvegam
āpādun ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.9.14. Paduma-puppha <or Puõķarãka>.>#
1. Ekaü samayam a¤¤ataro bhikkhu Kosalesu viharati
a¤¤atarasmiü vanasaõķe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena so bhikkhu pacchābhattaü
piõķapātapatikkanto pokkharaõim ogahetvā padumam upa-
siīghati ||
3. Atha kho yā tasmiü vanasaõķe adhivatthā devatā tassa
bhikkhuno anukampikā atthakāmā taü bhikkhuü saüveje-
tukāmā yena so bhikkhu ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Upasaīkamitvā taü bhikkhuü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Yam etaü vārijaü pupphaü || adinnam upasiīghasi ||
ekaīgam etaü theyyānaü || gandhattheno si mārisā ti || ||
5. Na harāmi na bha¤jāmi || ārā siīghāmi vārijaü ||
atha kena nu vaõõena || gandhattheno ti vuccati || ||
yvāyaü bhisāni khaõati || puõķarãkāni bhu¤jati ||
evam ākiõõakammanto\<*<5>*>/ || kasmā eso\<*<6>*>/ na vuccati || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. vandām-.
     2 B. appaviņņhā.
     3 Repetition of Devaputta-S. III. 5.
     4 S3 āpādiüsuti; S1 āpādãti.
     5 S1-3 akhãõa; C. notices this reading, writing ākhiõa.
     6 B. sote.
>/
#<[page 205]>#
%<IX. 14.]                  VANA-SAũYUTTA IX.                   205>%
6. ākiõõaluddo puriso || dhāti celaü\<*<1>*>/ va makkhito ||
tasmiü me vacanaü natthi || ta¤ cārahāmi vattave\<*<2>*>/ || ||
anaīgaõassa posassa || niccaü sucigavesino ||
vāëaggamattam pāpassa || abbhāmattaü va khāyati || ||
7. addhā maü yakkha jānāsi || atho mam\<*<3>*>/ anukampasi ||
puna pi yakkha vajjesi\<*<4>*>/ || yadā passasi edisaü || ||
8. neva taü upājãvāmi\<*<5>*>/ || na pi te katakammase\<*<6>*>/ ||
tvam eva bhikkhu jāneyya || yena gaccheyya suggatin ti || ||
9. Atha kho so bhikkhu tāya devatāya {saüvejito} {saü-
vegam} āpādãti || ||
Vana-saüyuttaü samattaü || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Viveka Uppaņņhāna¤ ca || Kassapagottena ca ||
Sambahulā ânando || Anuruddho Nāgadatta¤ ca ||
Kulagharanã Vajjãputto || Vesalã Sajjhāyena ca ||
Ayoniso Majjhantikālamhi ca || Pākatindriya-paduma-
pupphena cuddasa bhaveti\<*<7>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 velaü.
     2 S1-3 ta¤ca arahāmi-; S3 -vattameva.
     3 B. me.
     4 B. vajjāsi; C. jānāsi(?)
     5 B. -jãvāma.
     6 S1-3 bhatakambhase.
    7 In S1-3 Vivekakāma¤ca Vuņņhānam Ce (or je) taputtena Cārikam
        ânando Anuruddho ca Nāgadattena sattamaü Ogāëho Vajjiputto ca
        Dhamma¤ceva Vitakkitam Saõikāya Sambahulā-bhikkhå Pundarikena
        cuddasãti.
>/
#<[page 206]>#
%<206>%


********************************************

#<BOOK X. -- YAKKHA-SAũYUTTAũ.>#


#<SN_1.10.1. Indako.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Indakåņe
pabbate Indakassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Indako yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkami ||
upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Råpaü na jãvan ti vadanti buddhā ||
kathaü nvayaü vindat-imaü sarãraü ||
kut-assa aņņhãyakapiõķam eti ||
kathaü nvayaü sajjati gabbharasmin ti || ||
3. Pathamaü kalalaü hoti || kalalā hoti abbudaü ||
abbudā jāyate pesã || pesã nibbattati ghano ||
ghanā pasākhā jāyanti || kesā lomā nakhāni ca\<*<1>*>/ || ||
ya¤ c-assa bhu¤jati māta || annam pāna¤ ca bhojanaü ||
tena so tattha yāpeti || mātukucchigato naro ti || ||


#<SN_1.10.2. Sakka.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakåņe
pabbate ||
2. Atha kho Sakka-nāmako yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantaü gāthāya ajjha-
bhāsi || ||
Sabbaganthapahãnassa\<*<2>*>/ || vippamuttassa te sato ||
samaõassa na taü sādhu || yad a¤¤am anusāsatã ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
3. Yena kenaci vaõõena || saüvāso Sakka jāyati ||
na tam arahati sappa¤¤o || manasā anukampituü || ||
manasā ce pasannena || yad a¤¤am anusāsati ||
na tena hoti saüyutto || sānukampā\<*<4>*>/ anuddayā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. nakhāpi ca.
     2 S1-3 -gandha-.
     3 b. anusāsasãti.
     4 B. yānukampā.
>/
#<[page 207]>#
%<X. 3]                    YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                  207>%


#<SN_1.10.3. Sucilomo.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Gayāyaü viharati ōaīkita-
ma¤ce Suciloma-yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Kharo ca yakkho Sucilomo ca
yakkho Bhagavato avidåre atikkamanti || ||
3. Atha kho Kharo yakkho Sucilomaü yakkham etad
avoca || || Eso samaõo ti || ||
4. N-eso samaõo samaõako eso || yāva jānāmi yadi vā so
samaõo yadi vā pana so samaõako ti || ||
5. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato kāyam upanā-
mesi\<*<1>*>/ || ||
6. Atha kho Bhagavā kāyam apanāmesi\<*<1>*>/ ||
7. Atha kho Sucilomo yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Bhāyasi maü samaõā ti || ||
8. Na khvāhaü taü\<*<2>*>/ āvuso bhāyāmi || api ca te samphasso
pāpako ti || ||
9. Pa¤haü taü\<*<2>*>/ samaõa pucchissāmi || sace me na vyāka-
rissasi || cittaü vā te khipissāmi hadayaü vā te phālessāmi ||
pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaīgāya\<*<3>*>/ khipissāmã ti || ||
10. Na khvāhaü taü āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samā-
rake sabrahmake sassamaõa-brāhmaõiyā pajāya sa devama-
nussāya yo me cittaü va khipeyya hadayaü vā phāleyya ||
pādesu vā gahetvā pāragaīgāya khipeyya || api ca tvam
āvuso puccha yad ākaīkhasã ti || ||
11. Rāgo ca doso ca kuto nidānā ||
arati rati lomahaüso kutojā ||
kuto samuņņhāya manovitakkā ||
kumārakā dhaīkam iv-ossajantã ti || ||
12. Rāgo ca doso ca ito nidānā ||
arati rati lomahaüso itojā ||
ito samuņņhāya manovitakkā ||
kumārakā dhaīkam iv-ossajanti || ||
Snehajā attasambhåtā || nigrodhasseva khandhajā ||
puthå visattā kāmesu || māluvā va vitatā vane || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. -nāmeti.
     2 S1-3 omit taü.
     3 B. pāraü-.
>/
#<[page 208]>#
%<208                      YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                 [X. 3.>%
Ye naü pajānanti yato nidānaü\<1>/ ||
te naü vinodenti suõohi yakkha ||
te duttaram ogham imaü taranti ||
atiõõapubbaü apunabbhavāyā ti || ||


#<SN_1.10.4. Maõibhaddo.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Magadhesu viharati Maõimā-
lake\<*<2>*>/ cetiye Maõibhaddassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho Maõibhaddo yakkho yena Bhagavā ten-upa-
saīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavato santike imaü gātham
abhāsi || ||
[Satimato sadā bhaddaü || satimā sukham edhati ||
satimato su ve seyyo || verā ca parimuccatã ti\<*<3>*>/] || ||
3. Satimato\<*<4>*>/ sadā bhaddaü || satimā sukham edhati ||
satimato su ve\<*<5>*>/ seyyo || verā na parimuccati\<*<6>*>/ || ||
yassa sabbam ahorattam\<*<7>*>/ || ahiüsāya rato mano ||
mettaü so sabbabhåtesu || veraü tassa na kenacã ti || ||


#<SN_1.10.5. Sānu.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤atarissā upāsikāya Sānu
nāma putto yakkhena gahito hoti || ||
3. Atha kho sā upasikā paridevamānā tāyaü velāyam imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
[Sā håti\<*<8>*>/ me arahataü || iti me arahataü sutaü ||
sā dāni ajja passāmi || yakkhā kãëanti Sānunā ti\<*<9>*>/] || ||
Cātuddasiü pa¤caddasiü || yāva\<*<10>*>/ pakkhassa aņņhamã ||
pāņihāriyapakkha¤ca || aņņhaīga-susamāhitaü\<*<11>*>/ || ||
uposatham upavasanti\<*<12>*>/ || iti\<*<13>*>/ me arahataü sutaü ||
sā dāni ajja passāmi || yakkhā kãëanti Sānunā ti || ||
Cātuddasim pa¤caddasiü || yāva pakkhassa aņņhamã ||
pātihāriyapakkha¤ca || aņņhaīga-susamāhitaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 nidānā.
     2 S1-3 maõimāla- (or cāla).
     3 This gāthā is in B. only.
     4 S1-3 sati- always.
     5 S1-3 save-.
     6 B. adds ca; S1-3 -muccatãti.
     7 S1-3 -ratiü.
     8 MS. hutã.
     9 In B. only.
    10 B. catuddasiü- -yāca here and further on.
    11 B. aņņhaīgaü susamāgataü.
    12 Here S1-3 intercalate brahmacariyaü caranti ye na tehi yakkhā
        kãëanti -- which will occur further on.
    13 B. iti here and above.
>/
#<[page 209]>#
%<X. 7.]                    YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                   209>%
uposatham upavasanti || brahmacariyaü caranti ye\<*<1>*>/ ||
na tehi yakkhā kãëanti || iti me\<*<2>*>/ arahataü sutaü || ||
Sāõuü pabuddhaü\<*<3>*>/ vajjāsi || yakkhānaü vacanam idam ||
mā kāsi pāpakam kammam || āviü vā yadivā raho || ||
saceva\<*<4>*>/ pāpakaü kammaü || karissasi karosi vā ||
na te dukkhā pamuty-atthi || uppaccāpi\<*<5>*>/ palāyato ti || ||
4. Mataü va\<*<6>*>/ amma rodanti || yo\<*<6>*>/ vā jãvaü na dissati ||
jãvantam amma passantã || kasmā mam amma rodasãti || ||
5. Mataü va puttam\<*<7>*>/ rodanti || yo vā jãvam na dissati ||
yo ca kāmeva\<*<8>*>/ jitvāna || punar āgacchate idha ||
taü vāpi putta rodanti || puna jãvaü mato\<*<9>*>/ hi so || ||
kukkuëā ubbhato tāta || kukkuëam patitum icchasi || ||
narakā ubbhato tāta || narakam patitum icchasi ||
abhidhāvatha\<*<10>*>/ bhaddan-te || kassa ujjhāpayāmase ||
ādittā nibhataü\<*<11>*>/ bhaõķaü || puna ķayhitum icchasãti\<*<12>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.10.6. Piyaīkara.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü āyasmā Anuruddho Sāvatthiyaü viha-
rati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā Anuruddho rattiyā
paccåsasamayaü paccuņņhāya dhammapadāni bhāsati || ||
3. Atha kho Piyaīkara-mātā\<*<13>*>/ yakkhinã puttakam evaü
tosesi || ||
Mā saddaü karã Piyaīkara ||
bhikkhu dhammapadāni bhāsati ||
api ca\<14>/ dhammapadaü vijānãya ||
paņipajjema hitāya no siyā || ||
pāõesu ca saüyamāmase ||
sampajānamusā na bhaõāmase\<15>/ ||
sikkhema susãlyam attano ||
api muccema\<16>/ pisāca-yoniyā ti || ||


#<SN_1.10.7. Punabbasu.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane
Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 ca instead of ye.
     2 B. sāhu vo.
     3 B. sānupavuddhaü.
     4 S1-3 omit va.
     5 S1-3 -ti; B. upeccāpi.
     6 B. vā; S1-3 ye.
     7 B. putta.
     8 B. and S1 (perhaps S3) ca; C. pa- (?).
     9 S1-3 jãvamano.
    10 So B. and C. ; S1-3 abhiyāvata.
    11 S3 nihataü.
    12 Cf. Dhammapada, p. 402-6.
    13 B. piyaīgara- always
    14 S1-3 omit ca.
    15 S1-3 bhaõemase.
    16 S1-3 mu¤cema.
>/
#<[page 210]>#
%<210                     YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                   [X. 7.>%
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā bhikkhå nibbāna-
paņisaüyuttāya dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti
samuttejeti sampahaüseti || te ca bhikkhå aņņhi-katvā manasi
katvā sabbaü cetasā samannāharitvā ohitasotā dhammaü
suõanti || ||
3. Atha kho Punabbasu-mātā yakkhinã puttake\<*<1>*>/ evam
toseti || ||
Tuõhã Uttarike hohi || tuõhi hohi Punabbasu ||
yāvāhaü buddhaseņņhassa || dhammaü sossāmi satthuno || ||
nibbānaü Bhagavā āhu || sabbaganthappamocanaü\<*<2>*>/ ||
ativelā ca me hoti || asmiü dhamme piyāyanā || ||
Piyo loke sako putto || piyo loke sako pati ||
tato piyatarā mayhaü || assa dhammassa magganā || ||
na hi putto pati vā pi || piyo dukkhā pamocaye ||
yathā saddhammasavanaü || dukkhā moceti pāõinaü || ||
Loke dukkhapare tasmiü || jarāmaraõasaüyutte ||
jarāmaraõamokkhāya || yaü dhammam abhisambuddhaü\<*<3>*>/ ||
taü dhammaü sotum icchāmi || tuõhã hohi Punabbaså ti || ||
4. Amma\<*<4>*>/ na vyāharissāmi || tuõhãbhåtāyam Uttarā ||
dhammam eva nisāmehi || saddhamasavanaü sukhaü ||
saddhammassa ana¤¤āya || amma dukkhaü carāmase || ||
Esa devamanussānaü || sammåëhānam pabhaīkaro ||
buddho antimasarãro || dhammaü deseti\<*<5>*>/ cakkhumā || ||
5. Sādhu kho paõķito nāma || putto jāto ure seyyo\<*<6>*>/ ||
putto me buddhaseņņhassa || dhammaü suddham\<*<7>*>/ piyāyati || ||
Punabbasu sukhã hohi || ajjāhamhi samuggatā ||
diņņhāni ariyasaccāni || Uttarā pi suõatu me ti || ||


#<SN_1.10.8. Sudatto.8>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Sãtavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Anāthapiõķiko gahapati Rāja-
gaham anuppatto hoti kenacid eva karaõãyena || ||
3. Assosi kho Anāthapiõķiko gahapati buddho kiro loke
uppanno ti || tāvad eva pana Bhagavantam dassanāya upa-
saīkamitu-kāmo ahosi\<*<9>*>/ ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 puttakaü.
     2 S1-3 -gandha-; C. gaõņha.
     3 B. -budhaü.
     4 B. ammā always.
     5 S1-3 desesi.
     6 S1 putte jāta-; S1-3 uresayo.
     7 B. buddham; S1-3 dhammasuddhaü.
     8 This episode is found also in Cullavagga, VI.4. 1-4.
     9 B. hoti.
>/
#<[page 211]>#
%<X. 8.]                  YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                    211>%
4. Ath-assa Anāthapiõķikassa gahapatissa etad ahosi || ||
Akālo kho ajja Bhagavantaü dassanāya upasaīkamituü ||
svedānāhaü\<*<1>*>/ kālena Bhagavantaü dassanāya upasaīkamissā-
mãti buddhagatāya\<*<2>*>/ satiyā nipajji || rattiyā sudaü tikkhattuü
vuņņhāsi pabhātan ti ma¤¤amāno || ||
5. Atha kho Anāthapiõķiko gahapati yena Sãvathika\<*<2>*>/-
dvāraü ten-upasaīkami || amanussā dvāraü vivariüsu || ||
6. Atha kho Anāthapiõķikassa gahapatissa nagaramhā
nikkhamantassa āloko antaradhāyi andhakāro pātur ahosi ||
bhayaü chambhitattaü lomahaüso udapādi || tato ca puna
nivattitu-kāmo ahosi || ||
7. Atha kho Sãvako\<*<4>*>/ yakkho antarahito saddam anussā-
vesi\<*<5>*>/ || ||
Sataü hatthã satam assā || satam assasarã\<*<6>*>/ rathā ||
sataü ka¤¤ā-sahassāni || āmuttamaõikuõķalā ||
ekassa padavãtihārassa || kalam nāgghanti solasiü || ||
Abhikkama gahapati || abhikkama gahapati ||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo || na paņikkamanan ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
8. Atha kho Anāthapiõķikassa gahapatissa andhakāro
antaradhāyi āloko pātur ahosi || Yam ahosi bhayaü chambhi-
tattam lomahaüso so paņipassambhi || ||
9. Dutiyam pi kho || pe\<*<8>*>/ ||
10. Tatiyam pi Anāthapiõķikassa āloko antaradhāyi
andhakāre pātur ahosi || bhayaü chambhitattam loma-
haüso udapādi || tato ca puna nivattitukāmo ahosi || ||
Tatiyam pi kho Sãvako yakkho antarahito saddam anussā-
vesi || ||
Satam hatthã satam assā || satam assasarã rathā ||
sataü ka¤¤āsahassāni || āmuttamaõikuõķalā ||
ekassa padavãtihārassa || kalaü nāgghanti soëasiü || ||
Abhikkama gahapati || abhikkama gahapati ||
abhikkamanan-te seyyo || no patikkamanan ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||
11. Atha kho Anāthapiõķikassa gahapatissa andhakāroū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 sodānāhaü.
     2 B. gamissāmãti -gakāya; S1 -gāthāya; S3 -gākāya.
     3 S1-3 sãtavana.
     4 B. Sivako always.
     5 B. anusāvesi; S1 anusāseüsi.
     6 B. assatarã.
     7 S1-3 paņikkantan-ti as in Cullavagga, VI. 4.3.
     8 The abridgment is in S1-3 only; B. has the full text.
     9 same remarks as above.
>/
#<[page 212]>#
%<212                        YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.               [X. 8.>%
antaradhāyi āloko pātur ahosi || yaü ahosi bhayaü chambhi-
tattaü lomahaüso so paņippassambhi || ||
12. Atha kho Anāthapiõķiko gahapati yena Sãtavanaü
[yena Bhagavā] \<*<1>*>/ ten-upasaīkami || ||
13. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā rattiyā paccåsasama-
yaü paccuņņhāya ajjhokāse caīkamati || ||
14. Addasā kho Bhagavā Anāthapiõķikaü gahapatiü
dårato va āgacchantaü || disvāna caīkamā orohitvā pa¤¤atte
āsane nisidi || nisajja kho Bhagavā Anāthapiõķikam gaha-
patim etad avoca || || Ehi Sudattā ti || ||
15. Atha kho Anāthapiõķiko gahapati nāmena maü
Bhagavā ālapatãti tatth-eva Bhagavato pādesu sirasā
nipatitvā bhagavantam etad avoca || || Kacci bhante Bhagavā
sukham asayitthā ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Sabbadā ve sukhaü seti || brāhmaõo parinibbuto ||
yo na limpati kāmesu || sãtibhåto nirupadhi || ||
sabbā āsattiyo chetvā || vineyya\<*<3>*>/ hadaye daraü ||
upasanto sukhaü seti || santim pappuyya cetasā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.10.9. Sukkā (1).>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Sukkā bhikkhunã mahatiyā
parisāya parivutā dhammam deseti || ||
3. Atha kho Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho
Rājagahe rathikāya rathikam\<*<5>*>/ siīghāņakena siīghāņakam
upasaīkamitvā tāyaü velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kim me katā\<*<6>*>/ Rājagahe manussā ||
madhupãtā va acchare ye\<*<7>*>/ ||
Sukkam na payiråpāsanti || desentim\<*<8>*>/ amataü padaü || ||
ta¤ca pana\<*<9>*>/ appaņivānãyaü || asecanakam ojavaü\<*<10>*>/ ||
pivanti ma¤¤e sappa¤¤ā || valāhakam iva panthagåti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.10.10. Sukkā (2).>#
1. Ekam samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandakanivāpe ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 In B. only.
     2 B. vasittāti.
     3 S1-3 veneyya.
     4 Cullavagga, VI. 4. 4.
     5 S1-3 rathiyāyarathiyaü (S3 -ratiyaü).
     6 S1 omits me; C. kattā.
     7 B. madhuüpitā vasentiye.
     8 B. desantiü; S1 desintiü.
     9 B. omits pana.
    10 S1-3 asevane (S1 na) kāmovajaü.
    11 S1-3 ivaddhagåti.
>/
#<[page 213]>#
%<X. 12.]                   YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                   213>%
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤ataro upāsako Sukkāya
bhikkhuniyā bhojanam adāsi || ||
3. Atha kho Sukkāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho
Rājagahe rathikāya rathikaü\<*<1>*>/ siīghāņakena siīghāņakaü
upasaīkamitvā tāyaü velāyam imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Pu¤¤aü vata pasavi\<2>/ bahuü ||
sapa¤¤o vatāyam upāsako ||
yo Sukkāya adāsi bhojanaü ||
sabbaganthehi\<3>/ vippamuttiyā ti\<4>/ || ||


#<SN_1.10.11. Cãrā (or Vãrā).>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe
viharati Veëuvane kalandaka-nivāpe || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena a¤¤ataro upāsako Cãrāya\<*<5>*>/
bhikkhuniyā cãvaram adāsi || ||
3. Atha kho Cãrāya bhikkhuniyā abhippasanno yakkho
Rājagahe rathikāya rathikaü\<*<6>*>/ siīghāņakena siīghāņakaü
upasaīkamitvā tayam velāyam imaü gātham abhāsi || ||
Pu¤¤am vata pasavi\<*<7>*>/ bahuü ||
sapa¤¤o vatāyam upāsako ||
yo Cãrāya adāsi cãvaraü ||
sabbayogehi\<*<8>*>/ vippamuttiyā ti || ||


#<SN_1.10.12. âëavam.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā âëaviyam
viharati âëavakassa yakkhassa bhavane || ||
2. Atha kho âëavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad avoca || ||
Nikkhama samaõā ti || ||
Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā nikkhami || ||
Pavisa samaõā ti ||
Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā pāvisi || ||
3. Dutiyam pi kho âëavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Nikkhama samaõā ti || || Sādhāvusoti Bhagavā
nikkhami || || Pavisa samaõā ti || || Sādhāvusoti Bhagavā
pāvisi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 rathiyāya (S3 rathiyā) rathiyam.
     2 S1 pasavã; B. passavã.
     3 S1-3 gandhehi.
     4 S1-3 vippamuttāyāti here and further on.
     5 S1 vãrāya; S3 vitarāgāya always.
     6 S1-3 rathiyāya rathiyaü.
     7 S1-3 pasavã; B. as above.
     8 S1-3 sabbasogehi (S3 geha).
>/
#<[page 214]>#
%<214                     YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                  [X. 12.>%
4. Tatiyam pi kho âëavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Nikkhama samaõā ti || || Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā
nikkhami || || Pavisa samaõāti || || Sādhāvuso ti Bhagavā
pāvisi || ||
5. Catuttham pi kho âëavako yakkho Bhagavantam etad
avoca || || Nikkhama samaõā ti || ||
6. Na kho panāham āvuso nikkhamissāmi || yan-te karaõã-
yaü taü karohãti || ||
7. Pa¤haü taü samaõa pucchissāmi || sace me na karissasi
cittam vā te khipissāmi hadayaü vā te phālessāmi pādesu
vā gahetvā pāraganāya\<*<1>*>/ khipissāmãti || ||
8. Na khvāhan-tam āvuso passāmi sadevake loke samārake
sabrahmake sassamaõa-brāhmaõiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya
yo me cittam vā khipeyya hadayaü vā phāleyya pādesu vā
gahetvā pāragaīgāya khippeya || api ca tvam āvuso puccha
yad ākaīkhasãti || ||
9. Kiüsådha vittam purisassa seņņhaü ||
kiüsu suciõõam sukham āvahāti ||
kiüsu have sādutaraü\<*<2>*>/ rasānam ||
kathaü jãviü jãvitam āhu seņņhan ti || ||
10. Saddhidha vittam purisassa seņņhaü ||
dhammo suciõõo sukham āvahāti ||
saccam have sādutaraü rasānaü ||
pa¤¤ājãviü jãvitam āhu seņņhanti || ||
11. Kathaü su tarati oghaü || kathaü su tarati aõõavaü ||
kathaü su dukkham acceti || kathaü su parisujjhatã ti || ||
12. Saddhāya tarati oghaü || appamādena aõõavaü ||
viriyena dukkham acceti || pa¤¤āya parisujjhati || ||
13. Kathaü su labhate pa¤¤aü || kathaü su vindate dha-
naü || ||
kathaü su kittim pappoti || katham mittāni ganthati ||
asmā lokā paraü lokaü || katham pecca na socatãti || ||
14. Saddahāno arahataü || dhammaü nibbānapattiyā ||
sussåsā\<*<3>*>/ labhate pa¤¤aü || appamatto vicakkhaõo || ||
Paņiråpakārã dhuravā || uņņhātā vindate dhanaü ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. pāraü- here and further on.
     2 S1-3 sādhu- here and further on.
     3 B. sussusaü.
>/
#<[page 215]>#
%<X. 12.]                 YAKKHA-SAũYUTTA X.                    215>%
saccena kittim pappoti || dadaü mittāni ganthati || ||
asmā lokā paraü lokaü || evam pecca na socati\<*<1>*>/ || ||
Yass-ete caturo dhammā || saddhassa gharam esino ||
saccam damo\<*<2>*>/ dhiti cāgo || sa ve pecca na socati ||
asmā lokā paraü lokaü || evam pecca na socati\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Iīgha a¤¤e pi pucchassa || puthu-samaõa-brāhmaõe ||
yadi\<*<4>*>/ saccā damā\<*<5>*>/ cāgā || khantyā bhiyyo dha\<*<6>*>/ vijjatãti || ||
15. Kathaü nu dāni puccheyyaü || puthu-samaõa-brāh-
maõe ||
yo haü\<*<7>*>/ ajja pajānāmi || yo attho\<*<8>*>/ samparāyiko || ||
atthāya vata me buddho || vāsāyāëavim āgato\<*<9>*>/ ||
yo\<*<10>*>/ ham ajja pajānāmi || yattha dinnam mahapphalaü || ||
so ahaü vicarissāmi || gāmā gāmaü purā puraü ||
namassamāno sambuddham || dhammassa ca sudham-
matan ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||
Indaka-vaggo\<12>/ || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Indako Sakka\<*<13>*>/-Lomo ca\<*<14>*>/ || Maõibhaddo\<*<15>*>/ ca Sānu ca ||
Piyaīkara\<*<16>*>/-Punabbasu || Sudatto ca dve Sukkā Cãrā
Alavan ti\<*<17>*>/ || ||
Yakkha-saüyuttam samattaü || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 These last two padas are in B. only.
     2 All the MSS. dhammo.
     3 These two padas are in S1-3 only. Their place has been interchanged
        in the Burmese and Siīghalese MSS.
     4 S1-3 iti.
     5 B. dhammā.
     6 S1 eva; S3 na.
     7 S3 soham; B. svāham.
     8 S1-3 cattho.
     9 S1-3 āgamā.
    10 S1-3 so.
    11 The first two gāthās are the repetition of Devatā S. VIII. 3.
    12 In B. only; S1-3 put here the final mention.
    13 B. yakkha.
    14 S1-3 suci.
    15 S1-3 bhaddo.
    16 B. piyaīgara.
    17 S1-3 âëavakena dvādasāti.
>/
#<[page 216]>#
%<216>%


********************************************

#<BOOK XI. -- SAKKA-SAũYUTTAũ.>#


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER I. PAōHAMO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.11,1.1. Suvira.>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå amantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
Bhadante\<*<1>*>/ ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave asurā\<*<2>*>/ deve abhiyaüsu\<*<3>*>/ ||
atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvãraü\<*<4>*>/ deva-
puttam āmantesi || || Ete\<*<5>*>/ tāta Suvãra asurā deve abhiyanti ||
gaccha tāta Suvãra asure paccuyyāhãti\<*<6>*>/ || || Evam bhaddanta\<*<7>*>/
vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvãro devaputto Sakkassa devānam
indassa paņissutvā pamādam āpādesi\<*<8>*>/ || ||
5. Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvã-
raü devaputtam āmantesi || Ete tāta Suvãra asurā deve abhi-
yanti || gaccha tāta Suvãra asure paccuyyāhãti || || Evam bha-
danta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvãro devaputto Sakkassa
devānam indassa paņissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||
6. Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvã-
raü devaputtam āmantesi || || Ete tāta Suvãra asurā deve
abhiyanti || gaccha tāta Suvãra asure paccuyyāhãti || || Evam
bhaddanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Suvãro devaputto Sakkassa
devānam indassa paņissutvā pamādam āpādesi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. bhaddante.
     2 B. asårā always.
     3 So B. C.; S1-3 abhijiyiüsu always.
     4 B. suviraü always.
     5 S1-3 etha always.
     6 S3 paccuyyāsãti (twice).
     7 S3 bhaddanta always.
     8 So B. and C.; S1-3 āharesi always.
>/
#<[page 217]>#
%<XI. 1. 2.]                PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                     217>%
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Suvãraü
devaputtaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Anuņņhahaü avāyamaü\<*<1>*>/ || sukhaü yatrādhigacchati ||
Suvãra tattha gacchāhi || mā¤ca tattheva pāpayā ti || ||
8. Alasassa\<*<2>*>/ anuņņhātā || na ca kiccāni kāraye ||
sabbakāmasamiddhassa || taü me Sakka varaü disan ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
9. Yatthālaso anuņņhātā || accantaü sukham edhati\<*<4>*>/ ||
Suvãra tattha gacchāhi || ma¤ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
10. Akammanā\<*<5>*>/ devaseņņha || Sakka vindemu yaü sukhaü ||
asokam anupāyāsaü || tam me Sakka varaü disan ti ||
11. Sa ce atthi akammena\<*<6>*>/ || koci kvaci na jãyati\<*<7>*>/ ||
nibbānassa hi so maggo || Suvãra tattha gacchāhi ||
ma¤ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||
12. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakam\<*<9>*>/
pu¤¤aphalam upajãvamāno devānaü Tāvatiüsānam issariyā-
dhipaccam rajjaü karonto uņņhāna-viriyassa vaõõavādã bha-
vissati || idha kho taü bhikkhave sobhetha yaü tumhe evaü
svākhyāte\<*<10>*>/ dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uņņhaheyyātha
ghaņeyyātha vā yameyyātha appattassa pattiyā andhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikariyāyā ti\<*<11>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.2. Susãma.>#
1. Sāvatthiyam viharati Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave asurā deve abhiyaüsu || atha
kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susãmaü\<*<12>*>/ devaputtaü
āmantesi || ete tāta Susãma asurā deve abhiyanti || gaccha tāta
Susãma asure paccuyyāhãti || || Evam bhadanta\<*<13>*>/ vā ti kho
bhikkhave Susãmo devaputto Sakassa devānam indassa paņi-
ssutvā pamādam āpādesi\<*<14>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 B. avāyāmaü always; c. also.
     2 B. alasvassa; c. alasvāyam (= alaso ayam).
     3 S1-3 disāti.
     4 S1-3 yattha alaso -accanta-.
     5 S1-3 akammunā.
     6 S1-3 akārāna here only.
     7 B. jãvati.
     8 These gāthās will be found again in the next sutta.
     9 S1-3 saka-.
    10 S1-3 svākkhāte always.
    11 S1-3 add --pe-- here and further on.
    12 B. susimaü always.
    13 B. bhadante.
    14 Same remarks as in No. 1.
>/
#<[page 218]>#
%<218                     SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                  [XI. 1. 2.>%
5. Dutiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susãmam
devaputtam āmantesi || pa || dutiyam pi pamādam āpādesi || ||
6. Tatiyam pi kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susãmam
devaputtam āmantesi || pa || tatiyam pi pamādam āpādesi\<*<1>*>/ || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Susãmaü
devaputtaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Anuņņhahaü avāyamaü || sukhaü yatrādhigacchati || ||
Susãma tattha gacchāhi || ma¤ ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
8. Alasassa anuņņhātā || na ca kiccāni kāraye ||\<*<2>*>/
sabbakāmasamiddhassa || tam me Sakka varam disan ti || ||
9. Yatthālaso anuņņhātā || accantaü sukham edhati ||
Susãma tattha gacchāhi || ma¤ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti || ||
10. Akammanā devaseņņha\<*<3>*>/ || Sakka vindemu yaü sukhaü ||
asokam anupāyāsaü || tam me Sakka varaü disan ti || ||
11. Sa ce atthi akammena || koci kvaci na jãyati ||
nibbānassa hi so maggo || Susãma tattha gacchāhi ||
ma¤ca tatth-eva pāpayā ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
12. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakam
pu¤¤aphalaü upajãvamāno devānaü Tāvatiüsānam issariyā-
dhipaccaü rajjam karonto uņņhānaviriyassa vaõõavādã bha-
vissati || idha kho taü bhikkhave sobhetha yaü tumhe evaü
svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā uņņhaheyyātha
ghaņeyyātha vāyameyyātha appattassa pattiyā anadhigatassa
adhigamāya asacchikatassa sacchikiriyāyā ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.3. Dhajaggam.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo
ti || ||
Bhadante ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
3. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
4. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo samu-
pabbåëho\<*<5>*>/ ahosi || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāva-
tiüse āmantesi || || Sa ce mārisā devānam saīgāmagatānamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 The abridgments are in B. only.
     2 S1-3 alasvassa.
     3 S3 -seņņhaü.
     4 Same varieties of reading as in the preceding number besides
        those noticed here.
     5 B. samuppabyåëho always.
>/
#<[page 219]>#
%<XI. 1. 3.]                   PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                 219>%
uppajjeyya bhayaü vā chambhitattaü vā lomahaüso vā
mam-eva tasmiü samaye dhajaggam ullokeyyātha ||
mamaühi vo dhajaggaü ullokayataü yam bhavissati bha-
yaü vā chambhitatthaü vā lomahaüso vā so pahãyissati || ||
6. No ce me dhajaggam ullokeyyātha atha Pajāpatissa
devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Pajāpatissa hi vo
devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataü yam bhavissati bhayaü
vā chambhitattam vā lomahaüso vā so pahãyissati || ||
7. No ce Pajāpatissa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha
atha Varuõassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || Varu-
õassa hi vo devarājassa dhajaggam ullokayataü yaü bha-
vissati bhayaü vā chambhitattaü vā lomahaüso vā so pahã-
yissati || ||
8. No ce Varuõassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha
atha äsānassa devarājassa dhajaggam ullokeyyātha || äsānassa
hi vo devarājassa dhajaggaü ullokayataü yam bhavissati
bhayaü vā chambhitattam vā lomahaüso vā so pahãyissati || ||
9. Taü kho pana bhikkhave Sakkassa vā devānam indassa
dhajaggam ullokayatam || Pajāpatissa vā devarājassa dha-
jaggam ullokayataü || Varuõassa vā devarājassa dhajaggam
ullokayataü || äsānassa vā devarājassa dhajaggam ullokaya-
tam || yaü bhavissati bhayaü vā chambhitattaü vā loma-
haüso vā so pahãyethā pi no pi\<*<1>*>/ pahãyetha || ||
10. Tam kissa hetu || || Sakko hi bhikkhave devānam
indo avãtarāgo avãtadoso avãtamoho bhãru chambhã utrāsã
palāyãti || ||
11. Ahaü ca kho bhikkhave evaü vadāmi || sa ce tum-
hākam bhikkhave ara¤¤agatānam vā rukkhamålagatānaü vā
su¤¤āgāragatānam vā uppajjeyya bhayaü vā chambhitattaü
vā lomahaüso vā mam eva tasmiü samaye anussareyyātha || ||
Iti pi so Bhagavā arahaü sammāsambuddho vijjācaraõa-
sampanno sugato lokavidå anuttaro purisadammasārathi
satthā devamanussānam buddho bhagavā ti || ||
12. Mamaü hi vo bhikkhave anussarataü yam bhavissati
bhayam vā chambhitattaü vā lomahaüso vā so pahãyissati || ||
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
    1 S3 B. omit pi.
>/
#<[page 220]>#
%<220                   SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                   [XI. 1. 3.>%
13. No ce mam anussareyyātha atha dhammam anussa-
reyyātha || Svākhyāto Bhagavatā dhammo sandiņņhiko akāliko
ehipassiko opanayiko paccattaü veditabbo vi¤¤åhãti || ||
14. Dhammaü hi vo bhikkhave anussarataü yam bha-
vissati bhayaü vā chambhitattaü vā lomahaüso vā so pahã-
yissati || ||
15. No ce dhammam anussareyyātha atha saīgham anussa-
reyyātha || || Supaņipaõõo Bhagavato sāvaka-saīgho || uju-
paņipanno Bhagavato sāvaka-saīgho || ¤āyapaņipanno Bhaga-
vato sāvaka-saīgho || sāmãcipaņipaõõo\<*<1>*>/ Bhagavato sāvaka-
saīgho yad idam cattāri purisayugāni aņņha purisa-puggalā
esa Bhagavato sāvakasaīgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhi-
õeyyo a¤jalikaraõãyo anuttaram pu¤¤akkhettam lokassā ti || ||
16. Saīghaü hi vo bhikkhave anussarataü yam bhavissati
bhayaü vā chambhitattaü vā lomahaüso vā so pahãyissa-
ti || ||
17. Taü kissa hetu || || Tathāgato hi bhikkhave arahaü
sammāsambuddho vãtarāgo vãtadoso vãtamoho abhãru accham-
bhã anutrāsã apalāyã ti || ||
18. Idam avoca Bhagavā || idaü vatvāna Sugato athā-
param etad avoca satthā || ||
Ara¤¤e rukkhamåle vā || su¤¤āgāre vā\<*<2>*>/ bhikkhavo ||
anussaretha\<*<3>*>/ sambuddhaü || bhayaü tumhākaü\<*<4>*>/ no
siyā || ||
No ce buddhaü sareyyātha || lokajeņņham narāsabhaü ||
atha dhammaü sareyyātha || niyyānikaü sudesitaü || ||
No ce dhammaü sareyyātha || niyyānikaü sudesitaü ||
atha saīghaü sareyyātha || pu¤¤akkhettam\<*<5>*>/ anuttaraü || ||
Evam buddham sarantānaü || dhammaü saīgha¤ ca bhi-
kkhavo ||
bhayaü vā chambhitattaü vā || lomahaüso na hessatã
ti\<*<6>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.4. Vepacitti (or Khanti).>#
1. Sāvatthiyam Jetavane || pa ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. -ppaņipanno always.
     2 S1-3 va.
     3 B. anussareyyātha.
     4 S1-3 tumhāka.
     5 B. pu¤¤akhettam here and above.
     6 B. omits ti.
>/
#<[page 221]>#
%<XI. 1. 4.]                  PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                    221>%
3. Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo samu-
pabbåëho ahosi ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure āman-
tesi || || Sace mārisā devānam asurasaīgāme samupabbåëhe
asurā jineyyuü devā parājeyyuü || yena naü\<*<1>*>/ Sakkam
devānam indaü kaõņhe\<*<2>*>/ pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā
mama santike āneyyātha asurapuran ti || ||
5. Sakko pi kho bhikkhave devānam indo deve Tāvatiüse
āmantesi || || Sace mārisā devānam asurasaīgāme samu-
pabbåëhe devā jineyyuü asurā parājeyyuü || yena naü Vepa-
cittim\<*<3>*>/ asurindaü kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā
mama santike āneyyātha Sudhammam\<*<4>*>/ sabbhan ti || ||
6. Tasmiü kho pana bhikkhave saīgāme devā jiniüsu
asurā parājiüsu || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tavatiüsā Vepacittim
asurindam kaõņhe pa¤camehi bandhanehi bandhitvā Sakassa
devānam indassa santike ānesum Sudhammaü sabhaü || ||
8. Tatra sudaü bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo kaõņhe
pa¤camehi bandhanehi baddho Sakkam devānam indaü
Sudhammam sabham pavisanta¤ ca nikkhamanta¤ ca asab-
bhāhi pharusāhi vācāhi akkosati paribhāsati || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgāhako Sakkaü devā-
nam indam gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Bhayā nu mathavā Sakka\<*<5>*>/ || dubbalyā no\<*<6>*>/ titikkhasi\<*<7>*>/ ||
suõanto pharusam vācaü || sammukhā Vepacittino ti || ||
10. Nāham bhayā na dubbalyā || khamāmi\<*<8>*>/ Vepacittino ||
kathaü hi mādiso vi¤¤å || bālena paņisaüyuje ti || ||
11. Bhiyyo bālā pakujjheyyuü\<*<9>*>/ || no c-assa paņisedhako ||
tasmā bhusena daõķena || dhãro bālaü nisedhaye ti || ||
12. Etad eva ahaü ma¤¤e || bālassa paņisedhanaü ||
paraü saīkupitam ¤atvā || yo sato upasammatãti\<*<10>*>/ || ||
13. Etad eva titikkhāya || vajjam passāmi Vāsava ||
yadā naü ma¤¤ati bālo || bhayā myāyam titikkhati ||
ajjhāråhati\<*<11>*>/ dummedho || go va bhiyyo palāyinan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 omit naü.
     2 S1-3 kaõņha always.
     3 S3 omits naü; SS. Vepacitti-.
     4 B. sudhamma- always.
     5 B. māghavā sakkaü; S1-3 dubbalyāne.
     6 C. dubbisena.
     7 S1-3 titikkhati.
     8 S1 khamāpi.
     9 S1-3 bālo; B. pabhijjeyyuü.
    10 B. upasammati.
    11 S1 ajjho-.
>/
#<[page 222]>#
%<222                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                  [XI. 1. 4.>%
14. Kāmam ma¤¤atu vā mā vā || bhayā myāyaü titikkhati ||
sadatthaparamā atthā\<*<1>*>/ || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjati || ||
yo have balavā santo || dubbalassa titikkhati ||
tam āhu paramaü khantiü || niccam khamati dubbalo || ||
Abalan-tam\<*<2>*>/ balam āhu || yassa bālabalam balaü || ||
balassa dhammaguttassa || paņivattā na vijjati || ||
Tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaü paņikujjhati ||
kuddham apaņikujjhanto || saīgāmam\<*<3>*>/ jeti dujjayaü || ||
ubhinnam atthaü carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraü saīkupitaü ¤atvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
ubhinnam tikicchantaü taü\<*<4>*>/ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā ma¤¤anti bālo ti || || ye dhammassa akovidā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
15. So hi nāma bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sakaü
pu¤¤aphalam upajãvamāno devānaü Tāvatiüsānaü issariya-
dhipaccaü rajjaü karonto\<*<6>*>/ khantisoraccassa vaõõavādã bha-
vissati || ||
16. Idha kho taü bhikkhave sobhetha yaü tumhe evaü
svākhyāte dhammavinaye pabbajitā samānā khamā ca\<*<7>*>/
bhaveyyātha soratā cā ti\<*<8>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.5. {Subhāsitaü-jayaü}.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo samupab-
båëho ahosi || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaü devā-
nam indam etad avoca || || Hotu devānam inda subhāsitena
jayo ti || ||
Hotu Vepacitti subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave devā ca asurā ca pārisajje ņha-
pesuü || ime no subhāsitaü dubbhāsitam ājānissantã ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaü devā-
nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaõa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
6. Evaü vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim
asurindam etad avoca || || Tumhe khv-attha\<*<9>*>/ Vepacitti pubba-
devā || bhaõa Vepacitti gāthan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 atthaü.
     2 S1 abalaü na taü.
     3 S1 saīgāme.
     4 So S1; S3 omits taü; B. tikicchantānaü.
     5 All these gāthās will be found again in the next sutta.
     6 S1-3 karento.
     7 S1 khamatha; S3 khamathā.
     8 S1-3 sorathācāti || pe || the last three gāthās of this sutta
        have been met with in Brāhmaõa-S. II. 2, 3.
     9 B. kvettha.
>/
#<[page 223]>#
%<XI. 1. 5.]                PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                      223>%
7. Evaü vutte bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo imaü gātham
abhāsi || ||
Bhiyyo bālā\<*<1>*>/ pakujjheyyuü || no c-assa paņisedhako ||
tasmā bhusena daõķena || dhãro bālam nisedhaye ti || ||
8. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittinā asurindena
gāthāya asurā anumodiüsu || devā tuõhã ahesuü || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaü devā-
nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaõa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
10. Evam vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Etad eva ahaü ma¤¤e || bālassa paņisedhanaü ||
paraü saīkupitaü ¤atvā || yo sato upasammatã ti || ||
11. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devānam
indena gāthāya devā anumodiüsu || asurā tuõhã ahesuü || ||
12. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim
asurindam etad avoca || || Bhaõa Vepacitti gāthan ti || ||
Etad eva titikkhāya || vajjaü passāmi Vāsava ||
yadā naü\<*<2>*>/ ma¤¤ati bālo || bhayā myāyaü titikkhati ||
ajjhāråhati\<*<3>*>/ dummedho || go va bhiyyo palāyinan ti || ||
13. Bhāsitāya kho pana bhikkhave Vepacittinā asurindena
gāthāya asurā anumodiüsu || devā tuõhã ahesuü || ||
14. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaü devā.
nam indam etad avoca || || Bhaõa devānam inda gāthan ti || ||
15. Evaü vutte bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Kāmaü ma¤¤atu vā mā vā || bhayā myāyam titikkhati ||
sadatthaparamā\<*<4>*>/ atthā\<*<5>*>/ || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjati || ||
yo have balavā santo || dubbalassa titikkhati ||
tam āhu paramaü khantiü || niccaü khamati dubbalo ||
Abalan-tam balaü āhu || yassa bālabalaü balaü ||
balassa dhammaguttassa || paņivattā na vijjati || ||
Tass-eva tena pāpiyo || yo kuddhaü paņikujjhati ||
kuddham appaņikujjhanto || saīgāmaü\<*<6>*>/ jeti dujjayaü || ||
ubhinnam atthaü carati || attano ca parassa ca ||
paraü saīkupitaü ¤atvā || yo sato upasammati || ||
\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 bālo.
     2 S1-3 yam.
     3 S1-3 ajjho.
     4 S1 -paramam.
     5 S1-3 atthaü.
     6 S1 sangāme.
>/
#<[page 224]>#
%<224                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                 [XI. 1. 5.>%
ubhinnam tikicchantaü taü\<*<1>*>/ || attano ca parassa ca ||
janā ma¤¤anti bālo ti || ye\<*<2>*>/ dhammassa akovidā ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
16. Bhāsitāsu kho pana bhikkhave Sakkena devānam
indena gāthāsu devā anumodiüsu || asurā tuõhã ahesuü || ||
17. Atha kho bhikkhave devāna¤ ca asurāna¤ ca parisajjā
etad avocuü || ||
18. Bhāsitā kho Vepacittinā asurindena gāthayo || tā ca
kho sadaõķāvacarā satthāvacarā iti bhaõķanam\<*<4>*>/ iti viggaho
iti kalaho ti || ||
19. Bhāsitā kho Sakkena devānam indena gāthāyo || tā ca
kho adaõķāvacarā asatthāvacarā iti abhaõķanam\<*<4>*>/ iti aviggaho
iti akalaho || Sakkassa devānam indassa subhāsitena jayo ti || ||
20. Iti kho\<*<5>*>/ bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa subhā-
sitena jayo ahosi || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.6. Kulāvaka.>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānaü || ||
2. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo samu-
pabbåëho ahosi || ||
3. Tasmiü kho pana bhikkhave saīgāme asurā jiniüsu ||
devā parājiüsu\<*<6>*>/ || ||
4. Parājitā kho\<*<7>*>/ bhikkhave devā apāyaüsveva\<*<8>*>/ uttarena\<*<9>*>/
mukhā abhiyaüsveva ne\<*<10>*>/ asurā || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saīgāhakaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kulāvakā Mātali simbalismiü ||
ãsāmukhena parivajjayassu ||
kāmaü cajāma asuresu pāõaü ||
mā yime dijā vikulāvakā\<11>/ ahesun ti || ||
6. Evam bhadanta\<*<12>*>/ vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali saīgāhako
Sakkassa devānam indassa paņissutvā sahassayuttam āja¤¤a-
ratham paccudāvattesi || ||
7. Atha kho bhikkhave asurānam etad ahosi || || Paccu-
dāvatto kho dāni Sakkassa devānam indassa sahassayuttoū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 omits taü; B. tikicchantānaü.
     2 S1 yo.
     3 For the gāthās see the preceding sutta.
     4 S3 omits bhaõķanam and abhaõķanam.
     5 S3 omits kho.
     6 S1-3 -parājiniüsu.
     7 S1-3 ca.
     8 S1 apāyaüsve; S3 apāyaüseva; B. abhiyaüsveva.
     9 S3 repeats uttarena.
    10 S1-3 abhisevava; omitting ne.
    11 B. vikulāvā, and so also at Jātaka I. 203. Comp. Dhp. p. 194.
    12 S1 bhaddanta.
>/
#<[page 225]>#
%<XI. 1. 8.]                 PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.                    225>%
āja¤¤aratho dutiyam pi kho devā asurehi saīgāmessantã ti ||
bhãtā asurapuram eva\<*<1>*>/ pāvisiüsu\<*<2>*>/ || ||
8. Iti kho bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa dhammen-
eva jayo\<*<3>*>/ ahosã ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.7. Na dubbhiyaü.>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave Sakkassa devānam indassa
rahogatassa paņisallãnassa evaü cetaso parivitakko uda-
pādi || || Yo pi me assa\<*<4>*>/ paccatthiko tassa pāham\<*<5>*>/ na
dubbheyyan ti || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkassa devā-
nam indassa cetasā ceto parivitakkam a¤¤āya yena Sakko
devānam indo ten-upasaīkami || ||
4. Addasā kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vepacittim
asurindaü dårato va āgacchantaü || disvāna Vepacittim
asurindam etad avoca || || Tiņņha Vepacitti gahito sã ti || ||
5. Yad eva te mārisa pubbe cittaü || tad eva tvam mā
pahāsã ti\<*<6>*>/ ||
6. Sapassu ca me Vepacitti adubbhāyā ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||
7. Yam musābhaõato pāpam || yam pāpam ariyåpavādino||
mittadduno ca yam pāpaü || yam pāpam akata¤¤uno ||
tam eva pāpam phusati\<*<8>*>/ || yo te dubbhe Sujampatã
ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.8. Virocana-asurindo (or Attho).>#
1. Sāvatthi nidānam || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divā vihāragato hoti
paņisallãno || ||
3. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Verocano ca asurindo
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā pacce-
kadvārabāham nissāya aņņhaüsu || ||
4. Atha kho Verocano asurindo Bhagavato santike imaü
gātham abhāsi || ||
Vāyameth-eva puriso || yāva atthassa nippadā ||
nippannasobhaõo\<*<9>*>/ attho\<*<10>*>/ || Verocanavaco idan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. yeva.
     2 S1-3 pavisimsu.
     3 B. dhammajayo.
     4 B. assasu.
     5 S1-3 pahaü.
     6 B. pajahāsãti.
     7 S1-3 adåbhāyā ti; B. adrubbhāyā ti.
     8 B. phusatu.
     9 S1-3 sobhino always.
    10 S1 atthā.
>/
#<[page 226]>#
%<226                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.               [XI. 1. 8.>%
5. Vāyameth-eva puriso || yāva atthassa nippadā ||
nippannasobhaõo attho || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjatã ti || ||
6. Sabbe sattā atthajātā || tattha tattha yathārahaü ||
saüyogaparamā tveva || sambhogā\<*<1>*>/ sabbapāõinaü ||
nippannasobhino atthā\<*<2>*>/ || Verocanavaco idan ti || ||
7. Sabbe sattā atthajātā || tattha tattha yathārahaü ||
saüyogaparamā tveva || sambhogā sabbapāõinaü ||
nippannasobhino atthā || khantyā bhiyyo na vijjatã ti ||


#<SN_1.11,1.9. Isayo ara¤¤akā (or Gandha).>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave sambahulā isayo sãlavanto
kalyāõadhammā ara¤¤āyatane paõõakuņãsu sammanti\<*<3>*>/ || ||
3. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko ca devānam indo Vepacitti
ca asurindo yena te isayo sãlavanto kalyāõadhammā ten-
upasaīkamiüsu || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo aņaliyo\<*<4>*>/ upā-
hanā\<*<5>*>/ ārohitvā khaggam olaggetvā\<*<6>*>/ chattena dhāriyamānena
aggadvārena\<*<7>*>/ assamam pavisitvā te isayo sãlavante kalyāõa-
dhamme apavyāmato\<*<8>*>/ karitvā atikkami || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo aņaliyo
upāhanā orohitvā khaggam a¤¤esaü datvā chattam apāna-
metvā dvāreneva\<*<9>*>/ assamam pavisitvā te isayo sãlavante
kalyāõadhamme anuvātaü\<*<10>*>/ pa¤jaliko namassamāno aņņhāsi || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sãlavanto kalyāõadhammā
Sakkam devānam indaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsiüsu || ||
Gandho isãnaü ciradikkhitānaü\<*<11>*>/ ||
kāyā cuto gacchati mālutena ||
ito paņikkamma Sahassanetta\<*<12>*>/ ||
gandho isãnam asuci devarājā ti || ||
7. Gandho isãnaü ciradikkhitānaü ||
kāyā cuto gacchatu\<*<13>*>/ mālutena ||
sucitrapuppham va\<*<14>*>/ sirasmiü mālam ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 samyogā.
     2 So S1 supported by C.; B. sobhaõo attho here and further on;
        S3 attho always.
     3 B. C. samanti always.
     4 B. āņaliyo, further on āņaliko.
     5 S3 upāhanāyo.
     6 So C.; B. olaggitvā; S1-3 olohitvā.
     7 S1-3 andhavanadvārena.
     8 B. abyāmato
     9 S3 dvārena.
    10 S1-3 anuvāte.
    11 C. S3 -dakkhitānam here and further on.
    12 S1-3 parakkamma -netto.
    13 S1-3 gacchati.
    14 S3 omits va; S1 puts it after sirasmiü.
>/
#<[page 227]>#
%<XI. 1. 10.]              PAōHAMA-VAGGA 1.               227>%
gandham etam paņikaīkhāma bhante ||
na hettha devā patikkålasa¤¤ino ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,1.10. Isayo samuddakā (or Sambara).>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave sambahulā isayo sãlavanto
kalyāõadhammā samuddatãre paõõakuņãsu sammanti || ||
3. Tena kho pana samayena bhikkhave devāsurasaīgāmo
samupabbåëho ahosi ||
4. Atho kho bhikkhave tesam isãnaü sãlavantānaü kalyā-
õadhammānam etad ahosi || || Dhammikā devā adhammikā
asurā || siyā pi naü\<*<1>*>/ asurato bhayaü || yaü nåna mayaü
Sambaram asurindam upasaīkamitvā abhayadakkhiõaü yā-
ceyyāmā ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sãlavanto kalyāõadhammā
seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso sammi¤jitam vā bāham
pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bāhaü sammi¤jeyya || evam eva
samuddatãre paõõakuņãsu antarahitā Sambarassa\<*<3>*>/ asurindassa
pamukhe\<*<4>*>/ pātur ahesuü || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave te isayo sãlavanto kalyāõadhammā
Sambaram asurindaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsiüsu || ||
7. Isayo Sambaram pattā || yācanti abhayadakkhiõaü ||
kāmaü karohi te dātuü || bhayassa abhayassa vā ti || ||
8. Isãnam abhayaü natthi || duņņhānaü\<*<5>*>/ sakkasevinaü ||
abhayaü yācamānānaü || bhayam eva dadāmi vo ti ||
9. Abhayaü yācamānānaü || bhayam eva dadāsi no ||
patigaõhāma te etaü || akkhayaü hoti te bhayaü || ||
Yādisaü vappate bãjaü || tādisaü harate phalaü ||
kalyāõakārã kalyāõaü || pāpakārã ca pāpakaü ||
pavuttaü vappate\<*<6>*>/ bãjaü || phalaü paccanubhossasã ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave te\<*<7>*>/ isayo sãlavanto kalyāõadhammā
Sambaram asurindam abhisapetvā seyyathāpi nāma balavā
puriso sammi¤jitam vā bāham pasāreyya pasāritaü vā bahaü
sammi¤jeyya || evam eva\<*<8>*>/ Sambarassa asurindassa pamukhe
antarahitā samuddatãre paõõakuņãsu pātur ahesuü\<*<9>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. no.
     2 S3 yāceyyāti.
     3 S3 Sambarissa, further on Sambariü.
     4 B. sammukho, further on sammukhe.
     5 B. ruddhānaü.
     6 S1-3 tātate (S1 -ne?) above vapate.
     7 S1-3 omit te.
     8 S3 evaü.
     9 S1-3 ahaüsu.
>/
#<[page 228]>#
%<228                     SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                [XI. 1. 10.>%
11. Atha kho bhikkhave Sambaro asurindo tehi isãhi sãla-
vantehi kalyāõadhammehi abhisapito\<*<1>*>/ rattiyā sudaü tikkha-
tum ubbijjã ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||
Paņhamo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānaü || ||
Suvãraü Susimaü c-eva || Dhajaggaü Vepacittino\<*<3>*>/ ||
Subhāsitaü-jayaü c-eva || Kulāvakaü Na-dubbhiyaü\<*<4>*>/ ||
Virocana-asurindo\<*<5>*>/ || Isayo ara¤¤akaü\<*<6>*>/ c-eva || ||
Isayo ca samuddakā ti\<*<7>*>/ || ||


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER II. DUTIYO-VAGGO.>#


#<SN_1.11,2.1. Devā or Vatapada (1).>#
1. Sāvatthi || ||
2. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhåtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuü ||
yesaü samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
3. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
4. Yāva jãvaü mātapettibharo assaü || Yāva jãvaü kule
jeņņhāpacāyã assaü || || Yāva jãvaü saõhavāco assaü || ||
Yāvajãvaü apisuõavāco\<*<8>*>/ assaü || || Yāvajãvaü vigatamala-
maccherena cetasā agāraü ajjhāvaseyyaü muttacāgo payata-
pāõã vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaüvibhāgarato || || Yāva
jãvaü saccavādo assaü || || Yāvajãvam akodhano assaü ||
sace pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva naü paņivineyyan-
ti || ||
5. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhåtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahe-
suü || yesam samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
6. Mātāpettibharaü jantuü || kule jeņņhāpacāyinaü ||
saõhaü sakhilasambhāsam || pesuõeyya-pahāyinaü || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaü || saccaü kodhābhibhuü naraü ||
taü ve devā Tāvatiüsā || āhu sappuriso itã ti\<*<9>*>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 abhisatto.
     2 S1-3 ubbãhi.
     3 S1-3 khanti.
     4 S1-3 addabhataü.
     5 S1-3 attho.
     6 S1-3 gandhena.
     7 S1-3 sambaran ti.
     8 S1-3 apesuõo.
     9 These gathās are not in S3, they recur in the two next padas,
        also at Jātaka I. 202.
>/
#<[page 229]>#
%<XI. 2. 2.]                 DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                     229>%


#<SN_1.11,2.2. Devā (2).>#
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå etad avoca || ||
3. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno Magho nāma māõavo\<*<1>*>/ ahosi || tasmā Maghavā\<*<2>*>/ ti
vuccati || ||
4. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno pure pure dānam adāsi || tasmā Purindado ti vuccati || ||
5. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno sakkaccam dānam adāsi || tasmā Sakko ti vuccati || ||
6. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno āvasatham adāsi || tasmā Vāsavo ti vuccati || ||
7. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo sahassam pi atthānam
muhuttena cinteti || tasmā Sahassakkho ti vuccati || ||
8. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa Sujā\<*<3>*>/ nāma
asuraka¤¤ā pajāpatã ahosi\<*<4>*>/ || tasmā Sujampatãti vuccati || ||
9. Sakko bhikkhave devānam indo devānam Tāvatiüsānam
issariyādhipaccaü rajjaü kāresi || tasmā devānam indo ti
vuccati || ||
10. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhåtassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuü ||
yesaü samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
11. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
Yāvajãvaü mātāpettibharo assaü || || Yāvajãvaü kule
jeņņhāpacāyã assaü || || Yāvajãvaü saõhavāco assaü || ||
Yāvajãvaü apisuõavāco\<*<5>*>/ assaü || || Yāvajãvaü vigatamala-
macchereõa cetasā agāram ajjhāvaseyyam muttacāgo payata-
pāõã vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaüvibhāgarato || || Yāva-
jãvaü saccavāco assaü || || Yāvajãvam akodhano assaü || sa ce
pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva naü paņivineyyan ti || ||
12. Sakkassa bhikkhave devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhåtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahe-
suü || yesaü samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 māõavako.
     2 B. Māgho--Māghavā always; comp. Jātaka I. 199.
     3 B. såjā; S1-3 sujātā.
     4 S1-3 omit ahosi.
     5 S1-3 apisuõo.
>/
#<[page 230]>#
%<230                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                 [XI. 2. 2.>%
Mātāpettibharaü jantuü || kulejeņņhāpacāyinaü ||
saõhaü sakhilasambhāsaü || pesuõeyyapahāyinaü || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaü || saccaü kodhābhibhuü naraü ||
taü ve devā Tāvatiüsā || āhu sappuriso itã ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,2.3. Devā (3).>#
1. Evam me sutaü || ||
2. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Vesāliyaü viharati Mahāvane
kuņāgāra-sālāyaü || ||
3. Atha kho Mahāli licchavi\<*<1>*>/ yena Bhagavā ten-upasaī-
kami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam nisãdi || ||
4. Ekam antaü nisinno kho Mahāli licchavi Bhagavantam
etad avoca || || Diņņho no bhante Bhagavatā Sakko devānam
indo ti || ||
5. Diņņho kho me Mahāli Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
6. So hi nåna\<*<2>*>/ bhante sakkapaņiråpako bhavissati || dud-
daso hi\<*<3>*>/ bhante Sakko devānam indo ti || ||
7. Sakka¤cāham Mahāli jānāmi\<*<4>*>/ sakkakaraõe ca dhamme
yesaü dhammānaü samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā
ta¤ ca pajānāmi || ||
8. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno Magho nāma māõavako\<*<5>*>/ ahosi || tasmā Maghavā ti
vuccati || ||
9. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno pure pure\<*<6>*>/ dānam adāsi || tasmā Purindado ti vuccati || ||
10. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno sakkaccaü dānam adāsi || tasmā Sakko ti vuccati || ||
11. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo pubbe manussabhåto
samāno āvasatham adāsi || tasmā Vāsavo ti vuccati || ||
12. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo sahassam pi atthānam
muhuttena cinteti\<*<7>*>/ || tasmā Sahassakkho ti vuccati || ||
13. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa Sujā\<*<8>*>/ nāma asura-
ka¤¤ā pajāpatã || tasmā Sujampatãti vuccati || ||
14. Sakko Mahāli devānam indo devānam Tāvatiüsānamū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. licchavã always.
     2 S1-3 add so.
     3 S1-3 kho.
     4. B. Sakkattaü khvāham mahāli pajānāmi (comp. Tevijja Sutta, I. 43).
     5 B. māõavo.
     6 B. does not repeat pure.
     7 B. vicinteti.
     8 B. såjā; S1-3 Sujatā (correction of Sujā in S3).
>/
#<[page 231]>#
%<XI. 2. 4.]                 DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                      231>%
issariyādhipaccam rajjaü kāresi || tasmā devānam indo
vuccati || ||
15. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa pubbe manussabhå-
tassa satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni ahesuü ||
yesaü samādinnattā Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā || ||
16. Katamāni satta vatapadāni || ||
17. Yāva jãvaü mātapettibharo assaü || || Yāva jãvaü
kulejeņņhāpacāyã assaü || || Yāva jãvaü saõhavāco assaü || ||
Yāvajãvaü apisuõo assaü || || Yāva jãvaü vigatamala-
macchereõa cetasā agāram ajjhāvaseyyam muttacāgo payata-
pāõã vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaüvibhāgarato || || Yāva-
jãvam saccavāco assaü || || Yāvajãvaü akodhano assaü ||
sa ce pi me kodho uppajjeyya khippam eva nam paņi-
vineyyan ti || ||
18. Sakkassa Mahāli devānam indassa pubbe manussa-
bhåtassa imāni satta vatapadāni samattāni samādinnāni
ahesuü || yesaü samādinnattā\<*<1>*>/ Sakko sakkattam ajjhagā ti || ||
Mātāpettibharaü jantuü || kulejeņņhāpacāyinaü ||
saõhaü sakhilasambhāsaü || pesuõeyyappahāyinam || ||
maccheravinaye yuttaü || saccaü kodhābhibhuü naraü ||
tam ve devā Tāvatiüsā || āhu sappuriso itã ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,2.4. Daliddo.>#
1. Ekaü samayaü Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Veëuvane
kalandakanivāpe || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå āmantesi || || Bhikkhavo ti || ||
3. Bhadante\<*<2>*>/ ti te bhikkhå Bhagavato paccassosuü || ||
4. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
5. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave a¤¤ataro puriso imasmiü
yeva Rājagahe manussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaõo ma-
nussavarāko ||
6. So Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye saddhaü samā-
diyi sãlaü samādiyi sutaü samādiyi cāgaü samādiyi pa¤¤aü
samādiyi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
7. So Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhamma-vinaye saddhaü samā-
diyitvā sãlaü samādiyitvā sutaü samādiyitvā cāgaü samā-
diyitvā pa¤¤aü samādiyitvā kāyassa bhedā param maraõāū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 have -diõõa- nearly always.
     2 B. bhante.
     3 S3 -diyã always.
>/
#<[page 232]>#
%<232                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                 [XI. 2. 4.>%
sugatiü saggaü lokam uppajji devānaü Tāvatiüsānaü
sahavyataü || so a¤¤e deva atirocati vaõõena c-eva yasasā ca || ||
8. Tatra\<*<1>*>/ sudam bhikkhave devā Tāvatiüsā ujjhāyanti
khãyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutam vata
bho ayaü hi devaputto pubbe manussabhåto samāno ma-
nussadaliddo ahosi manussakapaõo manussavarāko || so kā-
yassa bhedā param maraõā sugatiü saggaü lokam uppanno
devānam Tāvatiüsānaü sahavyataü || so a¤¤e deve atirocati
vaõõena c-eva yasasā cā ti || ||
9. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāva-
tiüse āmantesi || || Mā kho tumhe mārisā etassa deva-
puttassa ujjhāyittha || eso kho mārisā devaputto pubbe
manussabhåto samāno Tathāgata-ppavedita-dhammavinaye
saddhaü samādiyi sãlam samādiyi sutaü samādiyi cāgaü
samādiyi pa¤¤aü samādãyi || || So Tathāgata-ppavedite
dhammavinaye saddhaü samādiyitvā sãlaü samādiyitvā su-
taü samādiyitvā cāgaü samādiyitvā pa¤¤aü samādiyitvā
kāyassa bhedā param maraõā sugatim saggaü lokam uppanno
devānam Tāvatiüsānaü sahavyataü || so a¤¤e deve atirocati
vaõõena c-eva yasasā cā ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo deve Tāva-
tiüse anunayamāno tāyaü velāyam imā gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Yassa saddhā Tathāgate || acalā suppatiņņhitā ||
sãlaü ca yassa kalyāõaü || ariyakan-taü pasaüsitaü || ||
saīghe pasādo yass-atthi || ujubhåtaü ca dassanaü ||
adaliddo ti tam āhu || amoghaü tassa jãvitaü || ||
Tasmā saddhaü ca sãlaü ca || pasādaü dhammadassanaü ||
anuyu¤jetha medhāvã || saraü buddhānasāsanan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||

#<SN_1.11,2.5. Rāmaõeyyakaü.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aņņhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vantam etad avoca || || Kiü nu kho bhante bhåmirāma-
õeyyakan ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 taü.
     2 S1 buddhānaü.
>/
#<[page 233]>#
%<XI. 2. 7.]              DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.               233>%
ârāmacetyā vanacetyā || pokkhara¤¤ā\<*<1>*>/ sunimmitā ||
manussarāmaõeyyassa || kalaü nāgghanti soëasiü || ||
gāme vā yadivāra¤¤e || ninne vā yadivā thale ||
yattha arahanto viharanti || tam bhåmirāmaõeyyakan ti\<*<2>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.11,2.6. Yajamānam.>#
1. Ekaü samayam Bhagavā Rājagahe viharati Gijjhakåņe
pabbate || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā ekam
antam aņņhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhaga-
vantaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi ||
Yajamānānaü manussānam ||
pu¤¤apekhānapāõinaü ||
karotam opadhikaü pu¤¤aü ||
kattha dinnam mahapphalan ti || ||
4. Cattāro ca\<3>/ paņipannā || cattāro ca phale ņhitā ||
esa saīgho ujubhåto || pa¤¤āsãlasamāhito || ||
yajamānānam manussānam ||
pu¤¤apekhānapāõinam ||
karotam opadhikaü pu¤¤aü ||
saīghe dinnaü mahapphalan ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,2.7. Vandanā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena Bhagavā divāvihāragato hoti
paņisallãno || ||
3. Atha kho Sakko ca devānam indo Brahmā ca sahampati
yena Bhagavā ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā pacceka-
dvārabāhaü\<*<4>*>/ nissāya aņņhaüsu || ||
4. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavato santike imaü
Gātham abhāsi || ||
Uņņhāhi\<5>/ vãra vijitasaīgāma ||
pannabhāra anaõa\<6>/ vicara loke
cittaü ca te suvimuttaü ||
cando yathā pannarasāya rattin ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 B. S3 pokkhara¤¤o.
     2 Last verse re urs in Dhp. 98.
     3 S1-3 magga- instead of ca.
     4 S1-3 paccekaü.
     5 B. uņņhehi always.
     6 S1-3 aõõa always.
>/
#<[page 234]>#
%<234                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                [XI. 2. 7.>%
5. Na kho devānam inda Tathāgatā evaü vanditabbā ||
eva¤ ca kho devānam inda Tathagatā vanditabbā || ||
Uņņhāhi vãra vijitasaīgāma || satthavāha anaõa vicara loke ||
desetu Bhagavā dhammam a¤¤ātāro bhavissantã ti\<*<1>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.11,2.8. Sakka-namassana (1).>#
1. Sāvatthi Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || pe || etad avoca || ||
3. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saīgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassa-
yuttam āja¤¤aratham || uyyānabhåmiü gacchāma subhåmiü
dassanāyā ti || ||
4. Evam bhadanta\<*<2>*>/ vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgāhako
Sakkassa devānam indassa paņissutvā sahassayuttam āja¤¤a-
rathaü yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paņivedesi\<*<3>*>/ || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto āja¤¤aratho yassa dāni
kālam ma¤¤asã ti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayanta-
pāsādā orohanto pa¤jaliko\<*<4>*>/ sudaü puthuddisā namassati || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgāhako Sakkam devā-
nam indaü gāthāyo ajjhabhāsi || ||
7. Tam namassanti tevijjā || sabbe bhummā ca khattiyā ||
cattāro ca Mahārājā || Tidasā ca yasassino ||
atha ko nāma so yakkho || yam tvaü\<*<5>*>/ Sakkanamassasãti || ||
8. Maü namassanti tevijjā || sabbe bhummā ca khattiyā ||
cattāro ca Mahārājā || Tidasā ca yasassino || ||
ahaü ca sãlasampanne || cirarattasamāhite ||
sammā pabbajite vande brahmacariyaparāyane\<*<6>*>/ || ||
ye gahaņņhā pu¤¤akarā || sãlavanto upāsakā ||
dhammena dāraü posenti || te namassāmi Mātalãti || ||
9. Seņņhā hi kira lokasmiü || ye tvaü Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava ||
10. Idaü vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
puthuddisā namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhãti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 See Brahmā-S. I. 1, and Mahāvagga, I. 5. 7.
     2 S3 bhaddanta.
     3 S1 paņivedayi; S3 -vedeyi.
     4 B. pa¤jaliü katvā always.
     5 S1-3 tam.
     6 S1 -sampanno -samadhãto -parāyano.
>/
#<[page 235]>#
%<XI. 2. 10.]                DUTIYA-VAGGA 2.                      235>%


#<SN_1.11,2.9. Sakka-namassana (2).>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saīgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassa-
yuttam āja¤¤arathaü || uyyānabhåmiü gacchāma subhåmiü
dassanāyā ti || ||
3. Evam bhadanta vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgāhako
Sakkassa devānam indassa paņissutvā sahassayuttaü āja¤¤a-
rathaü yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paņivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto āja¤¤aratho yassa dāni
kālam ma¤¤asã ti || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayanta-
pāsādā orohanto pa¤jaliko sudam Bhagavantaü namassati || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgāhako Sakkaü devānam
indaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
6. Yaü hi devā manussā ca || taü namassanti Vāsava ||
atha ko\<*<1>*>/ nāma so yakkho || yaü tvaü Sakka namassa-
sã ti || ||
7. So idha sammāsambuddho || asmiü loke sadevake ||
anomanāmaü satthāraü || taü namassāmi Mātali || ||
yesam rāgo ca doso ca || avijjā ca virājitā ||
khãõāsavā arahanto || te namassāmi Mātali || ||
ye rāgadosavinayā || avijjāsamatikkamā ||
sekhā apacayārāmā\<*<2>*>/ || appamattānusikkhare\<*<3>*>/ ||
te namassāmi Mātalãti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
8. Seņņhā hi kira lokasmiü || ye tvaü Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava || ||
9. Idaü vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
Bhagavantaü namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhã ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,2.10. Sakka-namassana (3).>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || la || avoca || ||
3. Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Mātali-
saīgāhakam āmantesi || || Yojehi samma Mātali sahassa-
yuttam āja¤¤arathaü || uyyānabhåmim gacchāma subhumiü
dassanāyā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 so.
     2 S3 -arantā.
     3 S3 omits appamattā.
     4 B. omits ti.
>/
#<[page 236]>#
%<236                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                 [XI. 2. 10.>%
4. Evaü bhadanta\<*<1>*>/ vā ti kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgā-
hako Sakkassa devānam indassa paņissutvā sahassayuttam
aja¤¤arathaü yojetvā Sakkassa devānam indassa paņivedesi || ||
Yutto kho te mārisa sahassayutto āja¤¤aratho yassa dāni
kālam ma¤¤asãti || ||
5. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Vejayanta-
pāsādā orohanto pa¤jaliko sudam bhikkhu-saīghaü na-
massati || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave Mātali-saīgāhako Sakkaü devānam
indaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
7. Taü hi\<*<2>*>/ ete namasseyyuü || påtidehasayā narā ||
nimuggā kuõapesvete\<*<3>*>/ || khuppipāsā samappitā || ||
Kiü nu tesam pihayasi || anāgārāna\<*<4>*>/ Vasava ||
ācāram isãnaü bråhi || taü suõoma vaco tavā ti\<*<5>*>/ || ||
8. Etaü tesaü\<*<6>*>/ pihayāmi || anāgārāna Mātali ||
yamhā gāmā pakkamanti || anapekhā vajanti te ||
na tesaü koņņhe openti || na kumbhā na kaëopiyaü\<*<7>*>/ ||
paraniņņhitam esānā || tena yāpenti subbatā || ||
sumantamantãno\<*<8>*>/ dhãrā || tuõhãbhåtā sama¤carā ||
devā viruddhā\<*<9>*>/ asurehi || puthumaccā ca\<*<10>*>/ Mātali || ||
Aviruddhā viruddhesu || attadaõķesu\<*<11>*>/ nibbutā ||
sādānesu anādānā || te namassāmi Mātalã ti ||
9. Seņņhā hi kira lokasmiü || ye tvaü Sakka namassasi ||
aham pi te namassāmi || ye namassasi Vāsava || ||
10. Idaü vatvāna Maghavā || devarājā Sujampati ||
bhikkhusaīghaü namassitvā || pamukho ratham āruhã
ti || ||
Dutiyo vaggo || ||
Tass-uddānam || ||
Devā pana\<*<12>*>/ tayo vuttā || Dalidda¤ ca Rāmaõeyyakaü ||
Yajamāna¤ ca Vandanā || tayo Sakkanamassanā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S3 bhadanta.
    2 S1-3 omit hi.
     3 S1 nimugga; S3 mugga; B. kuõapamhete; C. -pasmete.
     4 B. anagārāna here and further on.
     5 S1-3 tavanti.
     6 S1-3 netaü.
     7 S1-3 nakumbhã (S3 -i) kaëopiyā (Therãg. 283).
     8 S1-3 sumanti-.
     9 S1-3 viraddhā.
    10 S3 ma¤cāca; C. puthumaccāhi (for macchi?).
    11 C. adaõķesu.
    12 S1-3 vatapadena.
>/
#<[page 237]>#
%<XI. 3. 2.]                SAKKA-PAĨCAKA 3.                     237>%


___________________________________________


#<CHAPTER III. TATIYO-VAGGO (OR SAKKA-PAĨCAKAM).>#


#<SN_1.11,3.1. Chetvā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Atha kho Sakko devānam indo yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antam aņņhāsi || ||
3. Ekam antaü ņhito kho Sakko devānam indo Bhagavan-
taü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Kiüsu chetvā\<*<1>*>/ sukhaü seti || kiüsu chetvā na socati ||
kissassa ekadhammassa || vadhaü rocesi\<*<2>*>/ Gotamā ti || ||
4. Kodhaü chetvā sukhaü seti || kodhaü chetvā na socati ||
kodhassa visamålassa || madhuraggassa Vāsava ||
vadham ariyā pasaüsanti || taü hi chetvā na socatã ti\<*<3>*>/ || ||


#<SN_1.11,3.2. Dubbaõõiya.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü Jetavane || ||
2. Tatra kho || pa || etad avoca || ||
3. Bhåtapubbam bhikkhave a¤¤ataro yakkho dubbaõõo
okoņimako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno ahosi || ||
4. Tatrasudaü bhikkhave devā Tāvatiüsā ujjhāyanti khã-
yanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaü vata bho abbhutaü vata bho
ayaü yakkho dubbaõõo okoņimako Sakkassa devānam indassa
āsane nisinno hoti || ||
5. Yathā yathā kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiüsā ujjhāyanti
khãyanti vipācenti || tathā tathā so yakkho abhiråpataro c-eva
hoti dassanãyataro\<*<4>*>/ ca pāsādikataro ca || ||
6. Atha kho bhikkhave devā Tāvatiüsā yena Sakko devā-
nam indo ten-upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Sakkaü devā-
nam indam etad avocuü || ||
7. Idha te mārisa a¤¤ataro yakkho dubbaõõo okoņimako
tumhākam āsane nisinno || || Tatra suķam mārisa devā
Tāvatiüsā ujjhāyanti khãyanti vipācenti || || Acchariyaü
vata bho abbhutaü vata bho ayaü yakkho dubbaõõo okoņi-ū

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 SS. jhatvā always, as above.
    2 SS. rocehi.
     3 These gāthās occur here for the fourth time. See Devatā-S. VIII.1;
        Devaputta-S. I. 3; Brāhmaõa-S. I. 1.
     4 S1-3 dassaõeyyataro here and further on.
>/
#<[page 238]>#
%<238                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                 [XI. 3. 2.>%
mako Sakkassa devānam indassa āsane nisinno ti || || Yathā
yathā kho mārisa devā Tāvatiüsā ujjhāyanti khãyanti vipā-
centi || tathā tathā so yakkho abhiråpataro c-eva hoti
dassanãyataro ca pāsādikataro cā ti || || So hi nåna mārisa
kodhabhakkho yakkho bhavissatã ti || ||
8. Atho kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo yena so
kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-upasaīkami || upasaīkamitvā
ekaüsam uttarāsaīgam karitvā dakkhiõajāõumaõķalam
pathaviyaü\<*<1>*>/ nihantvā yena so kodhabhakkho yakkho ten-
a¤jalim paõāmetvā tikkhattuü nāmam sāvesi\<*<2>*>/ || || Sakko-
haü mārisa devānam indo Sakko-haü\<*<3>*>/ mārisa devānam
indo ti\<*<4>*>/ || ||
9. Yathā yathā kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo
nāmaü sāveti || tathā tathā so yakkho dubbaõõataro c-eva
ahosi okoņimakataro ca || dubbaõõataro c-eva hutvā okoņima-
kataro ca tatth-ev-antaradhāyã ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo sake āsane
nisãditvā deve Tāvatiüse anunayamāno tāyaü velāyaü imā
gāthāyo abhāsi || ||
Na såpahata-citto-mhi\<*<5>*>/ || nāvaņņena suvānayo ||
na vo cirāhaü kujjhāmi || kodho mayi nāvatiņņhati || ||
kuddhāham na pharusam bråmi || na ca dhammāni
kittaye ||
sanniggaõhāmi\<*<6>*>/ attānaü || sampassaü attham attano ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,3.3. Māyā.>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || pa || ||
2. Bhagavā etad avoca || ||
3. Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo ābādhiko
ahosi dukkhito bāëhagilāno || ||
4. Atha kho bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo yena Vepa-
citti asurindo ten-upasaīkami gilānapucchako || ||
5. Addasā kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaü
devānam indam dårato va āgacchantam || disvāna Sakkaü
devānam indam etad avoca || || Tikiccha maü devānam
indā ti || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 puthaviyaü.
     2 S1 B. sāveti.
     3 B. sakkāhaü.
     4 S1-3 omit ti.
     5 S1-3 -såpāhata-.
    6 S1-3 na ca mānakkaye santiü gaõhāmi.
>/
#<[page 239]>#
%<XI. 3. 4.]                SAKKA-PAĨCAKA 3.                      239>%
6. Vācehi maü\<*<1>*>/ Vepacitti sambarimāyan ti || ||
7. Yāvāhaü mārisa asure paņipucchamã ti || ||
8. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo asure paņi-
pucchi || || Vācem-aham\<*<2>*>/ marisā Sakkam devānam indaü
sambarimāyan ti || ||
9. Mā kho tvaü mārisa vacesi\<*<3>*>/ Sakkam devānam indam
sambarimāyan ti || ||
10. Atha kho bhikkhave Vepacitti asurindo Sakkaü devā-
nam indaü gāthāya ajjhabhāsi || ||
Māyā pi\<*<4>*>/ Maghavā Sakka || devarāja\<*<5>*>/ Sujampati ||
upeti nirayaü ghoraü || Sambaro va satam saman ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,3.4. Accaya (-akodhano).>#
1. Sāvatthiyaü || la || ārāme | ||
2. Tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhå sampayojesuü ||
tatr-eko bhikkhu accasarā\<*<6>*>/ || atha kho so\<*<7>*>/ bhikkhu tassa
bhikkhuno santike accayam accayato desesi\<*<8>*>/ || so bhikkhu na
paņigaõhāti || ||
3. Atha kho sambahulā bhikkhå yena Bhagavā ten-
upasaīkamiüsu || upasaīkamitvā Bhagavantam abhivādetvā
ekam antaü nisãdiüsu || || Ekam antaü nisinnā kho te
bhikkhå Bhagavantam etad avocuü || ||
4. Idha bhante dve bhikkhå sampayojesuü || tatr-eko
bhikkhu accasarā || atha kho so bhante bhikkhu\<*<9>*>/ tassa bhi-
kkhuno santike accayam accayato deseti || so bhikkhu na pati-
gaõhātã ti || ||
5. Dve me bhikkhave bālā || yo ca accayam accayato na
passati || yo ca accayaü desentassa yathā dhammaü na paņi-
gaõhāti || ime kho bhikkhave dve bālā || ||
6. Dve me bhikkhave paõķitā || yo ca accayam accayato
passati || yo ca accayaü desentassa yathā dhammaü paņi-
gaõhāti || ime kho bhikkhave dve paõķitā || ||
7. Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Sudham-
māyaü sabhāyaü deve Tāvatiüse anunayamāno tāyaü velā-
yam imam gātham abhāsi || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1-3 vācehisi (S1 sã) maü.
     2 S1-3 vācehaü.
     3 S1-3 vācehi.
     4 B. māyāvi (for māyāvã?)
     5 S1-3 -rājā.
     6 S3 accayasarā here and further on.
     7 S3 omits so.
     8 B. deseti.
     9 S1-3 omit so and bhikkhu.
>/
#<[page 240]>#
%<240                      SAKKA-SAũYUTTA XI.                [XI. 3. 4.>%
Kodho vo vasam āyātu || mā ca mittehi vo jarā ||
agarahiyam mā garahittha\<*<1>*>/ || mā ca bhāsittha pesuõaü ||
atha pāpajanaü kodho || pabbato vābhimaddatã ti || ||


#<SN_1.11,3.5. Akodho (-avihiüsā).>#
1. Evam me sutam ekaü samayam Bhagavā Sāvatthiyaü
viharati Jetavane Anāthapiõķikassa ārāme || ||
2. Tatra kho Bhagavā bhikkhå || pa || Bhagavā etad
avoca || ||
3. Bhåtapubbaü bhikkhave Sakko devānam indo Su-
dhammāyaü sabhāyaü deve Tāvatiüse anunayamāno tāyaü
velāyaü imaü gātham abhāsã || ||
Mā vo kodho ajjhabhavi || mā ca kujjhittha kujjhataü ||
akkodho avihiüsā ca\<*<2>*>/ || ariyesu vasati sadā\<*<3>*>/ ||
atha pāpajanaü kodho || pabbato vābhimaddatã ti || ||
Sakka-pa¤cakam\<4>/ || ||
Tass-uddānam\<5>/ || ||
Chetvā Dubbanniya Mayā\<6>/ ||
Accayena-akodhano ||
Akodho-{avihiüsā} ti\<7>/ || ||
Sakka-saüyuttaü samattaü || ||
Ekādasa-saüyuttaü samattaü\<8>/ || ||
Devatā Devaputto ca || Rājā Māro ca Bhikkhunã ||
Brahmā Brāhmaõa-Vaīgãso || Vana-Yakkhena Vāsavo
ti || ||
Sagātha-vaggo pathamo\<9>/ || ||

\<--------------------------------------------------------------------------
     1 S1 garahitvā; S3 garahitthā.
     2 B. akodho avihiüsã ca.
     3 S1-3 vasatã-; B. ariyesu ca paņipadā.
     4 Missing in B.
     5 B. tatruddānam bhavati.
     6 S1-2 jhatvā -- māyam.
     7 S1-3 desitā buddhaseņņhena idaü sakkapa¤cakaü (instead of
        akodho-avihimsā).
     8 In S1-3 only.
     9 In B. only.
 SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE.-- Since the sheets passed through the press
 it has been pointed out to me that the whole of I. 4. 7 recurs,
 as the opening of the Mahāsamaya Sutta, in the Dãgha; and that III.
 2.5. 16 recurs in the Jātaka II. 239.
>/